Prelude: Complex Disasters in Sri Lanka and Japan: The Tsunamis and their Aftermath

Most visitors to Sri Lanka know that the island’s coastal belt is among the most dynamic and beautiful in the world. The scenic beaches and bays around the island span a whole host of ecosystems, including wetlands, estuaries, lagoons, sand dunes, salt marshes and mangrove stands. Sunshine bathes much of the island’s 950-mile coastal belt throughout the year and blessed by the warm tropical climate, the shallow waters off the coastline host rich marine habitats including sea grass beds and coral reefs. The velvety, warm sands of the beaches are ideal for sunbathing, strolling, and building sand castles. The shimmering blue waters beyond provide a wide variety of fish stocks, while the reefs offer a beautiful undersea world for snorkelers. 

Dotted with picturesque tea plantations, cascading waterfalls, and Buddhist, Hindu, and Muslim temples, the hill country also makes an attractive tourist destination, as do the several natural reserves and bird sanctuaries. Archeological evidence shows Sri Lanka’s prehistoric settlements are at least 125,000 years old [1] and its documented history is over 2,500 years old. Ancient cities in the dry zone, within a few hours’ drive from the coast, have numerous historical monuments and artifacts and a large network of interconnected reservoirs. Some of the reservoirs have been renovated and are still in use, and attest to the country’s advanced ancient civilization. 

In the first decade of the 21st century, however, this “Resplendent Isle” as the country has long been known, seized the world’s attention not for its natural beauty or the rich cultural history, but for complex disasters. Disasters that leave widespread material, economic, and environmental losses and massive humanitarian crises in their wake, significantly disrupt the functioning of societies, and often exceed the abilities of the stricken countries to cope with the aftermath using their own resources.

 The most recent complex disaster the world saw occurred on March 11, 2011 when a 9.1 magnitude earthquake triggered a monstrous tsunami that devastated coastal towns and villages along hundreds of miles of Japan’s Tohoku region, located in Japan’s main island of Honshu. Some six years before, the world had watched in horror as a 9.3 magnitude earthquake off the coast of Sumatra unleashed another massive tsunami that brought widespread destruction to Sri Lanka’s northern, eastern, and southern coastal zones, as well as several other countries.  

The tsunami hit Sri Lanka at a time when the country was embroiled in a manmade disaster – a bloody civil war that started in 1983 between the government of Sri Lanka (GoSL) and the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam, a rebel group fighting for a separate state for the country’s minority Tamil community, a war that dragged on for twenty-six year and ended only in 2009. That disaster is well documented by scholars, journalists, and other observers; the focus of this book is the natural disasters that engulfed Sri Lanka and Japan. Here, I will first talk about the nature and scale of Japan’s disaster and then return to Sri Lanka.

Reputed to be remote, beautiful, and steeped in tradition, ‘Tohoku,’ literally means ‘northeast,’ a reference to its location in relation to Japan’s ancient capitals of Nara and Kyoto. The Pacific coast region of the district is roughly divided into the Sanriku coast area, the Sendai Bay area, and the Hamadori area. In 2011, the epicenter of the undersea quake was about 80 km offshore from Sendai city, the largest in the Tohoku district and home to about a million people. The temblor damaged and brought down buildings and knocked out electrical, transport, and communication systems along the Pacific coast. Office workers in Tokyo, about 240 km south, got stranded overnight in the darkened capital. In some places of the Tohoku region, the tsunami washed away entire villages, and fires burnt down much of what remained. A year after the catastrophe, 15, 854 people are known to have died, and 3,155 remain missing. [2] 

The deaths and destruction caused by the earthquake and the tsunami were only the beginning of a horrendous chapter in Japan’s centuries-long history. Another disaster followed when, in Fukushima Prefecture, two nuclear power plants, which had shut down as expected in the earthquake, became disabled after the sea flooded the basements in which they were located. In the Fukushima Daiichi plant, diesel generators normally used to power the reactors’ cooling system were killed. In the Fukushima Daini plant, about 11 km away, the ability to control pressure in some of its reactors was lost. The result was a nuclear meltdown, which the country’s then Prime Minister, Naoto Kan, called Japan’s worst disaster since World War II. 

Engineers of the Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO,) owner and operator of the plant, struggled for four days to contain the crisis. But following a third explosion at the Daiichi plant, they called for expert international reinforcement to assist in containing the world’s worst nuclear disaster since Chernobyl in 1986.  A year after the disaster, the country is still struggling to resolve the nuclear accident, or even to start the rebuilding of homes and other infrastructures in most devastated areas.  

***

Sri Lanka’s natural disaster struck on December 26, 2004. The day was a public holiday because it was a poya day, [3] and Ciranthi Saluwaduna, an urban professional, awoke early. “It was a beautiful morning. A cool breeze was blowing with a nip in the air, common this time of year in the tropics. The morning sun wasn’t harsh and the day was lit up with just about the right warmth,” Ciranthi recalls in a memoir of that day she never expected to survive. I quote liberally from it in this chapter and the next, to show what a complex disaster looks like, feels like, sounds like, to one who actually experiences it during the impact period and immediately afterwards. 

Ciranthi lives in a Colombo suburb and works for a Dutch airline. The previous day two tourists had arrived but their luggage had not. The bags came later and she decided to deliver them to the owners who were now in Unawatuna, a breathtakingly beautiful beach resort in the south. Luggage delivery was not part of her job, but the company’s regular courier had gone home for the holidays and she decided to surprise the couple in the spirit of Christmas. Her twenty-year-old daughter, Nadi, and eighteen-year-old son, Malla, [4] joined her to enjoy a day at the beach. Malla, a newly licensed driver, took the wheel of the family van. 

Even before they set out, the 9.3 magnitude earthquake had sent massive tsunami waves racing from Indonesia in east Asia, through Sri Lanka and India in south Asia, all the way to Somalia, a coastal state on the Horn of Africa, bringing varying degrees of destruction to affected countries. But completely unaware of the impending disaster, Ciranthi and her children were cruising down the A2 highway that runs parallel to the sea, with New Age music playing in the background, until they were forced to a halt because vehicles ahead had stalled. They were on a narrow stretch of the road, between the villages of Akurala and Kahawa, about half-an-hour from their destination. There was no on-coming traffic. Looking to her right, Ciranthi saw the sea rushing over the big boulders onto the road carrying tin cans and other debris. She writes, “In an instant, my mind registered the fact that a fortification of some sort had given way and the sea was flowing inland. I told Malla to immediately turn around and head back to Colombo.”

But it was easier said than done; by then there was a line of vehicles behind them. Still, he cleverly maneuvered the van and turned, but it was too late. “Put the windows up. Keep going. Don’t let the vehicle stall in the water!” Ciranthi shouted. But just as the words left her lips, “a huge wave struck the van on the side, spinning it round and round. Malla desperately tried to gain control of it, but the force of the water hurtled us over. Then we struck something (it was the railway tracks) and we felt the van being dragged under. We had been unable to close the windows fully and thick, dark brown water was seeping into the vehicle. The next thing we knew, we were turning turtle, sinking and drowning, trapped inside the van. That was the moment I knew we were going to die.” Still, she and the children remained “strangely calm.” 

Suddenly the vehicle jolted and Ciranthi was shocked back into reality. It had hit a huge bush and was now rocking against it like a baby. “I shouted to the children to grab hold of its branches. The vehicle was now rocking more vigorously and then, suddenly, a forceful backwash was dragging the van towards the sea. It seemed the only thing that stopped it were our hands hanging on to the bush. By now, I was crying desperately and so was my daughter. As the water receded, the van tilted and sank right side up in the marsh. Malla shouted for us to get out, but all the doors were jammed. Now, I was almost hysterical and my daughter was weeping and wailing. In the far-off distance I saw a man atop a lamp post and started yelling for help, but no one heard us.”

In the meantime, Malla somehow wriggled out of the vehicle through a half-open window. He helped Nadi out, while shouting for his mother to follow. Ciranthi writes, “I have watched countless movies where actors make climbing out of windows seem very easy, but believe me, it is no easy task to climb upwards and maneuver a large body through a half-open window of a vehicle! But they both struggled and I finally got out. Maybe due to years of crisis management I had the presence of mind to collect documents pertaining to the vehicle, Malla’s passport, and the notes I needed for work. I left behind my handbag and money.”  

When they got out into waist-deep water says Ciranthi, “Destruction and mayhem was everywhere! People were wailing, crying, shouting, all at the same time. My eyes registered that the skyline had changed – houses, trees, buildings, were now flat and broken and all over the place. I don’t remember seeing the cars that were ahead and behind of us….I guess we were in some swamp or a huge field because we had to climb upwards and onto the railway track. We followed all the people who headed inland on a footpath, like a herd. Old people, barely able to hobble and gasping for breath, tried to hurry along with us. People with injuries, cut and bleeding, ran along with us. But some parents, weeping and wailing, ran amok looking for little children. A man howled he could not save his child who got washed away while he was holding on to him….” 

Sri Lanka was hit by two tsunami waves and what Ciranthi describes above are the heart-rending cries of separation from loved ones and the social disruption, and the economic, infrastructural, and environmental devastation that came in the wake of the first one. The second was far bigger and she and her children just managed to escape it, as we hear in Chapter Two.

Compared to many tsunami survivors whose voices we hear in the following pages, Ciranthi was really fortunate. She and her children survived, her van was insured, and her home, located inland, was completely intact. Still, the fathomless suffering this phenomenal force brought upon thousands of other human beings, and her survival amidst the deaths of thousands of others, engulfed her with what psychologists call ‘survivor guilt.’ So she wrote her story “as a therapy to take out the guilty ghosts lurking in the depths of my mind” and emailed it to friends. A mutual friend sent me a copy and I called Ciranthi asking for an interview. When I met her at her home next morning, one wall of her dining room was lined with boxes of items donated by her Dutch clients for tsunami victims. Ciranthi was helping tsunami refugees now living in a Buddhist temple in Moratuwa, further south from her home. Helping them too was a way of coping with ‘survivor guilt.’ 

In Japan too, hundreds of people who were on the road when the sea roared in lost their lives. Those who survived did so, like Cirnathi and her children, against all odds. In Surviving the Tsunami, a documentary produced by NHK, Japan’s national broadcaster, a woman, Machiko Kikuchi, relates a story remarkably like that of Ciranthi’s. [5] She was at work when the earthquake hit, and immediately drove home to see if it was still standing. Since she was driving she did not hear tsunami warnings, but as she got out of the car, a cyclist rushed by shouting. Machiko got back in the car and had just slammed the door when the ocean swept the car inland. She lived to tell the story because her car was thrust against a building, where it stopped and began sinking. Machiko too escaped through a broken window, climbed over the debris, and then hauled herself onto a building through a window. 

Among other survivors who talked about their experiences to NHK, two more remarkable stories are told by two men who were also in their cars when disaster struck. Yoshiki Hasegawa survived because the tsunami deposited his car on a bridge, upside down. Tsuyoshi Sawada got onto the roof of his car as it was carried by the sea because he thought “They’d never find my corpse if I sank in my car….” When the bridge came into sight he started yelling for help. Hasegawa, who had by now crawled out of his car, shouted “Jump!”  There was nothing but the open sea beyond the bridge and Sawada says, “Jumping onto the bridge was my only chance. If I made it, I’m saved. If I failed, I’m gone.” Hasegawa pulled him safety when he grabbed the railing of the bridge. 

In both countries, more drivers may have survived the tsunami, but died inside their cars because they were not found in time. A newspaper reported that in Rikuzentakata, a Japanese port city in Iwate Prefecture, two survivors found by rescuers were very weak, having suffered badly during the two days they spent trapped in a car that got swept up in the water and then buried in the rubble. [6]

Tsunamis are created by seismic and volcanic activity at tectonic plate boundaries and travel at over 500 kmh in the open sea. As they reach shallow water near the coast the waves slowdown, but depending on topographical and undersea conditions, they gain in height. The walls of water that crashed in some areas of both Sri Lanka and Japan were said to have been 15 meters or higher. 

Sri Lanka was the second worst tsunami affected country in 2004. Some 36,000 people lost their lives there and about a million were immediately displaced when the sea left three fourths of the coastal region in shambles. [7] Based on data supplied by twenty government institution, twenty bilateral and multilateral organizations, and eighteen national and international non-governmental organizations, the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL) projected it would take three to five years to complete the reconstruction process and to fully restore lost services and livelihoods. The estimated cost was approximately $2.2 billion. The international community committed $2.1 billion. In addition to these funds, the country also received debt relief/moratorium and balance of payments support. [8] 

Of Tohoku region’s six prefectures, Iwate, Miyagi, and Fukushima, were the worst affected. The nature and scale of the disaster was such that the Japanese government estimates it will take 10 years and billions of dollars to rebuild the region. Removing the more than 20 m tons of tsunami debris alone is estimated to cost some Y 680bn ($8.6 b). 

***

I am a cultural anthropologist of Sri Lankan origin now living in California, and in this book I aim to provide a holistic understanding of the causes, and the short and long-term effects of the tsunami disasters in Sri Lanka and Japan. My central argument is that ‘natural disasters’ are not caused by Mother Nature, that they result from maladaptive human strategies, and that to understand the causes as well as the effects of the tsunami disasters in Japan and Sri Lanka, we must look at the relationship between tradition and modernity; that is, the impact of the western colonial enterprise and globalization on the two countries’ societies, economies, cultures, and environments. [9]

Sri Lanka’s colonial history spans 443 years, under Portuguese, Dutch, and British rulers. All exploited the country’s natural and human resources for their own gains, and in the next chapter I document how the political economy of the British was instrumental in laying the foundation for the tsunami disaster. Japan was never colonized. But from 1543, when the Portuguese first arrived in the country, to well into the 18th century, by which time the British, Dutch, and the Americans also wielded great power in the region, the threat of being conquered was ever present, and western aggression propelled Japan’s entry into the modern industrial age. The impact of the western colonial enterprise on the two countries was so different that by the 21st century, Japan had become the world’s third largest economy and Sri Lanka, a poor developing nation. Still, as we will see in Chapter One, when the social, cultural, political, psychological, environmental, and technological changes wrought by the colonizers in both countries intersected with other factors such as geography, unwise urban planning, poverty, population increase, and post-colonial era global politics and economics, the process made them extremely vulnerable to the disasters waiting to happen.

The images and events documented by Ciranthi and NHK – nature’s sudden and violent assault on thousands of helpless people; the wanton damage and destruction of homes, livelihoods, and infrastructures; the grief, trauma, and terror of losing loved ones, homes, and other possessions; the ravaging of the familiar environment – show vividly some of the multidimensional impacts in the immediate aftermath of complex disasters, impacts that demand relief and recovery efforts begin immediately. The injured must be rescued. The dead must be recovered, identified, and released to relatives, or if unclaimed, must be cremated or buried. Deaths must be certified. Food, clothing, and shelter must be provided to thousands of distraught males and females of all ages. Those who lost loved ones must be cared for as they cope with unrelenting grief. 

Of course, ours being an era of instant communication, the disasters became globalized events in no time at all and the UN, other international non-governmental organizations (INGOs,) and even individuals rushed to join the thousands of local people who were trying to clean the debris, recover the dead, bring relief to the survivors in the two countries. Some global groups also came to provide psychological counseling to survivors and some went on to help with the long-term rebuilding of homes, livelihoods, roads, schools, hospitals, and other infrastructure.

But in both countries, people did not wait for international help to start rescue and relief efforts. Japan was well prepared to deal with natural disasters, but the nature and scale of the 2011 catastrophe was beyond anything the country had ever imagined. In 2004, Sri Lanka had no disaster management plan whatsoever. So, how did the two countries deal with the immediate needs, issues, and problems that arose? I look at those efforts in Chapter Two, and we see that for effective relief provision, it is critical that relief providers are knowledgeable about the communities they are trying to serve. 

Chapter Three gives voice to several survivors who lost loved ones, as well as to their relatives and the Buddhist priests and psychiatrists who were helping them to make sense of the tragedy that befell them. It also provides descriptions and analyses of the Buddhist funeral rituals of the two societies and as we will see, because Japan follows the Mahayana Buddhist tradition, and Sri Lanka, the Theravada tradition, their ways of looking at life, death, and after life are very different. In this chapter, I also look at the relationship between Buddhist teachings and modern psychological theories of grief and trauma, and explore the usefulness of a counseling method used by western traumatologists who rushed to refugee camps in Sri Lanka within weeks of the disaster. 

Chapter Four looks at the social, economic, and psychological impacts of their sudden displacement on people of all ages now living in tents in Sri Lanka and refugee centers in Japan. In both countries, the elderly and the very young need special care. In my homeland, students are worrying about their educational futures and women and girls living in tents are facing sexual harassment. Men and women are clamoring for aid, for permanent homes, and to get back to work, but are authorities paying attention? In both countries, the stressors experienced by IDPs have heightened communal tensions and as incredible as it may sound, in some Sri Lankan families, even the survival of family members has heightened family tensions. In Japan, on the other hand, we see the displaced people taking control of the situation and thus preventing further fragmentation of their families and communities. In the economic front, this chapter provides important insights into challenges that the business culture of Small and Medium Scale Entrepreneurs (SMEs) in developing countries pose for relief agencies trying to jump start the recovery process, and the extent to which the disabling of the manufacturing sector of a developed country impacts the global economy. 

Complex disasters also mean that stricken countries are looking at not one or two, but several years of rebuilding of homes, livelihoods, roads, bridges, schools, hospitals, and other infrastructures. In Japan, long-term reconstruction work is being handled mainly by the government and TEPCO. In Sri Lanka, a multitude of local and global relief agencies of all sizes, private companies, and hundreds of individuals were engaged in helping with the processes. 

But as shown in Chapter Five, in Sri Lanka, national and international politics of aid and attempts by foreigners and locals to exploit the disaster for their own gain, substantially set back the reconstruction process and led to the creation of a culture of deviance among the IDPs themselves. As shocking as it may seem, exploiting disaster stricken countries is part of the narrative of complex disasters as shown by Naomi Klein in her work, The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism. [10] I hope that raising awareness of the issue will help to reduce such atrocities in other disaster-stricken countries.

As mentioned, a host of foreign organizations and individuals rushed to Sri Lanka to help with long-term reconstruction, and hundreds of local people and organizations also contributed to these efforts. The main question I attempt to answer in regard to this massive engagement in the reconstruction effort in Sri Lanka is: Does quantity assure quality? In other words, did the fact that so many people partnered with the GoSL to build back affected areas ensure success? With regard to Japan, the question that I attempt to answer is, in this country where the relatively frequent occurrence of natural disasters have resulted in much research and development on building back better, how well is the government and TEPCO handling the reconstruction process? Answers are found in Chapter Six in which I look at the rebuilding of homes, and Chapter Seven, in which I look at the rebuilding of livelihoods in the two countries. 

In Chapter Eight, I return to the theme of psychology, looking at how several survivors in both countries who lost the most – whether it was loved ones and/or their worldly possessions – are doing a year after the disaster. It shows that even when they have the support of family and friends, some may take years to rebuild their lives and recapture meaning, and may even develop Post Traumatic Stress Syndrome (PTSD.) PTSD diagnosis was developed in the US, and is treated with cognitive behavioral therapy and other treatment systems, as well as with drugs. However, as we see in this chapter, PTSD diagnostic tools applied in the west are not useful in treating trauma victims in non-western societies. Instead, a culturally relevant approach is essential for effective treatment and Chapter Eight presents such a method developed by a Sri Lankan psychologist now teaching in the US. I believe it could be beneficially used in Japan as well. This chapter also reveals the critical role played by a person’s socioeconomic condition in their recovery process, and how one survivor who lost 12 family members overcame PTSD with the help of Buddhist teachings.

While this study documents many negative outcomes of disasters, it is also witness to many successful interventions by local and global agencies and individuals in post-tsunami Japan and Sri Lanka. And it is a testimony to the courage and determination of Japanese and Sri Lankan disaster survivors who endured horrendous trauma and great stress, but are striving to overcome them and rebuild their lives, some even helping others to look ahead. Their successes are due to a great deal of help, economic and otherwise, from outsiders, as well as the strength of their own cultural heritage, and their visions and resilience provide invaluable life lessons for those of us who have not experienced such great tragedies.

***

Now, to provide a brief note on data collection, analysis, and other strengths and limitations of this study: The data on Sri Lanka is based on ethnographic research I conducted in the country’s southern province, first from January to April, 2005, and then from December 2005 to March, 2006. In 2007, I also visited my research site for two weeks. Each time, I lived in the same home located in a little fishing village, about which I say more in the next chapter. But I traveled throughout the province (which is made up of three administrative districts,) and with my video camera running, spoke with over a hundred and fifty people in many stricken communities. 

The majority of the interviewees whose voices are heard in pages that follow are natives of the south, and all are Sinhala Buddhists. Some I met only once, others, on several occasions. Some had lost loved ones, homes, and livelihoods, and were living in refugee camps. Others had suffered similar losses, but had left the camps and were living in their partially destroyed homes, with relatives, or in rented accommodation. They include fishermen and their families; men and women engaged in various cottage industries, those working in the informal economy; carpenters and painters; people catering to the tourist and garment industries; doctors and other professionals; farmers, teachers, students, and businessmen. I also spoke with many people who had helped with the immediate rescue and relief efforts, and /or were involved with the long-term recovery and reconstruction efforts. Among them were villagers living near affected areas, Buddhist monks; doctors, psychologists, and counselors; local government officials; officials of the Coastal Conservation Department, tsunami-affected national parks, and the Urban Development Authority; police officers and members of the Armed Forces; and employees of local and foreign non-governmental organizations and other agencies. 

In 2005 and 2006, I also traveled to Colombo from time to time to talk with Ciranthi and other tsunami survivors, the Human Rights Director and his deputy, and with the Deputy Inspector General of Police and sub inspectors working with tsunami victims in the south western province. I also attended two tsunami-related conferences in the two years. 

In this study, I provide a fairly comprehensive comparison of the impact of the tsunamis on Sri Lanka and Japan; but the coverage of the latter is not based on ethnographic research. Instead, it is based on interviews I conducted with three Japanese Buddhist priests and Japanese friends living in the San Francisco Bay area, and on media and other published sources.

The majority of people of the Tohoku region are Zen Buddhists, and of the three Japanese priests I spoke with, two are Zen priests originally from Japan. Rev. Kiko Tatedera is the Resident Minister of the Soto Mission of San Francisco Sokoji. He is from Minamisanriku, a town in Miyagi Prefecture the tsunami almost obliterated. Rev. Issho Fujita, who grew up in the south, is the Director of San Francisco’s Soto Zen Buddhism International Center. The third priest I met, Rev. Ken Fujimoto, is the Rinban of the San Jose Buddhist Church Betsuin, a temple belonging to the Pure Land Sect. He grew up in the US and spent five years in Japan doing vocational training. I also learned much from my friend, Yuki. She was thirty-years old when she migrated to the US from Japan and went back to attend the funerals of both her parents. Her family too follows the Zen tradition. 

The data is analyzed using a strongly multidisciplinary approach, drawing from anthropology, economics, history, psychology, ecology, urban studies, geography, and religion, specifically Buddhism, which offers non Judeo-Christian views and theories of human diversity and survival – core values of the science of anthropology. So, this work holds up a mirror to readers from other religions and cultures from a different perspective that might help them to cope with tragedies by seeing them in a new light, although some readers may find various aspects of the teachings controversial.

  1. The Central Cultural Fund and the Ministry of Cultural and Religious Affairs. Our Cultural Heritage (Ape Sanskrutika Urumaya.) Sri Lanka: 1995. 

  2. NHK. March 10, 2012. 

  3. Poya days are the full-moon and new-moon days, and the two days of the first and last moon-quarters. Buddhists tend to visit the temples on these days and in Sri Lanka, the full-moon poya days are public holiday. 

  4. Malli” is the normal term used for “younger brother.” “Malla” denotes the same meaning. 

  5. NHK Production. Surviving the Tsunami. Aired on Public Broadcasting Station’s NOVA Program. 28 September, 2011. 

  6. “Weary but resolute in ‘scene of hell.’ Financial Times, March 14, 2011. 

  7. See De Alwis, Malathi and Eva-Lotta Hedman, eds. Tsunami in a Time of War: Aid, Activism, and Reconstruction in Sri Lanka & Aceh. Colombo: International Center for Ethnic Studies, 2009. Estimates place the Indian Ocean tsunami death toll across the region at 230,000. The worst affected was Indonesia’s Aceh Province, where an estimated 164,000 people lost their lives. 

  8. See “Sri Lanka: Post Tsunami Recovery and Reconstruction: Progress, Challenges, Way Forward”. Joint Report of the Government of Sri Lanka and Development Partners, December 2005. 

  9. Since Sri Lanka was subject to both colonial and imperial rule, and both processes brought about the changes that ultimately made the country vulnerable to the tsunami, I use the terms interchangeably in this book. 

  10. Klein, Naomi. The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism. New York: Picador, 2008. 

Chapter One: Global Roots of Local Disasters

Had I been Tamil, I would have initiated this project in the Amparai district in Sri Lanka’s eastern province, the worst tsunami-affected district in the country. But I am a Sinhala Buddhist with no Tamil language skills and in 2004 the tsunami-affected areas in the east were occupied predominantly by Tamil people.  Even if I found a competent interpreter, I also felt that even though a Cease Fire Agreement signed in 2002 was still in effect, the political situation was still too volatile for long-term ethnographic research which requires researchers to live among the people they study as observers and participants of their daily lives. So, I turned my gaze southwards.

The southern province was the second worst affected, and it is also the traditional stronghold of Sinhala Buddhists. However, I grew up in a Colombo suburb and emigrated from Sri Lanka in the 1970s, and had no close connections to anybody in the south. I was not affiliated with any relief organizations either, so when I arrived in the country two weeks after the tsunami to initiate this study, I sought the help of a Buddhist monk, Venerable Gnanaweera Thero [1] (hereafter referred to as Gnanaweera Thero). He lives in a temple in the greater Colombo area, but I knew that over two thousand tsunami survivors had rushed to their branch temple in the southern city of Galle for refuge, and that the monk at that temple was taking care of them under Gnanaweera Thero’s direction. When I explained to him the nature of this project, he readily agreed to help me.

The city of Galle is located about 70 miles south of Colombo. Its antiquity, traced to the Hindu epic, Ramayana, is so alive and well that in 2005, villagers proudly told me that a mountain range in Galle, Roomassalakande, was the site of a magical herb used to heal the Sri Lankan king Rama (who captured Sita, Indian king Ravana’s wife in the epic story,) when Rama was wounded by his brother. The city is also mentioned in the chronicles of Cosmas Indicopleustes, the sixth century Alexandrian merchant, and of Ibn Battuta, the Arabian traveler and navigator who visited it in 1344 A.D. [2]

With its natural harbor, the city of Galle was a busy cosmopolitan trading post where locals were trading with Indian, Chinese, Persian, and Arab merchants by the time the Portuguese arrived there in the 14th century. It remained the center of economic activity until the British developed the Colombo harbor in the 19th century. Today, Colombo is the financial capital of the country. But Galle is still the financial capital of the southern province, one of the country’s nine provinces. 

For administrative purposes, each province is divided into districts, and the southern province is divided into three districts, Galle, Matara, and Hambantota. Each district consists of several divisions, which are in turn made up of clusters of villages. During research, I lived in a home in Talpe, a small coastal fishing village in the Habaraduwa division of the Galle district. It was found for me by Gnanaweera Thero, and four days after our conversation, he came with a group of people to take me to my new home. On the way, the monk decided to go all the way to Hambantota, the farthest and worst affected district in the south, so I could see the full impact of the tsunami along the southern coast. We stopped to speak to many villagers on what became a two-day trip, and in the next several pages I document some of the social, economic, and psychological consequences of the disaster that became evident on this initial drive down south.

We travelled along the same highway that Ciranthi and her children had their narrow escape – the A2 highway, popularly known as Galle Road. It runs parallel to the sea much of the way, as does the southern railway. I was quite familiar with the sights and sounds along the drive. Beaches are a perennial favorite of many families looking for relaxation and entertainment even though they became increasingly cluttered when Sri Lanka, like other developing countries, saw tourism as an attractive foreign exchange earner after the second World War – when the world became increasingly interconnected with new developments in transportation and information technology, and people in industrialized nations started to have increased disposable income and leisure time to travel.

Sri Lanka’s tourist industry was launched in 1966 with the passage of the Ceylon Tourist Board Act and the Ceylon Hotels Corporation Act and the following year, the GoSL invited a team of foreign experts in town planning, hotel investment, and market research to prepare a comprehensive 10-year tourism development plan for the Ceylon Tourist Board (CTB). With tax concessions for hotel investments, encouragement for hotel construction, relaxation of customs duty on hotel equipment, and concession on outward remittance of profits offered by the CTB, the industry grew rapidly from 1967 to 1982. [3]

But initial developments largely occurred in and around Colombo and in 1971, the southern coastline was still relatively free from clutter. That year, before emigrating from Sri Lanka, I went with my mother to Kataragama in Hambantota to pay homage to the Hindu god, Kataragama, who is said to reside there. [4] In all these years I never forgot that journey because the brilliance of the blue sea that shone through the coconut groves had captivated me. But on my first visit back to the country in 1979, I was dismayed to find that long stretches of the south’s beautiful pale golden coastline had disappeared behind an increasing number of houses, boutiques, fishermen’s huts, huge hotels, and small eateries. By the 1990s, one could drive for miles along the southern coast without even a glimpse of the sea – rather like in Japan, where, beginning in the 1800s, officials began building clusters of sea walls to protect communities from tsunamis, cutting off their view of the sea. Strategically built in areas where tsunamis are known to occur, they covered about 40 percent of Japan’s sea coast by 2011. 

In Sri Lanka, the pace of change in the coastal environment accelerated when a new government came to power in 1977 and liberalized the socialist economic policies of previous governments. Adopting a policy mix popularly known as structural adjustment, the new Open Economy was built on a huge influx of foreign loans, outright grants, and investment. Its terms, set down by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, promoted export-oriented production, devaluation of the local currency, liberalization of imports, privatization of state-owned sectors, incentives for foreign investments, and the removal of restrictions on movement of capital, goods, and services between the country and the outside world. [5]

Economic liberalization was aimed at increasing employment opportunities, wealth creation, and economic diversification. With the country’s entry into the global village, rich entrepreneurs and poor fishermen alike saw the resource-rich coastal environment as the new tool they could use freely and remake at will to obtain maximum benefits from the market economy. But with the war spreading in the north and the east, it was to the south that the ambitious people crowded into and by the time the tsunami hit, the area had become home to 25 percent of Sri Lanka’s population, and 61.6 percent of all industrial units. [6] This is to be expected because as anthropologist Roy Rappaport reminds us, “Nature is seen by humans through a screen of beliefs, knowledge, and purposes, and it is in terms of their images of nature, rather than of the actual structure of nature, that they act.” 

But post tsunami, as we drove down south, mile upon mile of the beach the sea had reclaimed was again visible. This time, however, this resplendent sight instilled in me not joy, but fear. The endless piles of debris littering the roadside, free standing walls and foundations of what had once been homes or businesses, clusters of tents sheltering the homeless, the destruction of the road system and bridges, the communication, electrical, water, and rail systems, schools, hospitals, government institutions, demonstrated only too well how lethal a weapon the tsunami had been. But then, as Rappaport also says, “….it is upon nature itself that they do act, and it is nature itself that acts upon them, nurturing or destroying them.” 

While the built environment had been an eyesore, I was filled with ambivalence at its disappearance. Intellectually I agreed with Rappaport; but emotionally I was aghast. For all that was lost had also been symbols of human resourcefulness and strength in adapting to an environment that is continually challenged by storms and high tides. They had been layered with stories about tradition and change, the rich and the poor, conflicts and cooperation, and the multi-ethnicity and multi-religiosity that occurred as people came to settle or left to resettle, built and rebuilt, married, gave birth, worked, prayed, fought, celebrated, and cremated their dead. Many of those coastal communities were now broken or vanished, perhaps never to be rebuilt. 

The story was the same in Japan, as NHK showed a horrified world in real time. A sea gone mad relentlessly attacked hundreds of miles of the country’s northeastern coast that humans had made their own, ruining vast swaths of farm land, flooding the nuclear facilities, battering cars, ships, and boats, and carrying off whole homes with people still in them. 

Driving alongside the sea on my initial journey south in Sri Lanka, we saw in the ocean overturned boats, and pieces of wood that must have once been part of houses and other buildings, or of ports and piers that enabled fishermen to engage in their livelihoods. But the sea itself looked glorious! It seemed as if the waves, dancing in the sunshine and bursting into a frothy laughter as they touched the shore, were proclaiming to the world that the sea had finally regained control of the environment that we humans ruled over for so long.

But after any complex disaster humans have to reassert some measure of control over the environment again for the people and countries to move forward. In my homeland, the process began with the rebuilding of the coast line rail service the tsunami paralyzed. About 60 miles of the rail track was severely damaged, while another 25 mile stretch suffered slight damage. The waves also destroyed 35 train stations, 50 train cars, 4 railway bridges, and 3 power bases, and partially damaged 6 more railway bridges. [7]

In Beruwela, a scenic fishing village, we stopped to speak with a group of men repairing the rail tracks the tsunami had dumped into the lagoon. They said all railway employees were summoned to work and their leave cancelled, to get the rail system up and running by April. The Minister of Transport estimated losses to the rail sector at about Rs. 7 billion ($60 million.) Offers of help to rebuild the system poured in from the international community. But the national treasury quickly released funds, avoiding the usual bottleneck for maintenance work and the Sri Lanka Railways mobilized its own personnel and resources and local expertise in other State Sector Engineering institutions to install new bridges and rebuild destroyed tracks. The remarkable strength of the collective discipline, expertise, and cooperative efforts of Sri Lankan engineers became evident to all when they got the trains back on all the tracks by February 21, 2005. The British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) acclaimed their achievement as a heroic response by a dedicated people. 

In Japan too, the tsunami devastated the Sanriku Railway, completely destroying its southern line, and sparing only two sections of its scenic northern line along Iwate Prefecture. But caught between the local people’s emotions and the government’s economic wrangling, Sanriku Railway’s future remains in question months after the catastrophe. Trains on this line were already running at a loss, but for the locals, it was the best mode of transport to get children to school or for the elderly to go shopping. In fact, the rail service was so much a part of the lives of the people in the area that they appear to have taken care of the stations as if they would of their homes, sweeping the platforms, planting flowers, and even hanging out dried persimmons for visitors. Besides, in this region that is highly dependent on declining fishing and farming industries, people say the railway is vital for tourism, which, like in Sri Lanka, is a recent industry in the region. So, local authorities want to rebuild the line. But the estimated cost to restore track, bridges, and stations is at least Y10 bn ($123m) which they do not have, and do not believe could raise on their own. And central government leaders are determined that in this region, where a rapidly ageing population and stagnating traditional industries have left many towns in steep decline, tsunami reconstruction should support economic sustainability. So, four months into the disaster, the future of the Sanriku Railway was still hanging in the balance. [8]

In Sri Lanka, not only did the railway get a new lease of life, the feat accomplished by Sri Lanka’s Railways Department was also cause for immense national pride in those dark days. But this achievement brought no joy to the people of Peraliya, a small fishing village mid-way between Colombo and Galle, where the tsunami inflicted one of its most horrendous tragedies, wrecking a train bound from Colombo to Matara. Over 1,500 men, women, and children died. Of the handful that survived this tragedy, said to be the world’s largest train disaster, I met five people. Four were relatives. The fifth was an individual from a different family. The voices of two relatives, Nihal and Sreenika, (uncle and niece respectively,) appear below along with Ciranthi’s. The voice of the fifth survivor is heard in Chapter Four.

***

Nihal and his wife, Latha, planned the train journey because their two daughters, a teenager and a seven-year-old, had never gone on a train. They decided to show the children the  the famous coral gardens in Hikkaduwa and invited other relatives to go on the trip. Six people, including their 22-year-old niece, Sreenika, joined them.

Since it was a public holiday, the train soon became jam-packed. But the group of relatives had boarded it at the journey’s inception in Colombo and they traveled comfortably seated, with views of the sea, enjoying the sandwiches Latha brought. As they neared Hikkaduwa, Sreenika retrieved her handbag from the luggage rack and got ready to disembark. But the train came to a halt unexpectedly in Peraliya, a couple of miles before their destination.

No one knew why the train stopped, but as she looked down the coast, Sreenika saw terrified people rushing towards the train, yelling. Then looking out to sea she saw a big wave about six or seven feet high racing towards the land. (It was the one that sent Ciranthi’s van spinning.) Inside the train people began screaming, but though the sea dumped water and debris inside their car, Sreenika said nobody got hurt. With its wheels submerged in water, however, the train could not move. The passengers were fearful, not knowing if another wave would come. Someone suggested that the women and children go to a temple nearby, but another person prevented it saying people might get bogged down in the mud since limestone had been excavated in the area. 

While the train passengers were anxiously debating what to do, Ciranthi and her children had reached a home on higher ground and stopped to catch their breath. “The house belonged to village people, who, even in this calamity, were hospitable enough to bring a chair from inside the house for me. After all, we were akin to foreigners, we were from Colombo, in our holiday gear, sporting designer shades – what a laugh!” she writes. 

While she rested, Malla ran back to retrieve Ciranthi’s spectacles from the abandoned van. He had just returned when people started fleeing inland, yelling another wave was coming. Malla grabbed his mother and sister, “two heavy weights, as he loves to joke,” says Ciranthi, and forced them to run. “But” says she, “Everyone knows how I’ve sculptured this great-looking body over the years, and how attached I am to it, that I don’t want to shed even a pound of it, and at this point, how could I run? I couldn’t even walk! But that was before I saw what was chasing us!!! I have never in my life seen anything like it. Not in books, not on TV, and not in the movies. And if someone had told me about it and I had not seen it myself, I wouldn’t have believed it either. It was the hugest, tallest wall of the greyest water ever– taller than the coconut trees which were just being swallowed up. No froth, no foam, just a massive mass of grey substance rushing at us with lightning speed. The noise is what I remember most. The Deafening Roar of the Sea, as if the whole ocean had risen up and was closing in on us. I never looked back after that, running, falling, stampeding along till the sound receded….”

According to eyewitness accounts, the second wave was about 15 meters. Inside the train, said Sreenika, people started screaming and wailing. “Did you also scream?” I asked. “For some reason I did not,” she said. “Almost instinctively I stood up on the seat, hung onto the luggage rack, and began chanting pirith.

Pirith or Paritta Sutra are a part of the many discourses the Buddha gave. They teach us many things such as the noble qualities of the Buddha like kindness, generosity, and compassion towards all beings and how to develop those qualities; the reality of existence; and how humans can improve their worldly lives. People believe that pirith chanting invoke the blessings of the Buddha and they often invite monks to chant them when embarking on important projects, during significant life cycle events, and during serious illnesses or other problems. Most Sri Lankan Buddhists learn some of them at an early age and chant regularly in their homes. And when in danger, like Sreenika, most instinctively chant pirith

As the tsunami engulfed the train Sreenika closed her eyes tightly and held her breath. She gulped water, and was aware that their car fell on its side. When, as the water receded, she opened her eyes to “a blackness and a deathly silence,” only about ten people of the scores that had packed the car appeared to be alive. Her uncle’s older daughter, Naduni, was one of them. 

In the next car, Naduni’s father, Nihal, had also survived. As the water subsided he climbed onto the roof of the train and together with another survivor, pulled out whoever was alive. Latha and four other family members were among them, but the couple’s younger daughter, Hiruni, and a seventeen-year-old niece were missing. (Their story as well as Ciranthi’s continues in subsequent chapters.)

***

On that journey down south, we stopped to look at that ill-fated train, now standing on the track with all the cars reattached. There were policemen guarding it because a man told us, “Some villagers could not run because the stalled train blocked their path and they got into the train. People are now threatening to set the train on fire saying those relatives and friends would not have died had the train not been there.” 

As we saw in the case of Japan’s wrecked railway, symbols that emerge during tragedies are multivocal; they reflect the mental processes of a collective people. Different individuals see and interpret the same sights, sounds, experiences, differently, and in Sri Lanka too, the same rail system that symbolized human ingenuity and perseverance, the strength of collective action, and the fact that the country had begun to recover and move ahead, carried vastly different meanings for the people of Peraliya and neighboring villages. For them, the battered train triggered unbearable memories which resulted in anger so violent that the state had to dispatch police officers to prevent its destruction. Its presence in their midst day in and day out was making it impossible for some people to move beyond the tragedy and regain the mental peace so essential to rebuilding their lives, and the nation to heal. 

A young mother, with her five-year-old son hanging onto her arm, told us that one train car fell on their house. “Before all this we lived quite well. We even had gold jewelry worth about one hundred thousand rupees ($10,000.) But now, we have become beggars!” the woman sighed. In Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, and many other societies where marriages are arranged gold jewelry is a desired dowry item, and its ownership brings economic security for women. So her parents, like that of thousands of other girls, may have bought some of that jewelry while the woman was still a young girl. 

The woman and her son survived because they saw the first wave when they were walking along Galle road and fled inland. Her father and husband had survived too, but her mother had perished. The survivors were now living with relatives. She visited this site daily to collect aid and to prevent moneyed opportunists and squatters claiming her piece of land. This was a very real possibility: the tsunami washed away people’s deeds as well as fences, trees, parapet walls, and other landmarks that originally demarcated boundaries. A month after the disaster it was reported that with some 600,000 deeds washed away, and with the sea eroding about 30 meters of land in at least 15 areas, the Surveyor General’s Department was envisaging new legal and demarcation problems. [9]

Good and evil are universal human characteristics. As we will see in other chapters, disasters often bring out the best in people. But they also bring out the worst in human nature, and a UN report charged the Indian, Sri Lankan, Indonesian, Maldivian, and Thai governments of standing back or being complicit as coastal communities were pushed out in favor of commercial interests, a topic I discuss further in Chapter Five. [10]

With the loss of their homes, people in both countries also lost money as well as important documents which had both immediate and long-term consequences for the victims. In Sri Lanka, ten days after the disaster the Department of Registration of Persons initiated a special program to provide National Identity Cards to IDPs who lost them. Soon after, steps were taken to issue duplicate birth and marriage certificates, revise adoption laws to facilitate the process for adopting newly orphaned children, and to certify tsunami deaths. 

As we walked back to our vehicle, a big white banner strung between two coconut trees on the beach on the other side of the road fluttered in the wind. It wished tsunami victims the bliss of Nirvana (Enlightenment,) the ultimate goal in Buddhism. Such banners are commonly displayed at traditional Buddhist funerals. But the majority of the train victims did not have traditional funerals, normally attended by scores of relatives and friends of the deceased, as well as of surviving members of the family. The bodies of most victims were extricated from the wreckage only after they had baked in the hot sun for days. To make matters worse, salt water hastens the process of deterioration, so, even when relatives were able to identify them they couldn’t, and sometimes wouldn’t, take the bodies home for the traditional rituals and cremation. Since rapid deterioration made finger-printing impossible, officials photographed the unclaimed bodies and documented details helpful for identification. Then after the Sangha, as the community of Buddhist monks are known, performed the pansukula ritual (see Chapter Four) collectively for all victims, to prevent the spread of diseases the bodies were unloaded by backhoes into mass graves on the beach, even though Sri Lankan Buddhists normally cremate the dead. For reasons explained in Chapter Three, in which I describe and analyze the funeral rituals of the two countries, it is not essential to have the body present at the first ritual in the Theravada tradition, and families would have performed the ritual in their homes too for their deceased loved ones. 

In Japan too cremation is the norm. But as we see in Chapter Three, in the Mahayana tradition, it is extremely important to have the body present for the first ritual. Therefore, even as the first anniversary of the disaster approached, some grieving survivors were still trying to find the remains of their loved ones. Rev. Tatedera, who returned to Minamisanriku, his devastated hometown, a few days following the disaster said that after officials took DNA and blood samples from bodies that were recovered, families had the priests perform the rituals as best as they could under the circumstances. They then buried the corpses, enclosed in body bags or blankets, individually in shallow temporary graves and local government officials made arrangements to cremate them in other Prefectures, even going as far as Tokyo, because local crematoriums were unusable. When the time came, survivors dug up the bodies and took them there.

***

Japan is located on the “Ring of Fire” in the basin of the Pacific Ocean where about 90 percent of the world’s earthquakes and a large number of the world’s volcanic eruptions occur. When earthquakes, volcanoes, and landslides occur under the sea, they create enormous oscillations of water, resulting in tsunami waves. So, geographically and geologically, Japan is very vulnerable to tsunamis as well, and besides building sea walls, the state has been creating a culture of safety to ensure people are protected from these natural hazards.  

After the 1995 Kobe earthquake, for instance, Tony Waller says that Japan’s Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism introduced The Seismic Retrofitting Promotion Law and in 2009, the Ministry set out to survey and improve all federal buildings considered inadequately protected. The goal was to make 90% of the federal buildings earthquake-resistant by 2015. [11] Their success was seen in 2011 when none of Tokyo’s swaying sky scrapers collapsed in the strongest earthquake ever to strike Japan. The country had made significant progress in other areas too. Bullet trains halted without any derailments as rail company seismometers triggered automated braking systems on, thus averting the type of tragedy that occurred in Peraliya.

To protect people from tsunamis, besides building sea walls, breakwaters, and dykes, Japan has installed other sophisticated safety mechanisms as well. When earthquakes occur tsunami sirens sound in many coastal towns, along with radio and TV warnings. Networks of sensors set off alarms in individual residences too in some coastal towns. Floodgates shut down automatically to prevent waves from reaching upriver. Along the coast, there are warning signs and well-marked escape routes. Communities have designated evacuation centers and schools and other institutions have emergency manuals telling them where to go. Earthquake and tsunami drills are routine for all citizens.

Despite all these efforts, however, writes British journalist, Mure Dickie, the enormous difficulty in predicting the likely strength and direction of approach of tsunamis, and the inadequate measuring systems of earthquakes – capable of measuring only up to 8.0 magnitude in 2011 – resulted in authorities initially warning of a much smaller tsunami than what occurred, probably giving people a false sense of security and stopping them from rushing away from the area. Survivors had also told Dickie that the death toll was so high because many people tried to find loved ones or retrieve precious possessions instead of heeding tsunami tendenko, the traditional teaching that says in tsunamis, people must focus on saving themselves. Still they acknowledge, regular tsunami drills and shared memories of past disasters may have saved lives. [12] 

In Sri Lanka, on the other hand, tsunamis were virtually unknown in 2004. Although the Vihara Maha Devi story, a well known historical legend among Sinhala people, describes a tsunami-like disaster in the country in ancient times, by 2004 it was thought to be fiction. Scientists too had not identified that region of the Indian Ocean as tsunami-prone and the Sinhala lexicon did not even have a term to refer to the phenomenon. So, the country appropriated the Japanese term ‘tsunami,’ meaning ‘great harbor wave.’ 

Historical chronicles, however, show heavy monsoonal storms, tides, and currents have threatened particularly Sri Lanka’s western and southwestern coastal regions since ancient times, and the country’s Coastal Conservation Department (CCD) has built protective revetments in vulnerable areas. But a CCD engineer told me that they were based on calculations to contain the known risks, not tsunamis. This made sense; as anthropologists, Oliver-Smith and Hoffman observe, societies deal with hazards depending on how they perceive the risks posed. 

In fact, the CCD itself was created in the 1980s out of two other agencies because coastal erosion had become a growing threat to the island’s coastal zone, which translates to about 23 percent of the island’s total land area, and lie within 14 of the 25 administrative districts. [13] The agency first took shape as the Coast Protection Unit in the Colombo Port Commission in 1963. In 1978, the government created a second entity, the Coast Conservation Division under the Fisheries Ministry. But when the liberalization of the economy led to the expansion of the tourist, fishing, garment, and other industries and brought more and more people to the coastal zone, it became evident that to protect coastal resources, an integrated management program was needed. Consequently, the GoSL passed the Coast Conservation Act No. 57 in 1981 and three years later, upgraded the Coast Conservation Division to form the CCD. Today, it is the principal agency among several to have jurisdiction over the preservation, conservation, and the sustainable development of coastal resources. [14]

***

Peraliya, where the train was derailed, is a low lying area and therefore highly vulnerable to extreme events such as storms and tsunamis. But the country’s location within the tropical belt makes this area ideal for coral reefs, which experts believe protect coastlines from tides, storms, and tsunamis because their natural harbors and walls reduce the speed and pressure of the waves. So, I asked a CCD official, “Even if the revetments could not withstand the phenomenal force of the tsunami, shouldn’t the coral reefs offer some protection?” “They would have, if healthy reefs were there” he replied. “But people now see the reefs as a huge source for money and damage and destroy them to get what they want, and this (the disaster) is the result.” 

Being the habitat of many species of fish, the reefs are one of the world’s most diverse and productive natural ecosystems and provide livelihoods for thousands of people. With few exceptions, there is open access to Sri Lanka’s coastal fisheries and the CCD official said that after the country opened up to the global market, intense competition to supply the increasing demands of the global community for fish and other reef products led to widespread destruction and degradation of the reefs particularly by fishing, tourist, and construction industries.

I found out firsthand the detrimental impact of globalization on coral reefs when, during the second phase of this research project, my land lady, her house hold help, and I went out to the reefs with three fishermen who catch ornamental fish for America’s marine aquarium trade. The trip came about because the previous year I had become acquainted with Susith, one of the three men, through his brother-in-law who regularly drove me around in his three-wheeler (a scooter fitted with a hood and a body with a passenger seat,) during research. 

“Hang on tight nona (madam,)” the men shouted as they pushed the boat into the water.  And hang on we did, as the boat bumped over surging waves the three or four miles to Habaraduwa, where it was anchored to the reefs. Susith and a mate quickly tucked plastic bags into the waistband of their shorts. The ornamental fish they catch will go into those. They then put on goggles, flippers, and fins, heaved oxygen tanks onto their backs, took ‘moxy nets,’ ‘bottom set nets,’ and crow bars, did back flips, and disappeared into the water. We waited in the swaying boat with the third man until the divers hooted from some distance away about an hour later, signaling they were ready to be picked up. They came aboard, transferred the fish into a big pail of water, and dived back with a second oxygen tank. That morning they caught about two dozen ornamental fish. 

There is no separate estimate of the export value of marine aquarium fish. But experts believe that reef fishery may constitute about 15percent of the total fish landings in Sri Lanka, and that the export value of marine ornamental fish and invertebrates amounts to about $3.5 million. Sri Lanka was the first country in south Asia to develop the trade, and business became quite lucrative as new communication technologies developed because people could now transmit detailed customized information to global customers in a matter of minutes. By 1994 the country was exporting more than 250 species of marine fish, invertebrates, and other reef and reef-associated products to 45 countries. 

This fishing trip revealed how fishermen harm the reefs to supply the global demand. As mentioned, the men anchored the boat on the reefs and it took some pulling and tugging to release the anchor. It came up with a piece of the reef dangling on the hook. Fishermen also break the reefs when tugging at nets that get entangled in them, and when they disturb the reefs with crowbars to chase the fish from nooks and crannies. A CCD official said some men even dynamite the sea bed to catch ornamental fish, and that others who supply fish for elite Asian restaurants and European markets, stun the fish using cyanide sprays. With thousands of fishermen going out to sea twice a day when conditions are good, the reefs stand little chance of remaining healthy and years before the tsunami, environmentalists warned the reefs were dying. Consequently, the government passed the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act of 1996, declaring the use of moxy and bottom-set nets, and of dynamite and cyanide, illegal. But as I witnessed in 2006, the men were continuing to use the outlawed implements, and said they know people who engage in the more violent methods. 

A CCD engineer explained to me how the tourist and construction industries also cause reef destruction. Operators of glass bottom boats taking tourists out to show the reefs also anchor boats to them and some even sell pieces of reef of varying sizes to tourists. Some hoteliers run businesses without permits, and they, and even some owners of legally built hotels, have not constructed the required waste discharge facilities. They unload sewage right into the sea and these pollutants, and the loose dirt that washes down to the reefs when developers cut down coastal vegetation and bulldoze the land for buildings, impede the growth of corals and eventually smother them. On top of all this, people blast the reefs to obtain limestone for the construction industry. 

The official said that the CCD outlawed reef blasting, but that people then started mining inland lime deposits, creating more low-lying areas. So in the 1980s, the CCD took proactive action to stop the problem. It prohibited coral mining and operating lime kilns in the coastal zone, removed the kilns, relocated the miners to other areas, and gave them parcels of cultivable land. “But,” said the official, “most men cut down the coconut and rubber trees on their land, sold the timber, returned to mining, and transported the harvest to lime kilns located outside the coastal zone, though this is illegal as well.”

What draws the men back to mining, and why are officials unable to enforce the laws? A CCD official speculated that increasing poverty levels may have pushed the miners back to their old job because “Unlike farming, mining brings in quick money.” This could well be. After independence, Sri Lanka had well developed and comprehensive welfare programs that had resulted in rapid advances in literacy, health, and many other social indicators. [15] But as Asoka Bandarage, a Sri Lankan sociologist now teaching at Georgetown University, points out in The Separatist Conflict in Sri Lanka: Terrorism, ethnicity, political economy, the Open Economy drastically reduced social welfare programs in the country, removed price controls on food and consumer goods, and replaced the rice subsidy with a limited food stamp program. She says that in the 1978-1980 budget period the total government expenditures for food, education, and health declined from 42 to 26 percent. [16] 

Arjan Rajasuriya of the National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency points to political corruption as another reason for people violating the laws. He observes that people in coastal regions have direct influence over politicians of their respective areas, and that since different community groups are affiliated with different political parties, the CCD finds it difficult to channel the collective strength of the local people to managing their resources. [17]

The politicization of rural communities was begun during the British colonial period with the introduction of universal franchise in 1931. In 1956, the sweeping victory of S.W.R.D. Bandaranaike, who canvassed with a strong emphasis on an indigenous style of nationalism, demonstrated to villagers that powerful ruling governments could be toppled at general elections, and that involvement in national party politics could yield concrete benefits for themselves. [18] So in this climate where corrupt politicians and their constituents serve each other’s interests, the CCD and other authorities have been rendered powerless to enforce the laws that may have lessened the impact of the tsunami on the train and the villages. By contrast, after surveying the post-tsunami situation in the Maldives Islands, the World Wildlife Federation (WWF) said diligent efforts by the government there to protect the reefs that shield the islands from the open sea prevented substantial damage to the islands and loss of lives. [19] In Fukushima, on the other hand, political corruption was a major factor in creating the nuclear disaster. 

***

 Award winning Japanese architect, Kengo Kuma, observes that designers and planners must study maps, and assess risks and potential of each region they plan to develop. [20] Accordingly, based on the height of a tsunami that hit the area in 1938, TEPCO built 5.5 meters high sea walls to protect the nuclear plants. But the 2011 tsunami that hit the area was some 13 meters high. As if that wasn’t terrible enough, the earthquake had caused the entire Honshu Island to subside a meter and the vacuum created at the top gave even more power to the sea.

TEPCO may be excused for the design error because scientists acknowledge it is extremely difficult to predict the size and force of tsunami waves striking the shore since they depend on the local topography, the shape of the shoreline, and the direction of approach. And as the Canadian ecologist, C.S. Holling reminds us, some natural processes unfold within time frames that vary considerably from those in which human decision-making takes place, and when lapses between the occurrences of disastrous hazards are extraordinarily long, they allow for considerable trial and error in societal adaptation to the environment. 

While this may have been the case in Sri Lanka as mentioned, it was revealed that at a safety review meeting called by Japan’s Nuclear and Industrial Safety Agency in June 2009 – a meeting at which TEPCO officials were also present– seismologist, Yukinobu Okamura, pointed out that scientific surveys and analyses of sediment in the area confirmed historical accounts of a much larger tsunami inundating the region in the year 869, and questioned the assumptions underpinning the plant’s design. But in the 21 months that passed, TEPCO did nothing. The government did nothing either to ensure that the company increased the height of the existing sea wall or built a new one. [21] Instead, the government approved another 10-year extension of the plant’s No. 1 reactor that had begun operating in 1971,  despite the fact that in 2003, TEPCO was found to have falsified safety data and was forced to close all 17 of its reactors, including the six at Fukushima, and despite the fact that when its Kashiwazaki-Kariwa plant, Japan’s biggest, was rocked by a 6.8 magnitude earthquake a few years later, the company admitted the plant was not built to withstand a quake of that strength. [22]

Disaster scholars theorize that it is usually a society’s most socio-economically disadvantaged people, whether based on their race, class, ethnicity, religion, or other factor, who are the most vulnerable to the various debilitating impacts of complex disasters because perceived as the ‘Other,’ they are relegated to the peripheries of settlements as societies become larger and more complex, and people organize themselves by cultural values and belief systems, power structures, and social and economic arrangements. This became quite evident when Hurricane Katrina hit New Orleans in 2005, [23] and an earthquake devastated China’s Sichuan Province in 2008. [24]

But not all societies experience disasters in the same way or to the same degree. Even when they result from the same climatological, geological, or technological phenomenon, the interpretation of cause, effect, and responsibility, patterns of destruction vary. When Haiti was hit by the 7.0 quake for instance, it was the capital city that crumbled. Over 230,000 people lost their lives and urban slums were decimated; but also leveled were the presidential palace, the biggest businesses, and various office buildings including that of the UN. As we saw in Sri Lanka too, the tsunami victimized people of all socioeconomic backgrounds – including big hotel owners, middle class home owners, poor fishermen and laborers – because as the area became increasingly industrialized, the rich and the poor alike flocked to it. Japan’s Tohoku region, on the other hand, fits the above theoretical perspective.

Before the quake, many of the hardest hit coastal settlements in the Tohoku region had been in long-term decline. Income in the worst affected prefectures of Miyagi and Iwate were 15 to 20 percent below the national average. The area as a whole has a high unemployment rate and a population that is shrinking and aging faster than in the rest of the country. Therefore, says Japanese architect, Kengo Kuma, TEPCO found it easy to locate the nuclear power plants in Fukushima; residents and local governments of Tohoku consented to host the power stations – in spite of the risks – because their installation brings generous subsidies to the locals. But once they were installed in these out-lying regions, TEPCO, a large urban-based organization, as well as the government, was not conscientious about their maintenance. So, echoing the above theoretical perspective, Kuma says, “The disaster has drawn attention to not only the economic disparities in what is traditionally depicted as a wealthy nation, but also to the high-handed and heedless stance of the urban elite towards poor areas.” [25]

Japan is the only country in the world to have experienced the immediate and horrific destruction, and the slow, lingering effects of radiation poisoning after America dropped atomic bombs on Nagasaki and Hiroshima in 1945. Radiation is an ‘invisible enemy’ that contaminates the earth, and can spread through air and water. Human exposure to radiation is measured in millisieverts (mSv.) 50 to 100 mSv leads to changes in blood chemistry; 700 mSv leads to vomiting; 1000 mSv or 1 sievert, can cause radiation sickeness including nausea and an elevated risk of cancer, and lead to damage to the central nervous system and death. [26] So, there is substantial opposition to building nuclear power plants in the country. Why then did the government ignore TEPCO’s corrupt practices?

In 2006, the government announced a new energy strategy to reduce the use of oil by 40 percent or less as a source for all energy needs by 2030. [27] Targets set include reducing Japan’s transportation sector’s reliance on oil as a source of energy from 100 to 80 percent, and reducing the costs for solar energy development by developing nuclear power plants so that nuclear energy will account for 40 percent of the nation’s power generation. So, says Yoichi Funabashi, head of the Rebuild Japan Initiative Foundation which set up the independent investigation commission on the nuclear accident, interest groups and utility companies seeking to gain broad acceptance for nuclear power wove a twisted myth of the “absolute safety” of nuclear energy to dampen public opposition. He says, for example, that in 2010, to avoid sparking “unnecessary misunderstanding and anxiety” among the public, the Nuclear and Industrial Safety Agency (NISA) had Nigata Prefecture’s plans to conduct an accident drill for earthquake preparedness replaced by a less menacing alternative – of heavy snow! And he says, utility companies, averse to any activity smacking of preparations for a nuclear disaster, stopped the development of robots to assist in nuclear accidents. In fact, says Funabashi, “At its core, Japan’s nuclear safety regulatory regime was phoney (sic.) Regulators pretended to regulate; utilities pretended to be regulated. In reality, the latter were far more powerful in expertise and clout”. [28] But the national and global outcry that followed the Fukushima disaster resulted in the sacking of three top state officials for cozy relations with the company. Top TEPCO officials resigned as well. The nuclear crisis also cost Prime Minister Naoto Kan his job. In July 2011, Yoshihito Noda became Japan’s new Prime Minister. 

***

In southern Sri Lanka, with 3074 bodies recovered, Hambatota district was the worst affected in the province. [29] Its town center was so devastated that GoSL commenced its reconstruction programs of tsunami battered areas with the building of a new town center further inland. But driving into Hambantota, one may be surprised at the nature and scale of the destruction there because long stretches of its beaches are guarded by huge sand dunes which ensure that people live further inland, and are thus less vulnerable to the ravages of the sea. Another eye-catching feature of this district is the impressive mangrove forests growing in the intertidal zone between land and the ocean. 

In terms of biodiversity in the marine environment, mangroves are second only to coral reefs as highly productive eco-systems for fish, crab, and shrimp nurseries. They are a valuable asset also because they prevent erosion and extend the shorelines by trapping mud with underwater roots. Some experts believe that these plants, like coral reefs, protect coastal areas from storms and tsunami because while some of their thick roots project vertically above the water to obtain oxygen, other roots, spreading about ten meters around the trees, enable them to withstand powerful waves, and their branches break the speed with which the waves slam into the shore. With all these natural barriers protecting the land area from the sea, why did this district suffer such severe damage?

In Great Planning Disasters, Peter Hall writes that, whether it is town and country or urban and regional planning, the process of planning the physical development of a geographical space entails making decisions about “how much of what to put where.” [30] Planners must consider the population distribution, and the distribution of activities and their related structures – homes, factories, schools, offices, businesses, hospitals – in relation to the environmental features of an area. 

In Sri Lanka, the CCD works with local government officials, the Urban Housing Authority (UDA,) the CTB, and other institutions to regulate development activities in the coastal zone and in 1983, established a permit procedure for activities such as breaching sand bars, removing sand, dredging, filling, landscaping and grading, and removing vegetation or coral. The Department also provides educational programs on conservation and preservation of the coastal zone to the people. In short, ‘sustainable development’ – ensuring that the needs of the present are met without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs – as the World Commission on Environment and Development defined the term in 1987, is a goal it tries hard to meet.  

It seems particularly important that development work in Hambantota is carried out under the supervision of the CCD and other agencies because like Peraliya, this is low-lying terrain. But this area has been continuously settled since pre-historic times, and in pre-colonial times when Sri Lanka was divided into three territorial divisions, the capital of Ruhuna – as the southern region is still known – was Magampattu in the Hambantota district. So human intervention in this district has a centuries-old history and some projects people carried out long before the CCD was created made the Hambantota town extremely vulnerable to a disaster waiting to happen. For instance, at various points in time local people as well as the colonizers dug canals, affecting the natural flow of water to the lagoons. The description of a painting by British artist, Henry Salt, of “A View Near Point de Galle” (circa 1803) reads: “The view in the vicinity of Point de Galle is taken at the spot where ended a canal, which had been constructed by the Dutch, for the purpose of bringing down from the forests of the interior, those beautiful woods, which form the chief ornament of the cabinet-work of Europe….” [31] In 2004, the sea flooded artificial canals running through town, amplifying the volume of water. 

A more recent planning disaster in Hambantota town was the temporary relocation of the Sunday open air market to an empty strip by the side of the main road, and across from one of the area’s seven major salt pans, the Karagan Levaya. In Sri Lanka, salt is produced by solar evaporation, and salt pans are found in both the northern and southern regions. These are huge tidal flats that are periodically inundated with sea water in areas where the dry season is prolonged. While salt marshes in the north occur mainly on exposed tidal flats, those in the south occur in the shelter of sand dunes. About six decades before the CCD was created, the then urban authorities destroyed the sand dunes that sheltered the Karagan levaya and built a housing complex. That Sunday morning, the tsunami carried the crowded market and the homes into the levaya. Wing Commander Welikala of the Sri Lanka Air Force who visited the area later that evening told me he saw about 50 vehicles, including buses, submerged about a kilometer into the salt pan. Some 1600 bodies were recovered from there. Many people had also drowned in Maha Levaya, another salt pan. But in that case, the sea itself had devoured six meters or so of the dune and rushed into town.

Besides the loss of lives, the tsunami’s economic impact on the salt industry was considerable. Although Karagan Levaya was not operational in 2004, Maha Levaya was and the large volumes of sand and marine sludge carried in by the tsunami affected the natural composition of the salt marsh. Consequently, said W.A. Dharmasiri, the Hambantota Additional Divisional Secretary, salt production at the Maha Levaya was halted for a year until it was cleaned, leaving 600-900 temporary workers in limbo. 

More environmental changes that made the district vulnerable to the tsunami occurred when, with the liberalization of the economy, the government acquired land for new ventures. Old timers who sold up and moved inland took the traditional knowledge with them. Entrepreneurs who replaced them had made money in gem-mining and other businesses and many only saw their new environment through a purely utilitarian lens. From their vantage points the dunes and mangroves occupied potentially valuable real estate and they were destroyed to build hotels, aquaculture projects, and other businesses. 

 Jeff McNeely, chief scientist of the Swiss-based World Conservation Union (IUCN) says the aqua culture industry was developed “So people in Europe could have cheap shrimp and prawns.” To put McNeely’s statement into a more global perspective, shrimp is the most popular seafood in the U.S. and about half of the stock consumed here is farm-raised in developing Asian countries. 

Shrimp farming can be done in temperate zones, but Vandana Shiva, founding director of the Research Foundation for Science, Technology, and Ecology in India, says that global food corporations move these out to developing countries because this industry involves heavy and varied environmental costs: Aqua culture projects require that sea is created on land, resulting in the removal of mangrove forests and other vegetation to make way for fields that are filled with sea water using huge pumps. But says Shiva, the process is extremely harmful to the environment and threatens life and livelihoods because salt water seeps into ground water, ultimately resulting in a lack of drinking water in the area. And the enormous amounts of polluted waste water that is pumped out from the farms to the sea degrade sea fisheries, harming the fish and threatening the livelihoods of sea going fishermen. [32] And as we know now, large bodies of water inland greatly heightened the tsunami destruction. 

Summing up the situation in Hambantota, a CCD official said, “There, the impact of the long-term encroachment of humans on the coastal zone was proven beyond doubt. The tsunami came inland with much more force in places where people converted sand dunes, mangrove forests, and sea-grass meadows into managed landscapes such as hotels and resort venues, shrimp, prawn, or ornamental fish farms, and coconut plantations.” IUCN representatives who traveled to Hambantota district confirmed his observation when they reported that most areas where the dunes remained intact did not suffer tsunami damage. [33] The minimal impact of the tsunami on Bundala National Park, surrounded by mangrove forests, and on Rekawa village where the CCD restored the plantations (both in this district,) also prove that like coral reefs and sand dunes, they too are a powerful deterrent against raging seas.

***

While all those spaces various groups of people opened up between the sea and the land became death traps in Sri Lanka, in Japan, the opposite occurred. Japan is made up of the four major islands of Hokkaido, Honshu, Kyushu, and Shikoku and thousands of smaller ones. Together they add up to a total land area of approximately 145,825 square miles – nearly six times as big as Sri Lanka. But almost 75 percent of the archipelago is mountainous and the vast majority of the population lives on flat lands because says Lucien Ellington in Japan, although most of Japan’s tree covered mountains are only a few thousand feet high, people are generally reluctant to live there for fear of volcanic activity and landslides. 

According to Ellington, only 20 percent of the nation’s land is suitable for human development and unlike Sri Lanka, which has a luxurious amount of arable land, Japan has precious little arable land and that too in the scarce flatlands. [34] Consequently, Japan, which, is the world’s 10th most populous country with 127 million people [35] has the largest population density per unit of area cultivated in the world. There, tall industrial and business buildings are crowded between farm plots and two- or three-story homes. Given the geological make-up of the country, it seems this settlement pattern cannot be helped but when the tsunami hit, those tall structures, and even the safety instructions officials had issued, were major contributory factors in a terrible tragedy. 

As told by NHK, in Ishinomaki City in Miyagi Prefecture, Okawa Elementary School, located on the banks of a river, was a designated tsunami evacuation center. As we already know, inland rivers and other waterways multiplied the devastating power of the tsunami waves, but behind the school is a hill accessible within a few minutes, an environment familiar to the youngsters since the school takes them up there on occasion. 

Emergency workers shouted warnings over loud speakers 12 minutes before the tsunami reached the school. About seven minutes before the water engulfed the school, a woman driving away with her children by car on high ground saw the oncoming deluge. But as she realized, no one at the school could see the impending disaster because the tall buildings surrounding the school blocked their view. There was no time for the woman to go back to warn them however, and another woman who went to the school just minutes before the impact found a chaotic scene with teachers trying to take roll call and trying to decide whether to go up the hill or to the parking island nearby, another designated evacuation center located on low-lying area. They decided on the latter for two reasons: By then many elderly people had come to the school and the school’s Emergency Instruction Manual directed them to go there and not up the hill. 

As the narrator said, with an ageing population and declining birth rates in Japan, children are true treasures of the future. At the school, the tsunami took the lives of 74 children. Only four children survived. The tragedy has torn the community apart as well. Grief stricken parents have grown distant from one another, and a mother of a child who survived said they no longer talk to her and that she doesn’t know how to break the barrier. So a meeting has been organized to try to bring the community together. [36] 

Looking at land use and tsunami damage in Tohoku, Professor Hitoshi Miyazawa of Ochanomizu University observes that the area ratio of ground according to urban land use shows a prevalence of building lots and public facilities within the inundation zone. The ratio is as high as about 60% in the Sanriku coast area, and is particularly large in its southern part, where built-up zones concentrate on the narrow plain land of ria coast bay heads, easily affected by tsunami damage. A wide range of built-up zones was flooded also in the Sendai Bay area, including the port, airport, and industrial areas. Ishinomaki is located in its northern part where a built up zone had formed in front of Sendai Bay, and about 45% of such built-up zones were inundated. In the Hamadori area, industrial areas that had developed along the shore and building lots in Iwaki city – in Fukushima Prefecture – were flooded mainly in built-up areas. [37] And Architect Kuma says that in the 20th century, as urban planning and architectural design became the tools of a city-centric era, architects and planners served only urban needs, and “obliviously” pushed the light, translucent elements of popular urban design onto local regions and their citizens, weakening them physically and culturally. [38] 

***

In Sri Lanka’s Hambantota district, the Yala National Park, which attracts about a million local and foreign eco-tourists each year, also sustained heavy damage. The sea had rushed in about two kilometers around the park’s coastal perimeter, uprooting giant trees, submerging grasslands and water holes, wiping out the Yala Safari Game Lodge, the Brown Safari Hotel, a safari bungalow, and a cluster of fifty or so fishermen’s huts, and killing at least 120 people.

With about 300 hectares of the park turned into wasteland, officials closed the park for a few weeks. But on my initial trip down south, we visited a family in Hambantota known to Gnanaweera Thero and our host, Ranjith, took us to there. Ranjith and his brother-in-law are park employees and had just driven their jeep up a hill when they heard the roar of water. Horrified, they watched as the gigantic wave swept up vehicles into the air. When it subsided, the two men hurried to join rescue efforts. 

Going to Yala opened my eyes to an important aspect of disasters that gets little attention in the media or in published accounts: the psychological trauma rescue workers and relief providers suffer as a result of their heroic efforts. Japan too is now beginning to realize this fact and a few months after the catastrophe, Japanese psychologists began to provide counseling sessions for volunteers from Tokyo before they left to help tsunami survivors. [39]

In any disaster, rescue workers’ primary mission is to save lives. Every time a victim is found alive, it gives them a huge boost of hope, helping to sustain them through the arduous work. But as Ranjith described their rescue efforts, it was clear that the success rate depends not only on how fast rescue workers reach the victims, and whether they have the necessary tools and machinery, but also on the nature of the disaster, the victims’ conditions when rescued, and whether first responders possess the necessary skills to do the job. Ranjith said the majority of the people they pulled out of the jungle were already dead. “Some people were impaled in trees, or entangled in thorns and bushes by their clothes and their hair. Others were stuck in the mud. Some had sand and bits and pieces of stuff in their eyes, ears, noses, mouths….” After a moment’s silence he said, “Some people were writhing and squirming when we pulled them out but we did not know how to give them first aid, and we had to go on rescuing people, so they died.” 

Ranjith also recalled that almost immediately after they took the bodies out of the water, many became black and bloated, eyes turned blue and bulged out, and that when they touched the bodies the skin just came off. His wife said he now has trouble sleeping and someone asked if he was scared at the time. “No, I never thought of anything except that we had to get these people out of the water as quickly as possible. It is now that the whole thing is sinking in. When I see rocks and tree stumps and things, I remember the water rushing in, carrying all those people….” His voice trailed off. His eyes were full.

We drove over to where the Yala Safari Game Lodge once stood. All that was left of what was a sprawling eighty-room structure was the swimming pool and a pillar. I spied a boat lodged in a tree in the far distance and was just raising my camera when a man came by. I asked if he knew anything about the fate of the people who were in the hotel when the waves slammed into it. “A couple who worked in the hotel was on a tree embracing each other, both were dead,” he said. This man works for the Wildlife Department, but escaped the deluge because he works in the front office located inland. We walked among the ruins as we talked and I saw a faded, gold-colored curtain of expensive brocade lying on the ground. It must have once adorned a window of the hotel. 

“How do you feel when you see all this? Do you feel scared to work here now?” I asked. “I don’t feel scared. I only feel this indescribable sadness,” he said. “This hotel was built according to a proper architectural plan; it was not put up according to somebody’s whim. Not even an atom bomb would create this much destruction!” he said in anguish. “People had got battered by rocks, trees, hotel furniture, vehicles, that came in the waves. Many were bleeding from the nose and mouth. Some had black streaks across their bodies as if they were electrocuted. Some did not have even one piece of clothing on their body. Whoever we found, we put in our jeeps and private vehicles and sent to hospital….For two days we did not eat one meal, and we didn’t even realize it. Our only experience was this immense sadness. All we wanted to do was to save anyone who was alive. Saving even one life became the most important thing.” He bowed his head. 

According to scientists, the Sumatra-Andaman earthquake released energy equivalent to a 100-gigaton bomb – about as much energy as is used in the United States in six months. [40]

I asked the Wing Commander about the condition of the corpses he saw. “I cannot remember,” he said. “There were so many bodies! I looked at them and then shut my emotions off because I had so much to do.” But this father of two young children said he was particularly moved by the bodies of small children. His own family was visiting him in Hambantota when the disaster stuck, and he sent them back to Colombo the next day. I asked his wife what she saw on their way back and she shuddered involuntarily. “It is not easy to talk of what we saw that day. There were hundreds of bodies….People were pulling them out from under slabs of walls, broken homes and furniture, mangled vehicles….One body we saw on top of a tree was completely white. Everybody who was helping to recover them seemed to be in a hurry, but they looked really fearful and in shock. They did not look normal somehow.” 

An Inspector of the Galle Police told me that some corpses turned white because the sea water eroded the top layer of skin. Most Sri Lankans vary in complexion from shades of brown to fair, and he said the white skin made it quite difficult for them to determine if the dead person was a Sri Lankan or a foreign tourist. When the Inspector gave me two CDs with photos of over 900 corpses, I realized just how traumatic it must have been for rescuers and relief workers to deal with the corpses. Some were fully white while others had the brown top layer of the skin still intact in various parts of the body. Still others were fully or partially black. The Inspector said they photographed the bodies after cleaning them, and someone had covered with pieces of cloth or paper the genitals of those who died without a shred of clothing. But without adequate time or resources to prepare bodies as undertakers normally do, many pictures showed the blood, frothy saliva or phlegm that streamed out of their mouths, noses, and ears. Some looked frightening because they were so bloated, bruised, and disfigured. What disturbed me most were the expressions on the faces of the dead. Some looked really angry as they fought the sea to the end. Others looked terribly sad, perhaps knowing they could never return home. Only a handful looked as if they had a normal, peaceful death. Perhaps knowing they could not overcome the horrific nature of their tragic end, they succumbed to it. For death is normal, and to die in dignity and peace is the wish of most humans. But for the thousands who died in the tsunami, that dignity and peace were denied.

***

Anthropologists Anthony Oliver Smith and Susanna Hoffman say that hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, ice burgs and other such forces are ‘natural hazards’ and not disasters in and of themselves. They say it is we humans who transform them into complex disasters as we change, mold, and force our natural surroundings to suit our needs and desires. The foregoing analysis showed they are right: it was maladaptive strategies by humans that made the Tohoku region of Japan and Sri Lanka’s southern coastal zone so vulnerable to a disaster waiting to happen. Some occurred because of population increase and many people were unaware of consequences of their activities, or miscalculated the risks. But most were largely driven by a utilitarian view of nature and ambitions for wealth and power on the part of entrepreneurs as well as corrupt politicians and other officials.

In their Preface to Worldviews and Ecology, Mary Evelyn Tucker and John A. Grim observe that “World religions have been instrumental in formulating views of nature and in creating perspectives on the role of the human in nature.” [41] But if we look at the place of nature in Buddhism that is the foundation of Sri Lankan culture, and also permeated the intellectual, artistic, and social life of Japan for well over a thousand years, we see a religion that goes against a utilitarian view of nature, as does Japan’s indigenous Shinto religion. Rooted in the beliefs of the agricultural people of ancient Japan, natural phenomena is venerated as deities in the Shinto religion, and even today Japanese people maintain shrines dedicated to nature deities and ask for their blessings by performing many traditional rituals.

In the Buddhist cosmology there is no concept of an almighty God who created the world. The Buddha says that this universe is born, sustained, and destroyed naturally in a cyclical process, and that all animate and inanimate things in the universe are constituted of units of atomic particles that are characterized by their abilities to harden and to soften; to flow and to paste; to expand and to contract; and to heat and to cool. According to him, all substances are formed by the mixing of these four principle elements (maha bhutha) to a greater or lesser degree. In other words, they are interconnected and interdependent, and to destroy one or more means destroying the whole; to destroy our environment is to destroy our very existence. 

Therefore, although his teachings uphold the view that human beings are superior to all other sentient beings because we have the highest intellect among all such beings, the Buddha’s message was that for the healthy survival of all, humans must live in harmony with the universe, and act responsibly and non-violently towards both sentient beings and insentient things. Buddhism is based on a theory of samsara or rebirth and as explained in the next chapter, not harming other living beings is the first of the Five Precepts that Buddhists undertake to live by. Violating this precept would result in negative consequences in our sojourn through samsara.  

So, unlike other major world religions that have moral teachings for human relations and social interaction but not for biocide and genocide, Buddhism is founded on such principles and the teachings are not merely theoretical. In what may be the world’s first environmental laws, the Buddha prohibited fully ordained monks to cut down or set fire to trees, or to pollute them by urinating and spitting on them. [42] Sri Lanka’s ancient monastic complex in Mihintale – where India’s Emperor Ashoka’s son, Arhat Mahinda,  introduced the Buddha’s teachings to Sri Lanka’s then king, Devanampiyatissa – was even equipped with lavatories with a purification system to purify urine through sand and charcoal pots before being absorbed into the soil. The process is required by the disciplinary code of the monks for two purposes: for hygiene and to protect the life of creatures living under the earth. [43]

But the teachings were not confined to monks and nuns only. Ancient Sinhala kings and nobility created public parks, planted groves and forests, and designated large areas of land as animal reserves. In The Personality of the Buddha, S.R. Wijayatilake observes they also built hospitals for people and animals, herbiaries, and homes for the aged and the infirm.   In World Religions, Geoffrey Parrinder echoes Wijayatilake in his observations of Japan, where, the prince regent, Prince Shotoku (574-621,) who introduced a new constitution based on Buddhism, built temples and established monasteries. “Alongside the monasteries,” says Parrinder, “were the visible signs of Buddhist compassion – dispensaries for people and animals, hostels for the sick, the orphaned or the aged.” [45]

In Sri Lanka, the teachings were also integral to every aspect of the Sinhala villagers’ way of life which revolved around the temple, the village, and the reservoirs supplying water for the rice fields. The fields were surrounded by a belt of residential gardens with fruit trees and vegetables, beyond which were forest lands. Villagers cleared patches of the forest temporarily for chena (slash and burn) cultivation, and they also hunted, grazed cattle, gathered wild fruits and kindling, and obtained timber from the forests. The country’s abundant folk songs, stories, poetry, and proverbs provide ample evidence that living in this ecological and cultural environment, people perceived nature not in utilitarian terms, but as a source of sustenance not only for the body, but also for the mind. In one song for instance, farmers express the pleasure and satisfaction they feel at the sight of the ripened rice paddies, the leaves that provide thatching for their homes, flowers blooming on trees, and the speckle-leafed vines embracing the trees around them. [46]

Thus in the Buddhist worldview, satisfaction and happiness are not dependent on ownership, profit margins, or consumption, but on the satisfaction derived from social service and on a mental state that is free from attachments to material things, a worldview transmitted to children from a young age. A song I learned in my childhood, still popular, when translated means, “In this tree of honey sweet oranges, the branches are hanging low with the ripened fruit. But my younger sister and I need only two, and that is all we will take. For we are not bad children who take more than we need.” [47] Such songs instill in young children the idea that simplicity and non-violence are closely related, and that one need not pillage nature’s bounty to live happily. 

As the British economist, E.F. Schumacher observes, in Buddhist economics, people’s needs and wants are maintained at satisfactory levels without jeopardizing the environment; to produce, distribute, and consume more than is needed at a time makes no sense. All this does not mean that the Buddha said people must not acquire wealth or enjoy material happiness; only that one should not be selfish and cleave to, or be attached to wealth because life is in constant flux and change brings dukkha dissatisfaction, unhappiness, and suffering – and the more attached one is, the more dukkha one experiences. So, the teachings also promote philanthropy and social service and Wijayatilake relates an interesting anecdote that shows how these ideals were woven into the fabric of Japanese culture.  

The former principal of Ananda College, a foremost Buddhist school for boys in Sri Lanka, Wijayatilake recalls a speech given by Shiroji Yuki, the then Japanese Ambassador to Sri Lanka, at the annual award ceremony at the school. After illustrating how the Dhamma is woven into the texture of the educational, economic, social, national, and personal life of the Japanese people, the Ambassador had talked about how, during the Nara period, candidates enrolled in the twelve-year training course to become ordained Buddhist priests had to pass an examination in civil engineering by constructing a bridge over the river Uji – the largest river in the Nara region – before they could qualify to sit the higher examination for ordination. Wijayatilake reminds us that Dogen (1200-1253,) the founder of the Soto School of Zen said that installing ferry service, erecting bridges, and promoting industries, are all acts of dana, a fundamental Buddhist concept I discuss in detail in Chapter Four, but generally meaning generous, benevolent, compassionate activities done for the good of others. G. Claiborne says, “So thoroughly integrated into the Japanese psyche have the assumptions and values of Buddhism become that their influence is apparent in every aspect of the lives of the people of modern Japan.” [48] An excellent example of the practice of dana on a global level by the nation today is the country’s consistent generosity to disaster stricken and poor countries around the globe. 

So, when, how, and why did a profit-oriented utilitarian view of nature take firm hold of the Sri Lankan and the Japanese psyche as we have seen? To understand, we must look at the unprecedented socio cultural and economic changes brought about by the Enlightenment Movement and the Industrial Revolution in Europe; changes that would transform the societies and cultures of the non-western world with the advent of western colonialism.

David Harvey says that medieval Europeans also saw the earth as a place where nature and humanity coexisted in partnership, both being God’s creations. [49] But as Tu wei-ming, scholar of religion, Chinese history, and philosophy observes, this changed when a model of the universe, based on “the Greek philosophical emphasis on rationality, the biblical image of man having ‘dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that moveth upon the earth’ ” became the new dogma, and scientific and philosophical discourses began perceiving humans as ontologically distinct from nature. [50] Humans, seen as “cultural” rather than “natural,” were said to be endowed with the rights to control and tame nature, conceived and defined as wild and violent. Its taming would enable humans to achieve emancipation and self-realization through maximum benefits in the evolving profit-oriented market economy.  

It needs no great imagination to see how the view that humans are the only creatures on earth that God willed for themselves, with minerals, plants, and animals existing for the sake of man, reduces nature to a mere object of consumption. So, European and American colonizers came to the East and other parts of the world with the singular ambition of dominating, controlling, and exploiting the local peoples and their lands for economic gain and enforced wide ranging cultural, political, and socioeconomic changes on the traditional societies. In Sri Lanka, I focus on the British period to show how colonial policies and practices radically changed the people’s traditional views of harmonious human-nature relations.

***

Pre-colonial Sri Lanka was divided into independent principalities ruled by local kings, but one by one, they fell to foreign rulers. When the British defeated the Dutch in 1796, only the Kandyan kingdom, extending from the central highlands up to parts of present day northern and eastern provinces, still remained independent. But in 1815, a traitor enabled the British East India Company to conquer it. 

The new rulers signed the “Kandyan Convention” promising to uphold the region’s separate laws and customs. But, following a harshly suppressed rebellion in the region in 1818, the island was declared a Crown colony and the imperial government abolished the separate administration of the Kandyan Provinces, imposed a central government with political control based in Colombo in the southwest coast, and in1832-33, carved the country into five new provinces – North, South, East, West, and Central – with no executive or legislative powers devolved to the provinces. As Bandarage points out, their aims in doing so were both political and economic: to avert the resurgence of Kandyan nationalism by subduing the Kandyan elite who wielded enormous influence over the masses, and to open up the highlands for planting cash crops. [51]

It was the Dutch who started the coffee plantations, but the first large-scale private coffee plantation of 400 acres was started in Gampola in 1825 by the brother of the then British Military Commandant of the Kandy district who obtained the land from the government “for a small amount and a loan of 400 pounds.” [52] In 1840, the rulers legislated the forestland where poor villagers had traditionally had the rights to cultivate their chenas, as Crown land, creating huge numbers of landless peasantry for the first time in Sri Lanka’s history. They also imposed new laws to acquire lands belonging to the Sinhala nobility, and those that had been donated to Buddhist and Hindu temples, for these ventures. A Viennese landscape painter and writer who visited Ceylon (as the country was then known) in mid-1860s, struck by the assaults on the natural environment, wrote the following description of a bungalow of a coffee planter he painted:

The bungalow of Mr. Cruwell, a coffeeplanter in Laymastotte near Happootella-pass, which has been built in a very picturesque situation at the foot of bold crags. One of these is still over grown by the curious network of roots springing from a fig tree, while the remaining pieces of large trees around, prove that a majestic wood has been felled here only a few years ago, where now the coffeeplants hold possession of every patch of available soil, intervening between the large blocks of a fallen cliff, and even finding a place on the very summit of the rocks, yielding their annual tribute to their owner. [53]

When coffee leaves developed a disease in the 1870s, the British started tea plantations, and continued developing coconut, cocoa, and rubber plantations as well. 

Besides felling trees for plantations, the British also cut down valuable hardwoods for export for fine furniture, and to build factories, houses and furniture for planters, ‘line rooms’ for workers, barrels for the coffee industry, packing boxes for tea. Along the coast they cut miles-long swaths of mangroves and other vegetation for coconut plantations, and to build the road and rail systems connecting the various areas of the country with Colombo. The colonizers also earned enormous profits from environmentally destructive industries of graphite mining and lumbering, and from arrack (alcohol distilled from coconuts) sales. 

The impact of colonial rule on Sri Lanka’s natural environment can be gauged by the fact that by the time the country gained independence in 1948, 80 percent of the land that was covered by tropical forests when colonial rulers came to the island had been clear-cut to 50 percent. [54] The British alone had sold some 728450 hectares at give-away prices to European speculators, adventurers, and fortune hunters, [55] and by 1948, tea, rubber, and coconut, which became the country’s principal exports in the first half of the twentieth century, were generating over 90 percent of export proceeds. 

But the British could not have succeeded in their various economic ventures without the collusion of the local people; there simply were not enough European workers to carry out the arduous labor needed in the above businesses. To combat the labor problem, the rulers employed three strategies: they disrupted the traditional social system based on caste and kinship and created a new class based social hierarchy; devised various strategies to break the close bond between the monks and the people; and started a new educational system in English to spread their value system. A brief overview of the impact of these strategies helps us to see how they laid the foundation for the tsunami disaster by radically changing the traditional society and culture.

Sri Lanka acquired the caste system from India along with other cultural influences, but caste rules among Sinhala Buddhists are relatively mild. Among the Sinhalese there are neither Brahmins nor Untouchables because Buddhism does not subscribe to the religious rationale and sacred sanctions of Hinduism. The highest among Sinhala castes are farmers (goyigama caste) and in traditional times they made up over half the population. But like in India, each caste is made up of subcastes and the goyigama landowners who headed the system wielded enormous power over goyigama subcastes and the lower castes – drummers, washermen, fishermen, and cinnamon peelers, among others. Back then, although the various castes fulfilled particular economic roles in society, almost all low caste people also worked the land and performed their caste duties on a ritualistic basis. [56] Still, the ascribed caste status did not allow them upward mobility, and by creating a class system and rewarding low castes with land grants and titles, the British gained huge numbers of loyal groups and workers to work in the plantations. 

The second strategy the British employed, reducing the authority of monks and breaking up the close bond between them and the people, was necessary because as Walpola Rahula Thero documents in The Heritage of the Bhikku, monks were de facto community leaders. In addition to being the spiritual guides, they also provided formal education, transmitting the traditional culture to sons of kings and peasants alike free of charge, helped whoever turned to them in times of need, and allowed the poor to cultivate temple landholdings to feed their families. Most importantly, they also organized resistance movements against the colonizers. [57]  

Opening English schools of course ensured that the new ideology would be widely transmitted to the locals. But unlike in the temple-run schools, educational standards in the British-run schools varied hugely. In Modern Sri Lanka: A Society in Transition. Tissa Perera and Robert N. Kearney note that particularly after schools were privatized in 1880 the ‘higher social class,’ consisting of Europeans and Europeanized Ceylonese who attended school in Colombo and in Jaffna, were given a superior education that prepared them for professional careers of higher lever employment in government service. The ‘middle class’ was educated to serve the lower grades of government service, and to work in business enterprises. The poorer sections of the community were given a basic education needed for clerical and other minor white-collar jobs. For the rural masses who could not migrate to towns where schools were located, the British opened vernacular schools only in 1947 – a year before independence – and they got no knowledge of English whatsoever. [58] 

The degree to which the colonizers succeeded in changing the traditional human-nature relations and their cultural values through these processes is documented by Kumari Jayawardena in Nobodies to Somebodies: The Rise of the Colonial Bourgeoisie in Sri Lanka. She writes that the goyigama landowners, the ‘Somebodies’ in traditional society, who had acquired land through purchase or service to colonial regimes, converted them into growing plantation produce for the market. The ‘Nobodies’ – goyigama subcastes and lower castes who became ‘Somebodies’ in the new social structure, also derived their wealth from plantations, and/or through graphite mining, arrack renting, and by becoming successful planters and businessmen. The cultural and psychological transformation of this new Bourgeoisie class, many of who were Christian converts, was so complete say Perera and Kearney, they spoke English at home, adopted western dress, and imitated western living styles and behaviors. 

The wide chasm the British created between the English educated urbanites and the rural masses was highlighted in 1945 by J.R. Jayawardene, a future president of Sri Lanka, in a speech to the state Council. “Our educational structure is divided into two types of educational institutions; some institutions giving instruction through the mother tongue, and the other institutions giving instruction through English. This particular defect has created, to my mind, two different nations….I think this has been one of the worst features of British rule introduced into this country” he said. [59]

Ironically though, Jayawardene himself was a product of the westernization process. It was he who liberalized the economy in 1977 on the advice of the World Bank and the IMF, organizations that Malcolm Crick, an anthropologist and researcher of Sri Lanka’s tourist industry observes, “….are seldom neutral; their functions is often to foster the development of tourism and other activities, not to raise fundamental questions about whether such developments might be beneficial for a particular country or not.” [60] So, as shown above, the development route they advocated, which continued the colonial legacy of environmental devastation for monetary gain, contributed heavily to making the southern coast extremely vulnerable to the tsunami. 

***

While Sri Lanka’s location along the ancient Silk Route, its famed spices, and the strategic position in the Indian Ocean attracted foreign traders and European conquerors, the Japanese archipelago’s remote location protected its people from successful foreign invasions, and for a time, enabled the country to resist western encroachment. However, as shown by W. G. Beasley in The Rise Modern Japan: Political, Economic, and Social Change Since 1850 [61] and by Lucien Ellington in Japan, [62] with the arrival of Portuguese traders off southern Kyushu in 1543, this history changed forever and set the country on the path that would ultimately bring it to the nuclear disaster. We will trace these developments beginning with the Tokugawa period (1600-1868.) 

The Tokugawa shogunate brought peace and stability to the country after long years of civil war. With political stability came a rapid rise in population and land under cultivation, resulting in increased agricultural production, which in turn stimulated domestic commerce and urbanization. Osaka became the centre for the commercial and financial aspects of the system, and Edo – later renamed Tokyo – a huge consumer market. This period also gave rise to about 250 smaller cities, with road and shipping routes linking the two great cities with each other and the rest of the country. A national market in some commodities emerged and villagers in various parts of the country shifted from subsistence farming to producing cash crops, and some products such as silk, cotton, and sugar, became regional specialties. Farmers in the countryside of the more advanced regions were operating in a money economy. This period produced a considerable number of people with expertise in finance and commerce, and a small but widely distributed accumulation of capital among commoners. 

So, as Beasley observes, Tokugawa rule gave rise to an embryonic capitalism that is the prerequisite for western-style industrial growth, and with the arrival of the Portuguese, the county also acquired western ideas and technological know-how, including advanced fire power. The new knowledge existed largely among the ruling class only, but a basic level of literacy among a good proportion of the population facilitated the circulation of information and ideas. 

But all these developments led to fears among Tokugawa rulers of dissident alliances with western military forces, and ‘corruption’ by Christian conversions, and they established a policy of sakoku (closed country). However, recognizing that to meet the challenges presented by the foreigners they needed to build up national strength, the government continued trade relations with the Chinese, Koreans, and the Dutch throughout the 17th century, and also sent envoys abroad to learn from the west, subjects including  military science, navigation, ship-building, medicine, law, and education.

Despite these efforts, the lack of frequent western contact caused Japan to stagnate especially in science and technology, and particularly after Britain’s Opium War with China in 1840, which opened Chinese ports to foreign trade as far north as the Yangtze, western imperial powers were irritated by Japan’s seclusion policies. When, with an increasing numbers of merchant ships and sizes of naval squadrons guarding Chinese ports, the powers in the region – Britain, France, Russia, and the US – acquired the means to intervene in Japan, the US, fast becoming a Pacific Power, started the process. In 1853, Commodore Matthew Perry and the US Navy arrived in Tokyo Bay and the following year he forced Japan into signing the first Unequal Treaty. It opened Shimoda and Hakodate as ports of call where American ships could obtain stores from Japanese officials, authorized the appointment of consuls at a later date, and made no unambiguous provision for trade. Other nations quickly followed with their own treaties and the weakened Tokugawa government fell in 1868.

In the Meiji period that followed (1868-1912), to cope with world capitalism, resist western imperialist ambitions, and get the unequal treaties revised, the Meiji leaders began an all-encompassing program to modernize the country. Every aspect of the western culture – philosophy, political institutions, law and judicial practice, tax system, science and industry, armed forces, patterns of behavior, music, food, clothing, the arts – had to be learned. Knowledge was acquired by sending representatives to America, England, France, Germany, and other countries to study their constitutions and laws; finance, trade, industry and communications; and educational systems; by hiring foreigners to serve as teachers and technical advisers until Japanese workers became competent in the various fields; and through Japanese students whose families sent them overseas for studies. The information was disseminated to the nation through a growing range of translations, books about the west, and articles in newspapers and magazines. 

The threat of colonial or semi-colonial dependency also led to the government equipping the country with armed forces, the high cost of which put fiscal policy at the heart of government concerns. Consequently, the government sold the factories, mines, and ship yards it owned to private enterprises, helped establish new factories making glass, cement, matches, paper and other products, and encouraged the sale of rice, raw silk, and copper to foreign countries. It also established a western style postal system, a national currency and banking system, and modern communication and transportation infrastructures by building railroad and telegraph systems. To create an educated workforce, and to promote loyalty and patriotism, a national education system was established in 1872. 

By the late 1880s and early 1890s, profits from tea and silk exports brought capital for imports of equipment and raw materials for heavy industries including coal mining, steelworks, and ship building, which had increased following the Sino-Japanese war of 1894. Though agriculture continued to dominate the economy for many more years, the foundation for a modern industrial economy was now established. 

The modernization process, initiated to repel western colonial aggression, succeeded in achieving that goal. Japan was never colonized; indeed, the country became so strong militarily and economically by the 1890s, she asserted her independence, ended the unequal treaties, and went on to become an imperialist power herself, colonizing Taiwan, Korea, Manchuria, and China. These colonies yielded raw materials for increased industrial growth and opportunities for government bureaucrats and private company employees to gain experience in joint economic planning and successful foreign investment. [63]   

World War I saw Japanese exports quadruple with a steady growth in ship building, iron, and steel works. Even during the world depression of the 1930s, Japan’s manufacturing sector grew and by 1937, the country possessed the world’s largest marine fleet. That year, the large military buildup also led to the heavy industrial production sector surpassing light industry in value. [64] But the country’s great economic and political strides came to halt when it was defeated by the Allied Powers in the Second World War. For the first time in history, Japan fell under foreign occupation when America occupied it from 1945 to 1952. 

The war caused widespread destruction of homes, shops, and industrial plants and left millions of Japanese people unemployed. In 1945, the rice crop was only two-thirds of the norm, the annual coal production was reduced to a million tons, and there was rapid inflation. But the country retained the vast amount of knowledge and experience gained in industrial production, management-labor relations, and government and business economic development. The war had also raised the level of technology and production capacity in heavy industry and among the unemployed, there was a pool of skilled labor to be steered towards new tasks. 

Postwar, Japan used these advantages to again regenerate Japanese industries. Along with American help for economic self-reliance for Japan after 1948, and with the establishment of the Economic Stabilization Board and the Ministry of International Industry, and the Development Bank providing low-interest funds for industrial investment and tax reforms in the form of investment allowances and other measures to regenerate Japanese industries, the country became an ‘economic miracle’ from mid-1950s to early 1970s. 

But when war broke out in the Middle East in 1973, Japan’s identity as a technological and economic giant was threatened. The country is not endowed with a great variety and amounts of natural energy resources needed to sustain its high energy demand. It imports most of the natural gas, which accounts for about 13 percent of the energy needs as liquid natural gas from Indonesia, Malaysia, Brunei, Australia, and elsewhere [65] and about 80 percent of oil, which accounts for about half of the country’s energy consumption, from the Middle East. But when the war started there, Arabs invoked ‘oil sanctions,’ quadrupling the price of Japan’s largest single import item. This hefty price increase, along with increasing demand for oil by the emerging economies of China and India, in addition to that of North America, steered the Japanese government towards nuclear power. 

It partnered with TEPCO to build up the nuclear industry to meet the country’s energy demands and the company began operating its first facility, the Fukushima Daiichi plant, in 1971. The Fukushima Daini plant was in operation by 1982. At the time of the tsunami Japan had 54 operational nuclear facilities and obtained over 25 percent of its electricity from nuclear power. TEPCO owned 17 of the facilities. By 2011, nuclear energy accounted for approximately 40 percent of the company’s total electricity output, [66] and 10 of the reactors were located in the Fukushima Prefecture. Following the meltdown, both plants in the Fukushima Prefecture are slated to be decommissioned, a process estimated to take another 40 years. 

Although Japan had begun the process towards industrialization and becoming a modern economy during the Tokugawa period, whether it would have gone on to become the industrial giant as fast as did if not for the colonial threat is an interesting question, but no one can answer it. What we do know is that the western aggression catapulted the country into modernity, and that the process intersected with the country’s geodynamics and various people’s self interest to steer it towards the nuclear accident. Now, like the country’s tsunami survivors, thousands of families evacuated due to the nuclear crisis must rebuild their lives elsewhere. 

Mass displacement of people demands that their basic needs for food, water, clothing, shelter, medical care, must be met immediately, and for how long the situation will continue, nobody knows. Even when countries are prepared to deal with such situations, the nature and scale of disasters may prevent relief providers from reaching all those in need for days, or make it impossible for relief work to continue. When countries are completely unprepared to deal with complex disasters, or when the capital city and a country’s administrative infrastructure collapses, the challenge of relief provision, even for large and long-established global relief agencies, can be overwhelming. But relief provision in the immediate aftermath of the tsunami in both Sri Lanka and Japan show that with proper leadership and networks of relations, the situation can be managed without allowing it to morph into other disasters, as happened in earthquake stricken Haiti in 2010, as shown in the next chapter.

  1. “Venerable” is an honorific prefix used for Buddhist monks, like ‘Reverend’ for Christian priests.

  2. Abeyawardana, H.A.P. Heritage of Ruhuna: Major natural, cutlrual, and historic sites. Matara: Ruhuna Development Bank, 2001.

  3. Bandara, Herath Madana. Tourism Planning In Sri Lanka. Sri Lanka: Stamford Lake (Pvt) Ltd. 2003. 

  4. Although Sinhala people are predominantly Buddhist, most also respect Hindu deities for their various powers. ‘Kataragama deviyo’ as we call the god, is perhaps the most popular among them. According to Hindu mythology he is Lord Shiva’s second son, and in south India, he is known variously as Lord Murugan, Kartikaya, or Skanda.

  5. Bandarage, Asoka. The Separatist Conflict in Sri Lanka: Terroristm, ethnicity, political economy. UK: Routledge, 2009.

  6. ibid.

  7. See “Looking for silver linings in a dark cloud” (Kalu walawe ridi rekha seveema) in Dinamina. March 30, 2005.

  8. “Quirky rail line fights to get back on track” in Financial Times, June 29, 2011.

  9. “Deed tsunami hits Surveyor General’s Dept.” The Sunday Leader. January 30, 2005.

  10. BBC (Internet) News. ‘Scant help’ for tsunami victims. Retrieved on March 3, 2010. See also Wave of Destruction: The Stories of Four Families and History’s Deadliest Tsunami by Erich Krauss. U.S.A.: Rodale Inc, 2006. 

  11. Paper entitled “Reconstruction for Japan’s Tohoku Region” by Tony Waller. The Maureen and Mike Mansfield Foundation. July 5, 2011.

  12. Financial Times. “Defeat natural disasters with high-tech and old wisdom.” December 6, 2011.

  13. This Act defines the coastal zone as “the area lying within a limit of three hundred meters landwards of the Mean High Water line and a limit of two kilometers seawards of the Mean Low Water line.” In the case of rivers, streams, lagoons, or any other body of water connected to the sea either permanently or periodically, the Act says the landward boundary shall extend to a limit of two kilometers measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance points thereof. 

  14. The CCD was authorized to survey the Coastal Zone; prepare a Coastal Zone Management Plan; regulate and control development activities within the Coastal Zone; provide for the formulation and execution of schemes of work for coast conservation within the Coastal Zone; make consequential amendments to certain written laws; and provide for related matters connected to the Coastal Zone.

  15. Kalinga Tudor Silva and Siri Hettige. “Multiculturalism and Nationalism in a Globalising World: The Case of Sri Lanka” in Post-War Reconstruction in Sri Lanka: Prospects and Challenges, edited by Dhammika Herath et al. Sri Lanka: International Centre for Ethnic Studies, 2010.

  16. Bandarage, Asoka. The Separatist Conflict in Sri Lanka: Terrorism, ethnicity, political economy. UK: Routledge, 2009.

  17. See Internet article, “Impact of Fishers on Coral Reef Habitats in Sri Lanka.” Arjan Rajasuriya.

  18. Perera, Jayantha. New Dimensions of Social Stratification in Rural Sri Lanka. Colombo: Lake House Investments Ltd., 1985.

  19. “Green Construction of tsunami-shattered coasts can limit disasters – WWF”. The Island.  January 11, 2005.

  20. “Tokyo cool has swayed Japan for too long.” Financial Times, April 6, 2011.

  21. “Nuclear frictions,” Financial Times editorial, March 21, 2011.

  22. Ibid.

  23. “Poor left to fend as more affluent fled: Disaster Plans never included transportation.” San Jose Mercury News, September 4, 2005.

  24. “China had quake warnings.” San Jose Mercury News, June 5, 2008.

  25. “Tokyo cool has swayed Japan for too long.” Financial Times. April 6, 2011.

  26. “Japanese nuclear plant still ‘fragile’ officials say.” Financial Times. February 29, 2010.

  27. Nuclear frictions." Financial Times editorial March 21, 2011.

  28. “My findings in the existential fallout from Fukushima.” Financial Times, March 10/11, 20112.

  29. Jirasinghe, Ramya Chamalie. The Rhythm of the Sea.. Sri Lanka: Hambantota District Chamber of Commerce, 2007.

  30. Hall, Peter. Great Planning Disasters. Berkeley: University of California Press. 1980.

  31. De Silva, R.K. Early Prints of Ceylon (Sri Lanka) 1800-1900. London: Serendib Publications, 1980.

  32. Shiva, Vandana. “The Myths of Globalization Exposed: Advancing Toward Living Democracy” in Worlds Apart: Globalization and the Environment edited by James Gustave Speth.

  33. See “Still beautiful after the tsunami.” Mirror Life, April 4, 2005.

  34. Laing, Craig R. (2007.) cf. Japan by Lucien Ellington. California: A B C Clio, 2009.

  35. Wikipedia. Retrieved on Oct. 29, 2010.

  36. NHK World. Story aired on September 15, 2011.

  37. Miyazawa, Hitoshi. “Land Use and Tsunami Damage in Pacific Coast Region of Tohoku District” in The 2011 East Japan Earthquake Bulletin of the Tohoku Geographical Association.” Retrieved on September 25, 2011.

  38. “Tokyo cool has swayed Japan for too long.” Financial Times. April 6, 2011.

  39. NHK

  40. Science, May 2005. 

  41. Tucker, Mary Evelyn and John A. Grim, eds. Worldviews & Ecology: Religion, Philosophy, and the Environment. New York: Orbis Books, 1994.

  42. The Buddha’s teachings about environmental preservation and conservation is contained  in the Vinaya or disciplinary rules for monks, and in many other discourses such as Vanaropa Suttta. Thera gatha and Theri gatha, compositions of monks and nuns ordained by the Buddha himself, also contain beautiful verses sung by the disciples about nature.

  43. Seneviratna, Anuradha. The Dawn of a Civilization: Mihintale. Sri Lanka: The Associated Newspapers of Ceylon Ltd. 1993.

  44. Wijayatilake, S. R. The Personality of the Buddha. Colombo: M.D. Gunasena & Co. Ltd., 1970.

  45. Parrinder, Geoffrey. World Religions: From Ancient History to the Present. U.K. The Hamlyn Publishing Group, 1971.

  46. The Central Cultural Fund and the Ministry of Cultural and Religious Affairs. Our Cultural Heritage (Ape Sanskrutika Urumaya.) Sri Lanka: 1995.

  47. Me gase boho/penidodam thibe/pehila idila bimata nevila/bara wela athu. Nangitai matai/ gedi dekaka ethi/wediya kadana naraka lamai/Ema nowe api.

  48. Ibid.

  49. Harvey, David. Justice, Nature, and the Geography of Difference.. Cambridge: Blackwell, 1996. 

  50. Tucker, Mary Evelyn and John A. Grim, eds. Worldviews & Ecology: Religion, Philosophy, and the Environment. New York: Orbis Books, 1994.

  51. Bandarage, Asoka. The Separatist Conflict in Sri Lanka: Terrorism, ethnicity, political economy. UK: Routledge, 2009.

  52. Jayawardena, Kumari. Nobodies to Somebodies: The Rise of the Colonial Bourgeoisie in Sri Lanka. Sri Lanka: Social Scientists’ Association and Sanjiva Books, 2007.

  53. De Silva, R.K. Early Prints of Ceylon (Sri Lanka) 1800-1900. London: Serendib Publications, 1980.

  54. Ross, Sri Lanka: A Country Study. Internet version retrieved on Mar.6, 2010.

  55. Natural Resources of Sri Lanka 2000. Colombo, National Science Foundation, 2000.

  56. Fernando, Tissa and Robert N. Kearney. Modern Sri Lanka: A Society in Transition. New York: Syracuse University, 1979.

  57. Walpola Rahula. The Heritage of the Bhikku: A Short History of the Bhikkhu in Educational, Cultural, Social, and Political Life. New York: Grove Press, Inc. 1974. 

  58. cf Tissa Fernando and Robert N. Kearney in Modern Sri Lanka: A Society in Transition.  New York: Syracuse University, 1979.

  59. Ibid. 

  60. Beasley, W.G. The Rise of Modern Japan: Political, Economic, and Social Change Since 1850. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000.

  61. Ellington, Lucien. Japan. California: A B C Clio, 2009.

  62. Tames, Richard. A Traveller’s history of Japan. New York: Interlink Books, 2002.

  63. Ibid.

  64. Karan, Pradyumna (2005.) cf. Japan by Lucien Ellington. California: A B C Clio, 2009.

  65. www.Tepco.com Retrieved on September 9, 2011.

Chapter Two: Bringing Relief

When Haiti’s capital, Port Au Prince was decimated by a magnitude 7.0 earthquake in 2010, “A number of large institutions with experience in such settings – including the International Organization for Migration, the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) and Red Cross affiliates – were charged with tending to the displaced….” writes Dr. Paul Farmer.  He is an American doctor and anthropologist living in Haiti, and the co-founder of Partners in Health, an organization delivering high quality health care to poor rural Haitians. Since the disaster, Dr. Farmer has also been serving as the UN Deputy Special Envoy for Haiti, under Special Envoy, Bill Clinton.

The quake killed 316,000 people, injured some 300,000, and displaced about 100,0000 people and Farmer notes that under the UN’s ‘cluster strategy’ the World Food Program (WFP) was charged with food aid to Haitian refugees, and that hundreds of other international non-governmental organizations also rushed to their aid. But days after the disaster, many news channels showed the stunning sights of hungry survivors looting partially destroyed shops, looking for food and in an interview with Charlie Rose, North America’s ABC television channel’s newscaster, Katie Courec, who visited Haiti, said that despite the arrival of many planes carrying relief items, no food and drink had reached the thirsty and hungry survivors. With so many humanitarian workers in the country, what had prevented even the most basic aid items reaching the IDPs? 

An internal memo written by John Holmes, the head of Refugee Assistance (OCHA,) which was leaked to the press, and from which Farmer quotes extensively in his book, shows that Holmes believes part of the problem relates to their overall operations capacity and asks that all major organizations deploy their most experienced disaster response staff, and to make sure they procure, deliver, and distribute what is needed as quickly as possible. But Courec believes that while the single runway at the air port complicated matters, the bigger problem was a lack of leadership, cooperation, and communication, and an inflated sense of ego among relief agencies. Each country who sent relief items thought their supplies were more important than the other countries’ aid, she said. She also recalled a story she had read before her trip which points to a lack of communication between big bureaucracies like the UN and the US Aid and local organizations who could have helped to coordinate relief efforts. Courec also notes that confusion emerged due to a lack of leadership – international organizations did not know if they or the Haitian government were in charge of the operations. [1]

In Sri Lanka too a similar situation could have easily emerged because with no plan to manage a complex disaster, the government appeared paralyzed the first three or four days following the tsunami. But no incidents of looting or reports of survivors going hungry were reported in my research site or in other affected places because instead of waiting for help from GoSL or global relief agencies, because the country came together to help the IDPs, the vast majority of who ran to the institutions they traditionally turn to for help, the village temples.  

As mentioned in the previous chapter, the British had attempted to disempower the monks, but they remain de facto community leaders even today. And living in their own quarters in temple compounds, monks continue to help those in need free of charge, even if the needs are not spiritual. With close connections to the people, they also have the capacity to reach out to the wider community when help is needed. So, the villagers with who Ciranthi and her children fled as the second wall of water rushed ashore had stopped only when they reached the temple in Galduwe village. 

Temples are not normally crowded because lay people go there in the mornings or evenings as and when they need or can. But the tsunami hit on a full moon poya day, when all temples conduct special programs for the many men, women, and children who observe Ata Sil or the Eight Precepts. [2] When people observe Ata Sil they renounce the lay life for the day and most spend the day at the temple since it provides the right environment to observe the precepts without hindrance. So word of the tragedy spread quickly among the villagers and Ciranthi said relief efforts started immediately under the monks’ directions.

Amid all the bustle, however, Ciranthi and Nadi simply sat in a corner in shock, until someone informed the family they will be taken to Batapola, a town about 30 kilometers inland. They did not know where the place was and nor did they care. What mattered just then was that they were safe, and were together. Ciranthi writes, “We got onto a truck – beats me how I managed all this when from all sides, people were trying to climb into it to escape. We drove through narrow inland roads, now gone completely mad with people grief-stricken, misplaced, destroyed, devastated, injured, bleeding, and running for dear life.”

In Batapola, everyone was taken to another temple. The number of refugees had grown to hundreds and Ciranthi recalls, “Amidst the serenity and the calmness of the hallowed place of worship, the whole scenario of death, tragedy, and devastation unfolded in front of our eyes – A woman carrying her infant, wailing for her husband who got washed away, little realizing the infant in her arms was already dead...A husband moaning in the agony of not being able to rescue his wife as she got washed away whilst holding onto him…Numb, hollow-eyed children, abandoned, left alone among strangers, unable to cry anymore for the unbelievable horror of it all…All I could see, feel, and hear were the mournful cries, the sobbing, the wailing, like a crescendo inside my head. Some, like us, were too horrified, struck dumb – deathly silent.”

But in Batapola, their luck turned. Kamal Nishantha, “a businessman and a rare and wonderful human being” took pity on the family and took them to his home where his wife, Sandya, was ready with hugs and comforting words. She gave them fresh clothes that belonged to her family and it was only then that Ciranthi realized that she was “soaked to the bone.” 

Their hosts’ home had become a haven for the destitute. They were cooking on a mass scale for the hundreds of refugees in the temple and also gave their vehicles to transport the injured to hospital. Reflecting the Buddhist belief in rebirth and multiple realms of existence (see Chapter Three) Ciranthi writes gratefully, “Kamal Nishantha gave us more than food and shelter in our darkest hour, and for this we will be in his debt for many lives to come. I’ve often heard the saying that ‘Gods walk among us mere mortals.’ That day, I was witness to the soaring greatness of humanity’s compassion towards fellow beings in the face of a tragedy of unprecedented magnitude. I felt greatly humbled in this knowledge. This thought was the only ray of hope in this dark hour.”

Finally, about 10 p.m., Malla managed to reach his father, Ciranthi’s ex-husband, on a visitor’s mobile phone. Traveling on circuitous inland routes, he reached the exhausted family around 4 a.m. “Deep gratitude swelled my heart when I saw him” she writes. “It was only when we were safely in our own home and turned on the TV did we slowly come to realize what we had escaped from. The enormity of our escape, as well as the colossal destruction to life and property here and in other countries hit by this tsunami, was unimaginable! With tears pouring down our cheeks, the three of us watched the horrendous pictures flashing on the screen.”

***

In the meantime, what had happened to Nihal and his family and other survivors of the train tragedy? As the water in the Peraliya area started to recede, said Sreenika, “People started leaving the train for the nearby temple. But my aunt was crying desperately, and refusing to go. She wanted to find her daughter. Others, however, urged her to leave; there was no way to know if more waves would come. Finally, she consented and they too went to the temple, but the monks sent everyone inland to Metiwela, the next village, saying it was not safe to linger in Peraliya. 

In Metiwela, villagers transported injured victims to the Batapola hospital, and others to a refugee center set up in a school. Nihal left his family there and went back to Peraliya to look for his missing daughter and niece, but came back alone. Then he took his family to the home of a friend in the area, called his older brother, and left again with his friend to resume the search. But they returned late in the night without success. 

Nihal’s brother arrived long past midnight and took the family back to Colombo. They reached home around 5 a.m. and an hour later, Nihal left again with a group of people. “We went back on the 28th also and searched,” he sobbed. “In one place rescue workers had laid the corpses retrieved from the train in a long line and we found my niece’s body, but not my daughter’s. In the place our compartment fell, about 50 bodies were laid in a line, but my daughter was not there either. So, I got inside the compartment in which we traveled and searched. But I did not see her.”  

Nihal then printed 2000 fliers with Hiruni’s picture and posted them in Peraliya and neighboring villages. The next day, he got a call from a man named Siritunga. “I rescued this child,” Siritunga told him. Nihal was stunned. “How do you know it was my child?” he asked. The caller accurately described the clothes Hiruni wore; but then said he no longer knew her whereabouts. When they took refuge at a temple, she got separated from him and his two children. With his own wife missing in the train tragedy, Siritunga was too distraught to notice. 

Nihal went with Siritunga to Peraliya. The train cars were still lying on the ground. Pointing to a huge branch of a mango tree that had fallen about 30 yards ahead of the car in which Nihal and Latha traveled Siritunga said, “Your daughter was hanging onto that branch and shouting, ‘Uncle, save me, save me!’ ” Nihal believed him because that branch was spread around like a net. Still, he wanted further evidence and the two men walked to up to a house that stood about 15 yards away from the tree. Two youths were cleaning it and one of them told Nihal they survived by climbing another mango tree near their house. Nihal showed him Hiruni’s photo and asked, “Have you ever seen this child?” The man stared at it and then pointed to the very branch Siritunga showed. “This child was hanging onto that branch shouting, ‘Uncle, save me, save me.’ I cannot swim so I did not do anything, but someone saved her,” he said. Nihal had all the evidence he needed; but he went back again when officials lifted the train to make sure Hiruni was not buried under it. 

Nihal again published Hiruni’s picture in the papers and got another call from a man called Sumith. But this time the news was terribly disturbing. Sumith had gone to Peraliya about 4.00 p.m. on the day of the disaster to look for his father-in-law who had lived in the area and he saw two men taking Hiruni in a canoe. Nihal met Sumith, and when he saw Hiruni’s photograph Sumith was sure she was the child he saw. “There was nobody else in the vicinity except the boatmen and the little girl, and she looked very frightened,” Sumith told Nihal. “I noticed she did not resemble either man, and I heard one man asking the other whose child it was. ‘I don’t know. The child says she is from Colombo’ his companion replied. Realizing that she was being stolen, I studied her face until I committed it to my memory” Sumith told the father.

To most of us, kidnapping helpless children, especially in the midst of a catastrophic disaster is unthinkable. But the insidious crime of human trafficking knows no geographical, national, or ideological boundaries. As Nancy Ely-Raphel observes, the problem is often caused by the destruction of social, cultural, and familial protections and traffickers target victims of any age, race, ethnicity and gender. 

After he heard his daughter might have suffered this fate, Nihal, a government employee, could not return to work. He and Latha spent the next six weeks seeking help from the police, the Criminal Investigation Division, and from various astrologers, seers, and fortune-tellers – sources that he had not paid much attention to before – to find their little girl, but without success. Even after he returned to work, he and Latha dedicated all their evenings and week-ends to finding Hiruni, but when I met Nihal and Latha a year after the tsunami, they were still searching. They were not alone. On March 14, 2005 the Police Public Relations Media Co-ordination Division released the pictures of nineteen children and young people who were missing since the tsunami. [3] Like Nihal and Latha, many families continued to appeal for help in finding them for months after. (Chapter Eight provides an update of Nihal’s family and of Ciranthi a year after the disaster.)

Knowing disasters bring out the best as well as the worst in humans, Major Hewawitharana of the Sri Lankan army told me that in Galle, the first things the soldiers in the immediate aftermath of the disaster was to move the injured and the dead to hospitals, and close main entrances to the city to prevent looting. Other affected towns also increased police presence to protect victims and their homes, but unscrupulous people still found ways around them. In Galle, a journalist photographed two youths fighting over the gold jewelry of a woman two other youths had pulled from the sea. I also heard how incensed villagers nearly beat another man to death when he was caught trying to steal from victims. 

In Sri Lanka, some people seemed incapable of feeling any empathy for the victims in other ways too. A couple who were separated from their daughter, their only child, as they fled said that when they went from house to house searching for her, “Many people were extremely sympathetic, but two families shouted at us saying, ‘No, no, your daughter didn’t come here.’ It seemed they were afraid we would ask to stay in their homes and wanted to get rid of us quickly.” 

Fortunately however, disasters mostly generate the better qualities of humanity and the incumbent monk of the temple where I initiated this research project spoke gratefully of the help he received from inland villagers as over two thousand frightened, bewildered, and grief stricken people, including some 40 foreign tourists, sought refuge in the temple, located on an 80 foot high mountain. He said he also got a huge boost when Gnanaweera Thero arrived with a van full of donated items early next morning. 

In her three-stage model of cultural response to disasters, Susanna Hoffman notes that in the primary recovery phase, the initial aid-givers are the peripheral communities living next to or close to the affected areas, but were not affected by the catastrophe. As shown above, this was generally the case in Sri Lanka and the fact that leadership, communication, and cooperation were not divisive issues like in Haiti ensured that help reached those in need relatively fast. The country’s traditional culture based on fundamental Buddhist values such as generosity, compassion, and social service also means hospitality is highly valued among the people even in normal times and post-tsunami, and the expression of those values reached a zenith among those who were vicariously traumatized. 

The enormity of the tragedy also united the deeply divided country. In the eastern district of Batticalao, for instance, it was reported that Sinhala villagers from inland areas trekked some eight kilometers on foot, carrying food and other packs of relief items on top of their heads, to distribute to Tamil tsunami victims cut off from the rest of the district by broken bridges and roads. [4] And in Trincomalee, also in the east, a group of Tamil youths transported a critically injured elderly Sinhala woman to hospital in their boat when they heard her daughter screaming for help. [5]

***

Conditions in Japan were more severe than in Sri Lanka because there the tsunami hit in the thick of winter. Chilly winds brought snow and sub-zero weather and survivors had nowhere else to go but ill-heated relief centers. Hundreds of IDPs in remote areas had to survive on their own for several days because tonnes of debris, a lack of fuel, and the large volume of water that surrounded the villages for days, made them inaccessible. Food was so scarce in some of the hardest-hit places like Kamaishi town, where people took refuge in an educational center that had become a make-shift evacuation camp, they had to make do with one rice ball shared by two people for several days. [6] When Rev. Tatedera reached Minamisanriku five days after the tsunami, conditions there were also so dire, he said that refugees melted snow for washing needs, and an NHK reporter said they searched for food in the rubble. But no looting or other abuses of the kind mentioned above were reported in Japan and the country won global admiration for the scarcity of such incidents.

Japan is also reputed to be the best prepared nation in the whole world to deal with complex disasters. The government deployed 100,000 strong Self Defense Forces (SDF) for rescue and recovery operations, and like in Sri Lanka, Buddhist priests, officials, and many other volunteers who joined them worked tirelessly to clean the debris and opened up roads within a few days. The Japanese nation too gave most generously the food, clean drinking water, warm clothing, blankets, and accommodation the refugees so desperately needed and there too, and Buddhist priests played a leading role coordinating the relief and recovery efforts. A report in the Wheel of Dharma, the official publication of the Buddhist Churches of America that Rev. Fujimoto gave me provides this account of relief activities at the Hongwanji, his mother temple: “A Hongwanji disaster relief center has been activated through which volunteers from throughout Japan have been assisting in clean-up, removal of debris, providing supervision and education programs for children, serving hot meals, delivering medical supplies, and offering spiritual support through chanting of the Buddhist sutras. In addition, the Hongwanji Disaster Relief Office in conjunction with Hongwanji district offices and individual temples have joined together in offering their temples and homes to those who have been displaced….” [7] Rev. Tatedera said he and other priests also conducted funeral services as best as they could for those who perished, and comforted survivors telling them that when the situation got better they would perform the services in the traditional manner, as explained in Chapter Four.

Nine days after the tsunami, conditions had improved a great deal. In the Kamaishi evacuation camp, trays of rice balls and oranges lay untouched and tsunami survivors were even having hot baths. In this technologically advanced country, the SDF had installed mobile bath houses capable of serving up to 1,000 people a day in a car park near the Kamaishi educational center, and was bussing in survivors from a number of evacuation centers. Sri Lankan IDPs had no such luxuries; most had no alternative but to have sea baths. At the same time, the people of Kamaishi should not fallen victim to the tsunami in the first place. The port city’s famous tsunami breakwater had been completed just three years earlier at a cost of Y120 bn ($1.5bn.) At 63m deep in places, it had set a world record. So, what went wrong? Like in Fukushima, it had been designed for smaller waves taking into account the region’s three previous tsunamis. [8]

The Japanese government was well prepared to deal with the tsunami, but as the then prime minister, Naoto Kan admitted, they were not prepared to deal with such a serious nuclear accident. By April, radiation was found to have tainted vegetables, tap water, and the ocean, and that month, Japan’s nuclear regulators raised the severity level of the crisis from 5 to 7 – the highest level on an international scale overseen by the International Atomic Agency. The new ranking placed the Fukushima disaster on par with the 1986 Chernobyl disaster, [9] but fortunately, no deaths were reported among TEPCO workers who heroically battled to contain the radiation leaks, though several were reportedly injured. Later though, it turned out that in the confusion of the nuclear crisis had caused the deaths of a few elderly people not due to exposure; they had been forgotten in the evacuation process and had apparently starved to death.

Although the nuclear crisis accident caused very few deaths, it created thousands more IDPs in Japan besides those who were displaced by the tsunami. But because the government was not prepared to deal with the situation, bringing relief to them became quite problematic. At the beginning, residents living within 12 miles of the stricken plant were confined to their homes all day and food, water, and other essentials were delivered to them. But whereas volunteers worked day and night to reach tsunami survivors, some civilian delivery workers refused to enter this dangerous zone after a few weeks, requiring the government to divert military and other emergency crews to take up the slack. So people living within the 12 mile were evacuated to other areas but the number of evacuees soon grew to over 80,000 when the government expanded the danger zone to 19 miles due to growing fears of fresh nuclear leaks. [10] But even though their displacement was caused by corrupt government and TEPCO officials, these families, unlike tsunami refugees, were not provided shelter by the government or by TEPCO; they had to fend for themselves.

The severity of this man-made disaster was reflected in polls conducted by several Japanese newspapers in mid-April. They revealed deep discontent about causes that led to the disaster; the way it was handled by the government: cozy relations between Japan’s politicians and TEPCO and absence of independent nuclear advice; the confused communication and ineffective crisis management in the first 48 hours; and the uncertainties of when the crisis would be resolved. All these left the public angry and mistrustful of the government and the nuclear crisis cost Naoto Kan his job. However, Yoichi Funabashi writes that prime minister Kan saved the country from an even bigger disaster when, on March 14, TEPCO’s then president telephoned the government about the company’s intention to abandon the plant and evacuate workers. Mr. Kan stormed into the company headquarters and ordered senior managers not to abandon ship, and to continue the battle and inject water into the reactor vessels.

***

As mentioned, the GoSL too had been paralyzed the first three or four days after the disaster because it had no disaster management plan in place. ‘Disaster Preparedness’ means officials as well as the public are educated and trained to organize and manage the situation, but with no such preparation, the government was initially very slow to respond. So, not only villagers, but urbanites also rushed to help the Armed Forces and the police with rescue and relief efforts. Many store owners provided special discounts to donors, and to help them meet the huge demand vehicle owners gave their cars, trucks, and three-wheelers so supermarkets could move stocks from warehouses to the stores. Nearly all drivers of private vehicles and the ubiquitous three-wheelers that I spoke with had either driven the vehicles transporting donations to affected areas or gone along to help with deliveries. Housewives and restaurant workers alike cooked up great batches of food, packeted them, and delivered them to the victims for weeks. Hundreds of thousands of government servants donated a day’s wages, annual salary increments or some other percentage of their earnings towards relief efforts. Private institutions and newspaper companies launched disaster relief funds. Like in Japan, artists held fund raising events. The Colombo City Hoteliers cancelled all New Year’s Eve dances and gave patrons the option to get refunds or donate money to the President’s Tsunami Victims Assistance Fund. 

“The rich and the poor gave whatever they could,” Lal Samarasekara, the Divisional Secretary (DS) of the Habaraduwa Division told me, recalling that among the donations his office received were a few spoons of tea leaves enclosed in an envelope, and a handful of sugar in an old jar. I also read about a poor 105-year-old woman who walked up slowly with a small packet of sugar and a coconut to give to a group of soldiers collecting donations. She was wearing the traditional cloth and jacket. When she learned that they accepted other items besides food, she removed the top cloth of the two she was wearing and gave that too saying, “Please take this also son, I have one more at home.” [11] I got a sense of the spirit that must have pervaded Sri Lanka in the immediate aftermath of the disaster when my sister said, “It was so heart-warming to see the relief trucks going! We gave money or goods to every person who came asking for donations.” 

And of course the tsunami also injected an emotional content to “globalization” – a process normally seen in terms of economic, social, cultural, and environmental issues. The overwhelming response of cash donations, relief goods and personnel by the world to tsunami devastated countries in 2004 was truly astonishing.  By December 31, just five days after the disaster, Sri Lanka had received assistance from over 30 countries, including over Rs.300 m ($2.6 m) and food, clothing, medicines, helicopters, special aircraft, inflatable crafts, medicines and other medical items, tents, blankets, plastic sheets, water treatment material, generators, medical personnel, experts in diving, ecology, and telecommunications. Aid continued to pour in and international agencies on the ground rushed to provide immediate assistance with rescue and relief efforts. In Japan too, said an NHK reporter, emergency workers signed up from around the world. Volunteers came by the thousands and Rev. Tatedara said that he saw American military personnel helping to clean up debris, and also that Sri Lankan military personnel helped in the process both in his hometown and in Kesenuma City.

The value of all the local and global assistance the two countries received is immeasurable. It was particularly important for Sri Lanka because as mentioned, the government had no disaster management plan in place. But when the then president, Chandrika Kumaratunga, became active after about four days, she mobilized the country’s entire public service and the military into an internationally-backed relief operation to stave off hunger and disease, and together with the United Nations Development Program (UNDP,) set up a Center for National Operations (CNO) to coordinate the work of the relevant line ministries, the armed forces, international aid and relief organizations, local and international non-governmental organizations (NGOs and INGOs,) field hospitals, private direct-aid efforts, and military personnel from about 20 other nations.

***

Regular shipments of aid from other areas had started reaching the temple where I initiated this research about the fourth day after the disaster. Had this not happened the monks said, they could not have helped the refugees adequately in those first chaotic weeks even with all the help given by neighboring villagers because hundreds of families had nowhere else to go even after the water receded. The large amount of debris, the black, noxious sludge smelling of rotten eggs, and the raw sewage that came from broken cesspits made even the homes that withstood the onslaught uninhabitable, and it took many days to clean them up.

But resuming normal lives even after they were cleaned was difficult because the wells that supply water for all needs in the villages were contaminated by sea water. Such was the case in all tsunami affected areas and Y.K. H. de Silva, Consultant of the Disaster Relief Monitoring Unit (DRMU) of Sri Lanka’s Human Rights Commission told me, “We are very thankful to the Austrians who brought equipment to purify water. They cleaned up water tanks which enabled water distribution by bowsers to affected areas. That was fantastic! So many foreign organizations brought the necessary equipment to clean up the boulders, trees, and other debris. Without their help how could we have managed?”

In the Habaraduwa division, the Sarana Foundation that Ganaweera Thero founded, also cleaned the wells using three pumps they obtained from the Irrigation Department. But even after two rounds of cleaning, salination remained and during the first few weeks of my research, Italian volunteers supplied drinking water to barrels located at the temple and other public places at periodic intervals. When I left after three months, Sewa Lanka, a local non-governmental organization that worked closely with the temple was still delivering drinking water to centrally located containers in nearby villages.

The deluge of aid that reached the Talpe temple had been so huge that the day I arrived in my new home in the south, its incumbent monk, who I met in the evening, invited me to an aid distribution the next morning. Occurring more than three weeks after the disaster, it was the sixth at this particular temple.

The next morning after breakfast, my new landlady took me to the temple through a shortcut. We walked in the shade of coconut trees to the bottom of her big garden, and got onto a footpath through a rickety wooden gate. To my right was a good-sized pond, but its murky green-black water was laced with dead flowers, leaves, and twigs from surrounding trees. “Goodness, this is why we had so many mosquitoes last night! What is this?” I asked, looking at the ideal breeding ground for the vicious insects. “This is a quarry people dug up to extract limestone about 40 or 50 years ago. You’ll see many of these around here,” my land lady replied.

As mentioned, when the CCD outlawed coral mining, people carried out the process inland and water-logged quarries such as this, ranging from about five feet to about fifteen feet in depth, exist in many villages because as a CCD official told me, after extracting limestone, the contractors leave without filling them up. “They surrender the one-hundred-thousand-rupee deposit ($1,000) they pay to dig because refilling quarries costs four or five times more” he said. The health risk posed by these rotting water holes was bad enough. I was appalled when a fisherman recounted how they became the watery graves of some unfortunate people as the tsunami swept them inland.

From my new home it was only a ten-minute walk to the temple, but it always took us longer because even those villagers who were simply sitting on the front porches of their homes when we walked by, never passed up a chance to exchange a few words with my land lady. These impromptu conversations provided me with all kinds of interesting gossip and facts about the village that I might not have come to know otherwise; but of course the exchange of information went both ways. The villagers, seldom discreet in satisfying their curiosity about me or in asking for assistance, never failed to use the occasions to fulfill their needs as well.

When we reached the temple, the monk was busy directing about 15 men and young boys who would distribute aid items. They were setting up distribution stations in the big dharma sala, the hall where monks deliver their sermons. A list of items to be distributed was posted on the door. A batch of plastic bags was stacked under a tree for people who might need them. 

The monk gave me permission to talk to anyone present and my land lady steered me through the crowd towards a 13-year-old girl and her grandmother. The girl’s mother had perished in the tsunami. In the Galle district, three weeks after the tsunami 82 children were reported to have lost their mothers, 37 had lost their fathers, and 33 were orphaned. [12] This gender disparity in the death toll was reported in other areas too. In Sri Lanka’s eastern town of Amparai 3,972 women had died, compared with 2,124 men. [13] How can we explain this? A Sri Lankan researcher, Anula Abeysekera identifies several factors. Men were at work, visiting friends, or attending to other business away from home while women were feeding children or doing housework. After the first wave, instead of running to higher ground, women ran to gather children and help the elderly and the disabled, and were swept away by the next wave. Unlike men, they lacked swimming skills, the ability to climb tall trees, and the physical strength to hold onto trees and resist the ferocious waves. Their saris and long skirts also hampered their ability to run, and their long hair got entangled in trees and shrubs as they were carried by the water. [14] In the predominantly Muslim parts in the east, a higher number of young unmarried women died. Looking at culturally specific factors, Abeyesekere notes that, abiding by family and cultural values unmarried Muslim women waited inside homes after the first wave to be accompanied to safety by a male relative, and those who lost their clothing in the first wave were too ashamed to come out of the water and escape.

The United Nations Organization (UNO) reported a higher number of female casualties in all countries hit by the Indian Ocean tsunami, for similar reasons. In Aceh, Indonesia, where one report estimated that out of every five tsunami victims, four were female, the disproportionate mortality among women was also blamed on Islamic cultural inhibitions on public displays of female nudity and their inability to swim. [15] In Burma, after cyclone Nargis in 2008, again a UN report said that of the 85,000 people estimated dead, twice as many women died as men. Like in Sri Lanka, reasons included the facts that many women did not possess swimming skills, tried to save their children, or were physically too weak to hold onto trees to keep them safe until water levels dropped.

Thus as Maithree Wickramasinghe and Madhavi Malalgoda Ariyabandu, two Sri Lankan experts on gender issues and disasters, say, “Disasters affect women and men differently, because of the different roles they occupy; and the different responsibilities given to them in life; and because of the differences in their capacities, needs, and vulnerabilities.” [16] But none of the above factors caused the death of the mother of the young girl I met at the temple. She and her mother were in the yard talking to neighbors when the sea rose up. Her mother fainted at the sight. The others fled to the temple. The girls’ father was away at the time, but came to the temple later. They found the mother’s body entangled in some bushes and performed the funeral.

After we spoke with the girl, my landlady went home. I returned to the dharma sala just as the monk called all the helpers to gather around the sacks of rice. “Give each person two measures of rice and one each of lentils and sugar,” he said, holding up a measuring jug. The people nodded. “I will first call the 30 families whose homes were completely destroyed. Next I will call the people who live inland near the stream. They also suffered a lot of damage when the stream overflowed as the tsunami rushed down there.” Clearly, the monk’s knowledge of the geography of the area and the villagers enabled him to ensure that aid reached those who needed it the most. 

Pointing to some candles the monk said, “Give two small candles or one large candle per family.” Then handing a pair of rubber gloves to a boy he said, “Two handfuls of these dried sprats (small fish like anchovies) should be sufficient for a family.” At the next station he decided that “These packages of flour will have to be shared by two families because we don’t have enough to go around.” He continued in this way and finally instructed a police officer to sit near the rear entrance to the room to prevent people from coming through that door for another round of goods. After that all of us went out. The crowd had grown to about three hundred. The monk told them that the first to be admitted would be those who lost the most and added, “We will admit twenty people at a time, and only one person from each family can come in here. No one can come on behalf of relatives or friends. Please do not bring children unless they are infants, and be patient until your name is called. There is enough to go around, so don’t worry, we will not run short.” 

Finally, wiping off the sweat running down his temples, the monk introduced me to the crowd. “This lady lives in America, but she is one of our own,” he said. “She has come here to share in our suffering, and to write a book about what happened to us in the tsunami. So, she will be with us for a while.” People nodded and some smiled with me, and I knew with relief that with those words, the monk had effectively mediated my entry into the community. Then, leafing through several pages of names, he and his secretary admitted people who went from one station to the next, gathering supplies. The young man had been appointed by the Sarana Foundation to help the monk cope with the mountain of tsunami-related work. 

The distribution process began around 10:30. It was hot and humid, the lines moved slowly. But by and large things proceeded smoothly, although not everyone was 100 percent satisfied. I overheard a few people grumbling about not getting this or that, but most men and women I spoke with expressed their gratitude to the monks for the help given since the disaster. I was quite hungry when my land lady’s household helper came to fetch me for lunch around 2 p.m. The Sangha are supposed to start their lunch before noon, but the only refreshment they and the volunteers had after starting work that morning was a cup of tea. When I left, at least half the crowd was still waiting to collect aid. I felt sorry for them, but they were far more fortunate than a large group of protesters we had encountered the previous day as we drove down south.

We had just reached Modara, a fishing village, when the driver had to slow down because men and women of all ages carrying placards informing they were fisher folk who lost their boats, nets, and other fishing gear, but were yet to receive any aid from the government, were spilling on to the road. “Do you think it is okay to talk to them?” I asked Gnanaweera Thero, feeling a little hesitant because the stereotypical view of fisher folk is that they are hot-tempered and aggressive. “Why not?” said he. The driver pulled over.

 As we walked towards the protesters, a tough looking man who looked to be in his mid-thirties came up. “What’s the situation with your people?” asked the monk. The man looked at my cameras without saying anything. “Is it alright if I take pictures and videotape while you speak?” I asked nervously. “That’s fine,” he said grimly. “We are out here because no one has yet come to help us or hear our story. We lost our houses, boats, everything, but we haven’t even got tents to this date. People in other areas are getting everything.” A woman interjected, “If others get help, we should also. But do these government people come and talk to us? No! They just ride by in their fancy cars and never stop.” 

I repeatedly heard angry remarks from tsunami victims about politicians riding in big fancy cars without stopping. Even in normal times stories about how every new group of politicians who come to power import better and bigger cars is legendary in Sri Lanka and fuel jokes as well as anger among citizens. But now, these cars appeared to have acquired a much more sinister meaning. People lost homes and livelihoods, but the politicians and other authorities riding in the lap of luxury did not think it worth their time even to get down and inquire about the survivors’ terrible misfortunes. Their lack of concern only indicated that along with everything else tsunami victims had also lost their social worth; they no longer mattered. These fisher folk were not simply looking for aid. They wanted an acknowledgement of their plight and respect from authorities. 

 “Hasn’t anyone helped you?” asked one of my fellow travelers.  

“Volunteer groups and suddo (white people) come by and give us a bag of stuff or some money. Some suddo even gave each of us Rs.1000.00 (about $10.00) but how long is that going to last? We have to buy uniforms, shoes, books for our children to go back to school. We need to buy kerosene and food!” the tough-looking man replied.

By now, many protesters had gathered around us. “Where did you live before?” I asked one of the women. Before she could reply, an old woman spoke up. Pointing down the road, she lamented her house that stood there all these years was destroyed, and that she had not received any aid yet. But she was cut short by the tough-looking man. Pushing her roughly, he shouted, “Hey, you don’t live here, so why are you butting in?” 

“Look here, what are you doing? This is not the way to treat an elderly mother? Why are you pushing her?” The words tumbled out of my mouth involuntarily. I was shocked both by his action and by my reaction – as soon as the words came out I realized that in this seething atmosphere I could be beaten up or have my camera smashed. Under normal circumstances, the anthropologist commands respect as a scholar and researcher, but I was not working under normal circumstances. The tsunami had turned the world of these protesters upside down, dumped them to the bottom of the social ladder violently and abruptly, and those who were supposed to take care of their needs were turning a blind eye to them. For the time being, traditional cultural values in which the young generally respect older adults and scholars seemed to have vanished. The air was bristling with a collective mood of deep anger and at that moment, I felt extremely vulnerable.   

But as it turned out, my instinctive reaction to the man’s breach of cultural conventions worked. Looking slightly abashed, he backed off saying to the woman, “Okay, okay, you say whatever you want!” “See madam, see the way they treat me?” she began to cry. “Well now, why don’t you tell me your story?” I said to her sympathetically. But before she could say a word, a younger woman came forward.  

“Why should she be the only one to talk? We want you to hear our stories as well! Madam, let me show you what happened to our houses.”  She pointed to a row of houses behind them. Walls were broken and roofs were missing. “This is where we have to live! We sleep here in the night and our children are falling sick,” she said. 

Of course I understood her bitterness; but not the recrimination she too showed the elderly woman. In other places hit by disasters, researchers have talked about a sense of brotherhood that transcends the usual class, ethnic, religious, and other social constructs that normally separate people as disaster survivors collaborate to obtain immediate necessities, but such solidarity was missing here. Later it occurred to me that relations between the old woman and her neighbors may have been sour even before the tsunami and that any collective solidarity that may have emerged soon after the disaster must have quickly dissipated as their disrupted lives dragged on.

“Didn’t your Grama Niladhari (GN) come by? Didn’t you get any help from the government?” another of my fellow travelers asked, referring to the government officials responsible for the welfare of villagers. “Yes, he came by and gave us some rice, coconut oil, sugar, and stuff,” a man replied. “But we want to get back to work. If we get boats, we can work and buy what we want. You can’t even eat the rice NGO people give. It’s not our (Sri Lankan) rice, and sticks in your mouth! And it gives our little ones diarrhea,” he added with contempt. 

Even before he finished, an old woman butted in angrily with her hands on her hips. “They gave us some milk powder in a shopping bag! That’s what they did, give us milk powder in a shopping bag!” Her hissing tone, her aggressive body language, the fire in her eyes, all expressed the height of indignation: in her mind, being given milk powder in a shopping bag was the ultimate act of disrespect. But how could she refuse it? The tsunami had made her destitute; she had no choice but to take it. Disrespectful treatment by government officials and other relief workers involved in aid distribution was a theme that emerged repeatedly in this study. 

The dialogue with the fisherfolk in Modara continued in the same vein for another few minutes until the monk said firmly, “Well, we should be going now,” and started walking towards the vehicle. I turned to go too but the grim faced man stopped me. “Madam, can you give us some aid?” he asked. 

In ethnographic research we have a responsibility to mitigate the suffering of those whose lives we follow in whatever way we can. But I had not brought aid items or sufficient cash to distribute to IDPs along the way since these interactions had not been planned before we left on the journey. I said to him, “Well, I didn’t bring anything; I am just going around documenting how people are doing and I will try to direct someone’s attention towards your case”. “But madam, can you give us something now?” he said insistently. Rather fortunately, before I had to come up with an answer, three police officers rode up on their motorcycles. “You people, get back, get back, away from the road. You can’t block this road!” commanded one officer. Another called out to the people to bring their ration cards. Heaving a sigh of relief, I quickly followed the monk and got into the van. But the man did not give up. He came up to the vehicle and the monks gave him some supplies they brought for tsunami survivors in Talpe, which he promised to share with everyone. 

In Japan, incidents such as the one I just described do not appear to have occurred in the aftermath of the disaster. When problems did occur, rather than fight among themselves, Japanese survivors turned to their traditional culture to overcome them. “Personal behavior, as well as all relationships, private and public, was based on strictly controlled harmony in the proper inferior-superior context of Japanese society,” says Boye Lafayette De Mente in Kata: The key to understanding and dealing with the Japanese! And a 67-year-old woman living in an evacuation center a short distance from the devastated town of Otsuchi had told a reporter, "When we first arrived there was no discipline. People would just jabber away, each with their own opinion. There would be hundreds of us queuing for food and there are good ways and bad ways to queue. You need good leadership. It just doesn't work if there isn't any." So, to bring order back to their lives, the hundreds of refugees at the center created a ‘micro town.’ Family members and neighbors formed into small groups of about 10 members and appointed group leaders whose job was to make sure everyone in the group got food and water, check up on people's health, and communicate with the local government task force in charge. The process had created a sense of community among the people and not only did they form neat food queues and share the food, many also pitched in to maintain the center by volunteering to collect food, sweep, clean, dispose of garbage, and clean toilets. By doing so, notes the reporter, the IDPs help each other as well as themselves, since these activities help to keep their minds off their traumatic experiences. And maintaining mental peace was far more difficult for the Japanese than for Sri Lankans: frequent aftershocks jarred their peace of mind and they experienced a constant fear that another earthquake will unleash another tsunami. [17]

It is no wonder then that many observers were struck by the resilience of Japanese survivors and the calm and patient manner in which they seemed to cope with their dire situation and I asked the Japanese priests how they explain the people’s resilience and their ability to cope with the disaster with so much calm and dignity. Rev. Fujimoto said, “We must accept reality. People were in a certain area, conditions came together, and the disaster happened. It is not a matter of punishment or anything like that. This happened to them purely by chance. They were at the wrong place at the wrong times. Again, the fact that people die and suffer must be accepted.” 

Rev. Tatedera pointed out that most people in the Tohoku region are fishermen and farmers, and that, “They are living very closely, very intimately with nature. They receive tremendous gifts from nature, from the ocean and the mountains. So, they accept that when nature gives, it takes back also.” 

Rev. Fujita, born and bred in the south said, “This is not the first time this sort of things have happened to the Tohoku people. That area has lots of nature-related disasters, not only earthquakes. For example, they spend months growing rice, but with one very cold wind comes total disaster. People in the Northeast are very resilient because their life is based on such nature related happenings. But I think they have a special character. This one (the tsunami) is much bigger than anything. And most of us are very impressed with their strength, their ability to bear with this disaster.”

***

The sorry state of affairs in post-disaster Haiti and the well organized relief provision that had occurred in Japan, and that I witnessed at the Talpe temple, and my findings in many other areas of recovery and reconstruction efforts in later chapters, show the critical need for relief providers and aid agencies to be familiar with the societies and cultures they rush to help, as well as the need to cooperate with local organizations, for the most effective delivery of aid. 

As we see above, in Sri Lanka and Japan, while their traditional leadership roles would have helped the priests to efficiently coordinate relief efforts, there is no doubt that their awareness of the people’s needs and habits, their connections to village families, and their knowledge of the local language and geography greatly contributed to their efficiency. I saw another example of how such knowledge enabled the monks to better serve the survivors when the monks made sure that aid items were delivered to families who lost loved ones because they were too distraught to come to collect aid. And after the initial chaos started to wane, like the Japanese who created a mini town, the monks too organized the IDPs and other volunteers into various committees and delegated work to them. And a month after the disaster, Gnanaweera Thero started a brick building project to provide jobs to village youth he knew had lost theirs. [18]

Another important function the monks did in Talpe almost from the beginning of the disaster was collecting refugee data to obtain suitable help from various authorities for the IDPs and during my first research trip, the Talpe monk was extremely busy mediating with the Habaraduwa Divisional Secretariat, the armed forces, doctors, the Urban Development Authority, local and international nongovernmental organizations, private organizations and individual donors on their behalf. But his ability to be an effective mediator was significantly hampered by his limited English skills when offers came from foreign individuals and relief agencies and I spent many hours helping him and his secretary respond to such offers. Doing so enabled me to reciprocate their assistance for my research, and expand my own findings. I realized the magnanimity of the services the monks had performed when a grateful Muslim family who sought refuge at the temple returned twice with food and other donations during my first research trip. When I returned a year later two Danish tourists were building a new wing for the temple that had given them refuge. 

Though the leadership function is not new to monks, providing emergency shelter of the scale needed after the tsunami has never been a part of their education or training. They follow an orderly daily routine with specific times for meals, rituals, lessons, and other chores. They dedicate their lives to learning the dhamma and disseminating the teachings to lay people, and performing other religious and social service work such as chanting pirith, performing funeral rites, and counseling. Buddhism is built on reciprocal relationships and monks provide all services free of charge and in return the lay community provides them with food and look after the needs of temples. They also invite monks home for rituals, but lay people do not live in temples as happened after the tsunami, and no monk in modern Sri Lanka had ever faced thousands of grief-stricken, terrified people of all religious and ethnic persuasions suddenly pouring into the temples. Nor have they negotiated and mediated with such diverse groups to obtain help for people before. So, it is to their immense credit that monks all along the affected coastal areas, and particularly in the east where the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Elam, the rebel group who fought for a separate state in Sri Lanka, killed many monks, helped the devastated and frightened tsunami survivors of all ethnicities and religions so effectively. 

Of course, leaders and members of other religious and ethnic communities also crossed boundaries to help in numerous ways. Lionel Fernando, DRMU chairperson, said “Everyone opened their religious places to tsunami victims without any discrimination. Y.K. (his deputy) and I went to a mosque in Hambantota where the first name on the list of IDPs was Wimalawathi – a Sinhala name.” And he pointed out that many churches helped too. 

Services extended by the members of the armed forces and the police to tsunami victims everywhere also deserve special mention. As Major Hewawitharana explained to me, their role is to conduct operations to safeguard the nation, and the armed forces do this by engaging in battle if needed. In every country, these forces are expected to be disciplined and act morally at all times, though some may violate these standards. During this research project however, I was repeatedly told by villagers about the outstanding humanitarian services provided by these groups. Among other things, they cleared debris from the roads and villages, helped distribute aid and bury the dead, and provided security for camp dwellers. In one camp I even saw three soldiers providing math instruction in the afternoons to children because they had discovered the youngsters were far behind in math skills. I encountered nothing but polite assistance in my interactions with all members of the armed services and the police at different locations.

But the services provided by the Sangha in the immediate aftermath of the disaster, with no training in disaster management, and to all ethnic groups without any discrimination, were so significant the BBC aptly called their humanitarian efforts a “tsunami of kindness.” [19] Still, not even the greatest humanitarian efforts could bring solace to those who lost loved ones and/or all their worldly belongings. How did they cope with their unrelenting grief? Chapter Three provides a glimpse of a few such families and individuals in both countries. 

  1.  Charlie Rose Show. Interview with Katie Courec. Aired on January 18, 2010.

  2. One who observes Ata Sil voluntarily undertakes to abstain from taking life, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, consuming drugs or intoxicants, sitting on comfortable chairs, enjoying dance and music, and applying perfumes. The first five of these are Pan Sil (Five Precepts) that most Buddhist lay people recite daily, and should attempt to observe. The last three in the above list are meant for those who observe Ata Sil. In Buddhist thought, engaging in these activities increase desires for sensuous and materialistic pleasures and distracts from meditation or mental development to attain Nibbana.

  3. “Can you help trace them?” in Daily News, March 14, 2005.

  4. “Sinhala Samaritans trek 8 kilo meters with relief items.” Daily Mirror, January 3, 2005.

  5. “A group who came in a boat took mother who became critically ill after ingesting water.” [Vatura pevi asadhyawa siti Amma boattuwe pemini pirisa regena giya.] Lakbima, Jan. 4, 2005.

  6. “Survivor spirits lift as supplies get through.” Financial Times, March 21, 2011.

  7. “Hongwanji Report: East Japan Earthquake Relief” in Wheel of Dharma. August 2011.

  8. “Tsunamis,Seneca and the samurai ethic” in Financial Times.

  9. “Fire crews battle ‘invisible enemy.’ Financial Times, March 21, 2011.

  10. “Japan accelerates evacuation around nuclear plant amid fresh leak fears.” San Jose Mercury News, Associated Press. March 27, 2011.

  11. Women who wear ‘cloth and jacket’ wrap two cloths around their waist, one on top of the other. Each is about two and half meters in length, and both reach from the waist to the ankles.

  12. “Back to school with a bag full of memories” in Sunday Observer. January 16, 2005.

  13. “The Politics of Conflict, Gender and the Tsunami” in Options, 1st Issue, 2005.

  14. “The gendered nature of natural disaster: the tsunami experience in Sri Lanka” in Options, vol. 36, 1st Issue.  2005.

  15. “The Tale of the Three Pigs: Taking Another Look at Vulerability in the Light of the Indian Ocean Tsunami and Hurrican Katrina.” Greg Bankoff. Social Science Research Council Website. Published on June 11, 2006.

  16. Gender Dimensions in Diaster Management: A Guide for South Asia. Sri Lanka: ITDG South Asia Publication, 2004.

  17. Financial times. "Micro towns bring evacuees a sense of order." March 19/20, 2011.

  18. The temple took care of 518 displaced families (over 2000 individuals) in the first few days, including 416 students and 160 under school age. The refugees belonged to three grama niladhari divisions. 17 people had died in those three divisions while. 30 homes were completely destroyed, and 182 were partially destroyed. 

  19. Wijesekere, Chitra. The Tsunami and the Community of Sinhala Singha. [Tsunamiya saha Sihala Sangha Parapura.] Sri Lanka: Buddhist Bala Kendraya, 2005.

Chapter Three: Coping with Grief

Psychoanalysts, psychologists, and grief counselors talk about several different stages of grief people go through as they struggle to come to terms with the void left by the deaths of loved ones, and even the loss of treasured material belongings, or pets. For instance, when I interviewed Dr. D.V.J. Harischandra, one of Sri Lanka’s most eminent consultant psychiatrists who regularly appeared on television panels discussing the tsunami and its aftermath, he talked about four stages of grief survivors experience after a death of a loved one. In moving, informative books about grief work, Vamik D. Volkan and Elizabeth Zintl [1] mention five stages, while Kathleen O’Hara [2] outlines seven. But all agree survivors must accept the loss and overcome their despair to move on with life. 

However, it is not to psychologists but to religion that the vast majority of Sri Lankans turn to cope with grief, and Rev. Tatedera says the same is true in Japan. This is because besides providing a worldview, religions also provide us with an ethos - the complex of ideals, beliefs, or standards characterizing a way of being in, and relating to, the world. One dimension of this ethos is religious ethics like the Five Precepts in Buddhism or the Ten Commandments in Christianity. Another is religious ritual.

Rituals, whether religious or not, are symbolic, routine, and repetitive activities that enable us to connect with those dimensions of life we consider most valuable. In all societies death rituals are among the most important, and both Sri Lankan and Japanese Buddhists perform a series of traditional funerary ceremonies based on Buddhist teachings. Religious Studies professor, Amanda Porterfield, points out that it is religious experiences of this type that are the most essential aspect of religion, for without them religion would be empty, abstract, and meaningless. [3] But because they are performed within a particular environment of belief, she says that for anthropologists trying to understand and interpret the religion of another, understanding their religious experience is also the aspect that is most difficult to grasp and to describe because all that observers see are the actions of the mourners; the inner intensions are invisible. So, in this chapter, I describe and analyze in detail the meaning and significance of the rituals Japanese and Sri Lankan Buddhists perform before cremation, and talk more briefly about the periodic rituals that follow. I hope that this discussion will convey to readers some insights about the inner intensions of the mourners as they perform the last rites for their loved ones. 

As mentioned, Sri Lanka follows the Theravada tradition while Japan follows the Mahayana tradition. In both countries, except in cases such as tsunamis which may necessitate mass burials, people normally cremate the dead. Particularly villagers in both societies keep the bodies of deceased loved ones at home, and keep vigil even through the nights. And after the cremation, bereaved families in both societies share a meal with family and friends, and perform periodic rituals in the memory of the deceased loved ones. 

Funeral rituals in both countries are rooted in Buddha’s advice to his disciples – to Arhat Mokuren according to Mahayana belief, and to King Bimbisara according to Theravada belief – to help their deceased loved ones reach a state of existence where they would not suffer. However, as we will see, the different perceptions of that next state of existence mean very different funeral rituals in the two countries. 

Sri Lankan Buddhists perform three different funeral rituals. The first is pansukula, which I describe and analyze below. The second, malabatha, is a meal shared with family and friends after the funeral. The third, dana is the most elaborate. As noted in Chapter Two, The term means ‘benevolent giving’ and in the context of death, it means the offering of food, robes, and other items to monks. Dana offerings are made seven days, three months, and a year after the death, and often, annually. 

Though I attended five dana ceremonies for tsunami victims during the course of my research, I did not witness any tsunami-related pansukula rituals. However, all Sri Lankan Buddhists belong to the Theravada School of Buddhism and with the exception of minor regional differences that may vary its performance, the meaning and significance of this and the other funerary rituals remain the same for all regardless of urban/rural and class/caste dichotomies, and whether survivors live in Sri Lanka or elsewhere. I have participated in many pansukula rituals, including those for my parents. So, even though I recognize that the degree of grief and despair experienced by tsunami survivors who lost loved ones may be far worse than emotions experienced by others who lose loved ones in less traumatic ways, I provide an emic (insider) account and analysis of the experiences, meanings, and intention of this ritual, and how it helps mourners to cope with their grief. My discussion of Japanese funerary rituals too provides an emic account, based on information imparted to me by the Japanese priests, my friend Yuki, who returned home for her mother’s funeral, and was there when her father passed away, and anthropological and other published sources. 

The pansukula ritual takes place immediately before the body is removed for cremation. Like in Japan, Colombo and other big cities now have commercial funeral parlors where some families keep the body, but in villages families keep the bodies of their loved ones at home till the cremation. Sri Lankan villages may have two or three temples and families might support all of them, but they tend to associate with one more closely. When people are dying under normal circumstances, monks from any temple may be invited to chant pirith to help the dying persons purify their minds because according to the Buddha, it is the final thought in a person’s mind that determines his or her next birth. But when they pass away, family members invite the monks of the temple they normally attend to perform the pansukula ritual. 

When monks arrive for the ritual, immediate family members of the deceased gather on a mat on the floor near the coffin. Chairs are available for the monks and other guests. The ritual, which has several distinct components, begins with all Buddhist attendees paying obeisance to the Buddha, and then reciting the following words three times:

Buddham Saranang Gacchami,

Dhammam Saranam Gacchami,

Sanghang Saranam Gacchami

They mean, “I take refuge in the Buddha, I take refuge in the Dhamma, and I take refuge in the Sangha.” 

The Encyclopedic Edition of The New Lexicon Webster’s Dictionary of the English Language defines the word “refuge” as, “shelter or protection from danger, distress or difficulty / a place offering this / or person, thing, or course of action offering protection.” Buddhists believe that the wisdom and the noble characteristics of the Buddha, the truth of his teachings, and the strengths of his past and present disciples offer protection to them, so all Buddhist rituals begin in this manner. Next they observe Pan Sil, the Five Precepts (see below,) repeating the Pali stanzas administered by one of the monks. 

After this preliminary part is over, a family member offers a white cloth, measuring at least two and a half meters, to the monks in the memory of the deceased. If soft drinks or fruit juices are offered as refreshments to them, those will also be kept near the cloth. As with all items donated to them, the monks accept these items on behalf of the whole community of Sangha of the past, present, and future, which minimizes desire for “ownership.” 

The cloth, called the Mataka Vastra, is symbolic of the ancient Indian funerary practice when corpses were wrapped in a white cloth and taken to graveyards or jungles, and the monks use the pieces of donated fabric for various purposes. They may dye them and sew robes for novice monks, donate them to hospitals, or give them to a needy family to make uniforms for their children to wear to the Dhamma school, or to sew the outfits lay people wear when observing sil. After the Mataka Vastra puja (offering) one of the monks delivers an eulogy and a short dhamma sermon, the essence of which is about the uncertainty of life, and the certainty and universality of death. 

In Buddhist philosophy and the Sinhala society and culture, the topic of death is never avoided as in the U.S. where the famous psychologist, Kubler-Ross said death has been traditionally “viewed as taboo, discussion of it is regarded as morbid, and children are excluded with the presumption and pretext that it would be ‘too much’ for them.” Her ground breaking work on death and dying led to an increased awareness and acceptance of the dying process in the U.S., and today, many universities even teach courses on the topic. 

But the Buddha portrayed death as the lens that enables us to view and comprehend in depth the value and meaning of being human, the highest among living beings. So, in his talk, the monk reminds the people about the importance of reflecting on death and on the right way to live. If we uphold the Five Precepts which ensure the well-being of others as well as ourselves, we will live and die without fears and regrets, and also gain good rebirths, he says. Such reflection is commonly encouraged even when life is going smoothly, and helps the people to view death as a natural occurrence.

The first lesson the Buddha taught the world after he gained enlightenment was to show gratitude to those who helped us. And in his talk the monk also comforts the family by reminding them they are fulfilling their obligations to the departed loved one by giving him or her a proper funeral, and by transferring the ‘merits,’ as explained below, to the deceased. The monk’s talk may be followed by short eulogies by other monks who knew the deceased well, and a lay person or two. Then a family member thanks all the attendees for any assistance rendered, and for their presence. 

After the speeches, the pansukula ritual shifts towards a short meditation on death, rebirth, and Nirvana (enlightenment) as the monks chant in unison: 

Aniccavata Sankhara

Uppada Vaya Dhammino

Uppacchitva Nirujjati

Thesan Vupa Samo Sukho

This means, “Impermanent are all component things. They arise and cease, that is their nature; they come into being and pass away. Release from them is bliss supreme (meaning Nirvana).” 

This ritual, as well as dana people give in memory of deceased loved ones, end with punya anumodhana or the “transferring of merits” to the departed one. This is the moment when the deepest inner feelings and intentions of the survivors are expressed by the outer form of the ritual. But before explaining how and why we transfer merits to the deceased, I will briefly clarify the concept of “merits” because many non-Buddhists seem to think that punya or “merits” are something tangible like money that Buddhists want to accumulate for the benefit of future lives. This is not so. 

In the Buddhist context, “merits” (punya) means the happiness or contentment that is generated by kind, generous, compassionate thoughts, words, and deeds, as long as they are done with no attachments, conditions, ulterior motives, or through dishonest means. Such words, thoughts, and deeds or ‘meritorious activities,’ purify our minds, and reflecting upon them brings us a great deal of happiness and sense of peace as long as we live. Of course, such happiness is not confined to Buddhists. When people of any religious background are kind and generous to others, they gain deep satisfaction or merits from the results of their thoughtfulness and generosity. By contrast, “unwholesome” thoughts and actions based on hatred, stinginess, selfishness, and so on generate thoughts that pollute our minds and make life more stressful and unpleasant. According to the Buddha, cultivating wholesome thoughts, habits, and behaviors is important because what we carry forward to the next life is not a “soul,” but the stream of consciousness we have been cultivating through our samsaric journeys.

The New World Dictionary of the American Language defines soul as “an entity which is regarded as being the immortal or spiritual part of the person.” It is said to exist permanently by itself once the body is gone. But as mentioned before, according to the Buddha, nothing exists independently or forever, everything in this universe is interconnected and interdependent, and all component things, as well as our mental states, are subject to change. Thus he said we are anatma or “soul-less” and what we carry forward into future lives is the stream of consciousness we develop in each life. [4] Therefore, the focus of the Buddha’s teachings is mental purification or the right mental cultivation with acts such as dana, seela (discipline of mind and body,) and bhavana (meditation.) In the final part of the pansukula, the survivors “transfer the merits” they accumulated, to their deceased loved one. 

This transfer is done with close family members pouring water from a pitcher to a bowl until it overflows. This act is called pan wedeema and the overflowing water symbolizes the overflowing merits being transferred. While pouring the water, survivors focus their minds, filled with thoughts of loving kindness, on the deceased and chant this stanza three times: 

Idhamme gnathinam hothu

Sukhitha hothu gnatiyo”

It means, “May these merits reach my deceased relative/s.”  The rest of the attendees also engage their minds similarly, although they do not participate in the pouring of water. Once the pan wedeema is over, the monks chant: 

Yathavari Vaha Pura

Pari purenthi sagarang

Eva meva itho dinnam

Pethanang upa kappatu

Meaning: “Just as rivers fill the seas, may merits given here reach those who have passed away.”

Merits are thus transferred because in the Buddhist cosmology, there are different realms of existence, some higher than the human existence in spirituality and materiality, and others lower. According to the teachings, when a person dies, he or she will be born in the human realm, or in one of the other realms as determined by his or her karmic energies, but none of those lives are permanent. Among the realms of existences, there is one known as paradatthupa jiivi, meaning ‘Those who are waiting to gain merits – in this case the purity of mind – from   meritorious actions of others.’

The Buddha talks about how paradattupa jivii benefit from meritorious actions performed in their memories in Tirokudda Sutta (Sutra.) But it should be understood that this unhappy state of existence is not the same as the Catholic idea of purgatory. Purgatory is understood to be a condition or place of purification where the souls of the departed, though in a condition of grace, are purified by suffering before they enter paradise. [5] In the Theravada Buddhist cosmology, we are reborn countless times, and as mentioned, there is no agency of a Creator in any part of our lives and deaths. The Buddha identified tanha meaning desire, greed, grasping, craving, attachment, as a primary factor in all suffering as well as in rebirth; as long as we harbor tanha, whether positive or negative, we remain dissatisfied and grasp for more. 

So, according to the Buddha, all individuals are responsible for their salvation through their own actions and efforts and neither the Buddha, the deities, nor the monks can “save” another and confer on them Nirvana. The Buddha himself was a human being who was born as a prince in ancient India, and discovered the path to enlightenment through his own efforts, and in numerous sermons, taught others how to achieve it. Like him, all individuals are capable of attaining Nirvana themselves by eliminating the tanha that steers them towards future lives by cultivating equanimity of mind. So, what is the point of the above ritual? The Buddha said survivors can help paradatthupa jiivi in their rebirth process because we are all an integral part of the universe and what we think, say, and do, have an impact on others. And when we perform the funeral rites for the deceased, if they have been reborn as paradattupa jiivi, our thought waves can reach them. Or, if they are capable of hearing and seeing, they will see offerings made in their memories, and hear the chanting. The meritorious feelings or the happiness they feel then will purify their minds and consequently, they may be released from their helpless state of existence and gain a new birth, or gain material benefits in the world where they are now living. 

Of course, nobody knows if their deceased relatives or friends are in need of meritorious help, but it is critical to understand that none of the death rituals are performed to ensure right relationships with those in the unseen world because of a fear that they might harm the survivors if the rituals were not performed. Tirokudda Sutta shows the compassion with which the Buddha viewed the paradattupa jiivi, and most often, along with sadness, the overwhelming feeling that survivors feel during pan wedeema are love and compassion for their deceased loved one. They may also feel guilt because they could not or did not fulfill their duties to the person while he or she was alive. So, transferring the merits has very important psychological benefits for the survivors because they are engaged in constructive action for the welfare of the deceased, and all pansukula rituals as well as dana offerings made in the memory of deceased loved ones end with the transferring of merits, done through pan wedeema. 

At the end of the pan wedeema, a monk usually blesses the people, saying, “May all of you and all of us enjoy healthy and productive lives and benefits of the higher realms, and may everyone ultimately attain the bliss of Nirvana.” They then return to the temple, and the body is removed for cremation. After the tsunami, families performed funerary rituals and transferred merits for missing loved ones too, and as mentioned, the absence of the body at the rituals in no way lessened its meaning and significance. Let us now look at the first funeral ritual that Japanese Buddhists perform, at which it is very important to have the body present, because their perception of life and the afterlife differs significantly from the Theravada perspective. 

***

 Although Buddhism became Japan’s principal religion in the historical period, “It was a Buddhism which already reflected its composite Chinese form and which was to be largely accommodated to the ethos of Shinto, Japan’s older religious tradition” says Geoffrey Parrinder. [6] Both these traditions subscribe to the concept of a soul so, even though the Buddha negated the theory of atma, and Japanese priests are familiar with the teachings, Rev. Fujimoto told me that “The popular Japanese Buddhist belief is we have souls, and many Japanese Buddhists who nominally follow the Mahayana tradition in practice may not subscribe to the anatma theory”.  

Both the Mahayana Buddhist and Shinto traditions also assert that we owe our existence to our ancestors, a belief that does not exist among Sri Lankan Buddhists. Ancestors include all members – young and old, male and female – who die in the husband’s side of a stem family and whether one knew them or not, they remain an integral part of the descendants’ family life. But because the Shinto religion perceives death as a polluting state that humans cannot purify, most Japanese funeral rituals are conducted by Buddhist priests. [7] In this section, I will first describe and analyze the first funeral ritual that Japanese Buddhists perform, and then talk about the role of ancestors in the lives of their descendants.

While Buddhist priests of any sect perform funeral rituals, they are based on ancient Zen Buddhist funerary traditions for ordained priests. Therefore, Rev. Tatedera explained to me, “Even for lay people, the object of the service is to enable the dead person to become a Buddhist monk; the funeral ceremony is essentially an ordination of the deceased person because though the physical body is dead, the spirit is still here. So, we start by giving the deceased person a Dharma name to make him or her a Buddhist monk. Then we give the person some teaching of the scriptures through the recitation of the Sutras. During the chanting we tell the dead person, ‘With this learning, may you practice Buddhism in your next life.’ At the end of the ordination we send the spirit off to another world, to another dimension.” 

For this posthumous ordination, the body is traditionally dressed in a white cotton kimono to give the appearance of somebody going on a pilgrimage though nowadays, men may be dressed in suits also. My friend, Yuki, who attended the funerals of both her parents, reached home only after her mother died. When her father died, however, she was by his side. Both her parents died in the hospital and she said hospital workers cleaned their bodies and put on the white kimonos. Her mother was already in the casket when Yuki saw her, “But,” she recalled tenderly, “When my father died, my brother, sister, and I put on the white gloves on his hands and the special white shoes on his feet, and hung the little pouch with the coins around his neck so he can cross the river to get to the other realm.” 

The river Yuki refers to is the Sanzu River or the River of Three Crossings. It is thought to be located in Mount Osore, a desolate and remote region in Northern Japan. The popular belief is that the dead must cross it on their way to the afterlife and as indicated by its name, the river has three crossing points. The point at which each person crosses depends on their karmic actions while alive. Those who did much good cross over easily on a bridge adorned with seven precious substances. Those with relatively even karmic balance between good and evil cross at the ford, but those who did more evil than good have to wade through deep water infested with hideous serpents. And when they reach the other bank, it is said that a female demon strips the dead of their clothes, and a male demon hangs the clothes on the branch of a tree to determine the weight of their offenses. [8] Yuki said she did not understand the greater part of the Sutra teaching and chanting the priests performed for her deceased parents. But a small part she understood said, “You did everything you could in your real life and now you are ready to go the different world. Everybody is watching you and protecting you and there is nothing to worry about.” The deceased is thus reassured because the journey takes 49 days and as seen above, it may be fraught with danger.

Yuki showed me photographs of her parents’ funerals. The caskets lay on decorated wooden altars, which also displayed large photographs of her parents, tablets with their posthumous Dharma names,  more tablets with names of close family members, the box into which the remains will go following the cremation, and offerings including rice, fruits, sweets, water, vases of white chrysanthemums, and incense. Hearses transporting the coffins to the crematorium are elaborately decorated as well. “A family member who is chosen as the chief mourner always accompanies the casket when it is taken to the crematorium. The rest of us go in our own vehicles.” Yuki said. At her parents’ funerals, her older brother was the chief mourner.

In Japan, said Rev. Fujimoto, the first ritual in particular plays a vital role in strengthening family bonds because, “Nowadays families don’t get together as often as they did in the past and the deceased brings family members together so that they can reflect together on the causes and conditions (meaning ancestors) that make them who they are. Thus even though the deceased becomes part of the infinite and they are beyond time and space, they will always be a part of the family and of who you are.” And of course, fulfilling their obligations towards the deceased by performing traditional funeral ceremonies is psychologically enormously beneficial to descendants. 

After her father’s cremation, Yuki and her siblings picked up the pieces of the bones with chopsticks and put them into the wooden box that will be placed in the family tomb. Family tombs, as explained below, are located in family temples. Yuki said, “We keep the remains at home until the 49th day; that’s how long it takes the dead person to reach the next realm of existence. During that period we invite the priest to come home and chant every seventh day, so they will have a safe journey.” 

Since she had to return to the US soon after the funerals, Yuki was not present for the 49th day ceremonies for her parents. But her siblings and close relatives took the remains to the temple and after the priest chanted, placed the boxes in the family tomb, located in the grave yard of their family temple. The family tomb is the abode of all the ancestors of the family. David W. Plath writes that if the family line continues and descendants perform the periodic ceremonies, the oldest ancestors may be remembered a hundred or more years after their deaths. By then, the dead have left the memories of the living because their contemporaries too have died and by losing their personal characteristics, they achieve stable ancestorhood. [9]

With generations of ancestors resting in the family tomb, there is a tight bond between families and their family temples, priests, and grave yards. It is in large part a legacy of Western hegemony and of Christian and Catholic missionary activity in the East. In Ritual Practice in Modern Japan, Satsuki Kawano shows how missionary activities led to the political empowerment of Buddhist temples and the upliftment of traditional values during the Edo period. Seeing Christianity, which gave priority to one’s relationship with God as a threat to the traditional power base built on loyalty to the feudal lords and the shogunate, the Tokugawa shogunate required people to formally register their households with Buddhist temples, and each family to worship their ancestors. The shogunate also forbade conversion to Christianity, and authorized temples to verify members had not done so by performing Buddhist ancestral rituals for them, and by maintaining temple records identifying members of households, their family temples, Buddhist school of affiliation, places of birth, and current addresses. [10]

By 1660, temple registries had become standard practice. Though the system was later abolished, people continue to turn to their family priests for help when loved ones die because it is in the grave yards of those temples that their ancestors lie. Descendants also tend to visit them on the annual death days, the two equinoxes, during Obon, the Festival of the Dead celebrated between July 15 and August 15, depending on the sect and region in which people live, and the New Year, and make ritual offerings. But some may go on other days too and if the family line continues, generations of a deceased person’s descendants may perform the periodic tsuizen kuyo meaning “later-practice-good deeds” for the peace and prosperity of the departed person, [11] to help the deceased first reach stable ancestorhood, and then Buddhahood, the ultimate goal in Mahayana Buddhism.

Theravada Buddhists believe while anyone can attain Nirvana, only individuals who set themselves the goal of becoming a Buddha, and then diligently work towards it over countless lifetimes can reach that noble goal. Mahayana Buddhists believe every human being can become a Buddha by becoming spiritually awakened. [12] In the Zen tradition, Buddhahood is achieved through meditation. In the Jodo Shin tradition, it is achieved with the assurance of entry into the Pure Land, the abode of the Amida Buddha. Rev. Fujimoto said that Amida Buddha is a symbol of the essence of Enlightenment characterized by wisdom and compassion, and that “Amida Buddha promises those who uttered his name even once will enter Pure Land.” 

In both traditions, families have domestic shrines where they venerate the Buddha, but in Japan, the domestic altar is also where families regularly worship and appreciate their ancestors. So there, domestic altars usually contain a statue of the Buddha as well as photographs of those who died recently, ancestral tablets in which the ancestral spirits are believed to reside, and which are inscribed with the posthumous names of the dead, and the utensils needed for their ritual worship such as lanterns, rice dishes, tea containers, vases, offering trays, incense bowls, candle holders. Altars also have drawer where amulets, passbooks, seals, sutra books, and a booklet containing the names of the dead family members are kept. [13]

As mentioned above, ancestors, though no longer alive, remain an integral part of the descendants’ families, and it is believed that they help descendants in times of difficulties or with other needs. So, Japanese Buddhists not only pray for the welfare of their ancestors, they also pray to the ancestors for their own welfare. Rev. Fujita, for instance, said “My grandmother believed very, very strongly that our ancestors protect our family. I used to see her talking to them. I don’t know what she said, but people report important family news, like ‘I got married, or your granddaughter entered college,’ as well as bad news to their ancestors. They also ask for help from ancestors to give them good health, good fortune, longevity, and so on.” 

Rev. Fujita’s words were echoed by Yuki. She said her mother always offered a small bowl of freshly cooked rice to their ancestors along with a glass of water so they will not be hungry, before serving the family. Yuki’s mother too reported important family news to their ancestors and asked for help and even though she lives in the US, Yuki continues the traditions. When she buys Japanese sweets or fresh fruits, she offers some to her mother first. She told her mother the happy news of her little son entering kindergarten, and asks for help when she has disagreements with her husband or other problems. The authority of ancestors over domestic matters too is such that Kawano says that elders even discipline the young saying “What will your ancestors think of what you have done?”

 In fact, ancestors are so important that Yuki said that “For us, Buddhism is more like ancestor (worship.) For us ancestors are very precious. We have to protect them, we have to respect them. We protect them from the same things they protect us. We clean the grave stones so they will not be uncomfortable. A few days before Obon (the festival honoring the dead when people believe the souls of the departed visit their homes,) we go to the temple and pay the monk to pray for our ancestors, and we go to the grave yard and pray for them, so they will have a safe trip home. And after three days when they go back, we again pray for them, but usually at the home altar.”  

Rev. Fujita conveyed the same sentiments when he recalled how, when his father was offered a very good job in another town when the priest was young, his grandmother said, “No way! Who is going to take care of our grave yard?” and refused to move. So, his father remained at his old job. The priest continued, “If our house was burning, my grandmother would save our ancestor’ spirit tablets in the altar first.” Talking about the altar he said. “The altar is the foundation of a family’s strength. It connects them with the ancestors and through the grave yard the family is connected to the land under which ancestors are believed to be sleeping.” He was referring to the family graves located in the temple grounds, seen as the outside abode of the ancestors. 

So, referring to the tsunami devastated region Rev. Tatedera said, “You can see how dreadful the situation is for evacuees! Not only have they lost their family members, they have also lost their family altars, the family temples, and the grave yards….everything that connects them with that place is gone. Their traditional spiritual ideal is under threat and they must find a way to deal with this. So as priests, we have to give them hope that they can make it. The temple priest has a big responsibility.” 

“How do you give them hope? What do you say to them?” I asked. 

“For most people it is very important to give the deceased person a formal funeral, to feel they took care of their deceased love one and did the right thing. So we console them saying ‘We cannot do the ceremonies now, but gradually we will recover and then we can do them. So let’s be patient and resilient.’”

Rev. Fujita added, “As long as they have a strong sense of connection (to their ancestors) they will recover.” Thinking of the total loss of all that connected the people to their ancestors, I asked, “Even if the ancestors are not there?” He answered, “Ancestors never go away. The material items through which they communicate with the ancestors and the graves through which they can feel the connection are gone, and these very big losses. But their spirit is always there.” 

Rev. Fujimoto said, “The very act of being human creates death and suffering, but death doesn’t mean we have lost that person for ever because all the moments of life we shared, all the lessons we received, did not disappear because the person is gone. We are all interdependent and inter connected. A part of other person becomes you, and vice versa. So even when someone dies, a part of that person continues with you, and by continuing what he or she gave, by passing on what that person transmitted to others, that person lives infinitely. We need to understand that all those who have been part of our lives create who we are. Sharing what you got from your ancestors with others is the best way to honor those who are gone.” 

Rev. Tatedera said that in almost every temporary shelter he visited, survivors were reconstructing domestic altars, even if they could spare only a small space for it. “Many people in the Tohoku region preserve the traditions even when they have been exposed to modernization, they value their traditional lifestyle” he said. And according to one report on the 49th day after the tsunami, 170 priests came together to organize the ritual in the debris-strewn town of Soma, and about 1200 mourners filled a hall to overflowing. Many carried photographs of their loved ones. Some brought wooden tablets containing Buddhist names assigned to the dead. But thousands of people still remained missing and one man who was still searching for the body of his elder brother had told the reporter, “It is very difficult because we couldn’t have a proper funeral. This (ritual) gives us some feeling of closure….It was comforting to have so many priests come to pray for our relatives. Maybe someday my brother will be found, (but) maybe not. But he has at least he had this (49th day ritual.)” [14]

There is no doubt that the rituals go a long way in helping those left behind to find some relief from the unbearable pain they must feel. But when the monk, my landlady and I visited some tsunami survivors in our village who had lost loved ones, it was evident that even when they had been able to perform the rituals with no shortcomings, their grief was so deep, and they were psychologically so fragile, it would be a long time before they could come to terms with the tragedy and rebuild their shattered lives. I realized this again when my landlady enabled me to meet two more survivors who lost loved ones. 

***

It was on a warm evening that my landlady and I walked through the village with the monk to meet families who had lost loved ones. A young couple had lost their two little girls, their only children. With their home also destroyed, they now lived in the home of the husband’s parents, located inland. When we got there, his mother came out and said the bereaved parents were too distraught to talk to us. Three months later, the monk invited me to attend the third-month dana the family offered, but even then they refused to talk to me. 

At the next home, pain was written all over the face of the widow of a hotel worker who had died at his work place. Speaking with an effort, the woman said people initially told her that her husband had survived the tsunami. I met others who had been similarly misinformed, probably because in the confusion that followed in the immediate aftermath of the disaster no one knew who died and who was missing. 

The widow went on, but she seemed to talk more to herself than to us. “I visited the spot where my husband died, but I cannot understand why he died. He only had a little blood on the head.” She stopped speaking and looked at the ground. Then she looked hard at us and shouted harshly, “Some people were cleaning up the hotel. They were villagers who worked together with my husband, but they hadn’t even bothered to look for him! His body was under some bushes.” After this outburst, her tone changed again abruptly to one of quiet reflection. “What could anyone have done? It was his time to go…. I gave dana and did all that, what else can I do?” She stared into space. The monk spoke a few words to her. “Riding such an emotional roller coaster, what enormous pain she must endure,” my land lady said when we departed.

Dusk was setting by the time we reached the third home. Located inland, it belonged to an elderly village couple. Their son, Sisira, had lost his wife, all four children, and his home. He had escaped because he had gone on an errand at the time and he was now living with his parents. Sisira’s father-in-law had perished also, but a sister-in-law and a niece who had been visiting his family when the tsunami hit, had survived.

When we visited, Sisira’s mother sent for the two survivors who lived next door. The older survivor, Priya, could only hobble; her right foot and left calf were swathed in white gauze bandages. But the young girl appeared to be fine. When the monk asked if they could tell us their experiences, Priya started her narrative with no hesitation, but her eyes were fixed on the floor. She described how the family clung together when the sea surrounded the house, how the second wave threw all of them into the sea, and how she lost the child she tried to save and all her clothes. Two men who saved her covered her with a sarong floating in the water and sent her to a hospital in a three wheeler. 

When she reached this point in her narrative, Priya stopped speaking and stared at the floor, but she did not cry. None of us said anything; we waited till she was ready to continue. But before she did, the grandmother of the deceased children started wailing. “There were all these coffins lined up next to one another right here, in this very room….Oh, we have never seen anything like this….I hope no one else ever goes through such a thing!” Priya sat still. The monk consoled the grandmother, reminding her about anitya, dukkha, and anatma, fundamental concepts in Buddhism. 

Anitya means impermanence; nothing remains the same forever. Our bodies, thoughts, mental states, and all other animate and inanimate things are subject to change, the Buddha said, because everything in this universe is conditioned, relative, and interdependent. 

Walpola Rahula Thero, one of Sri Lanka’s foremost scholar monks, observes that many scholars translate the term dukkha in its ordinary sense meaning “suffering,” “pain,” “sorrow” or “misery,” which leads to the view that the Buddhist perspective of life is rather pessimistic. But as he points out, the term as used by the Buddha has a much deeper philosophical meaning and connotes enormously wider senses such as “impermanence,” “imperfection,” “emptiness,” and “insubstantiality,” or as David Loy would say, “ill-being.” And life is dukkha in the deeper sense because everything is anitya and anatma.

Anatma, as explained, means soulless-ness.  However, says Walpola Rahula Thero, humans are psychologically deeply rooted to the idea of self-preservation and thus we cling to the concept of atma, and grasp onto people, material things, to ideas, ideologies, sensual pleasures, and so, we experience dukkha.

The monk told the grandmother, “We understand the immense dukkha you are feeling now, but we must remember that misfortune and death is universal. Thousands of people died in the tsunami not just in Sri Lanka, but in several other countries as well, and we will all die too. As the Buddha told us, the nature of all component things is that they are anitya and anatma. Even if some things may remain for very long periods of time, everything is subject to change, and ultimately passes away. Nobody can change this natural law….”

After she calmed down, we asked the little girl how she survived, but she did not know. Her father said when people found her the girl had cried, so they sent her to hospital. At this point, Priya started to cry, saying she did not want to talk about this anymore. We changed the conversation to some happenings in the village. 

I had hoped to meet Sisira too, but he was not to be seen. A woman said he vacillates between feelings of utter hopelessness and planning for the upcoming third month dana. Another person said he went missing a few nights before and that the family finally found him at a nearby temple. “Now one of the brothers sleeps near him,” said the man. “Yes, we have to protect his life now,” the monk counseled. “It is really important he understands that this did not happen only to him. I know it will take time, but the only solution to his predicament is the dhamma,” he said. We left the family with these thoughts and headed back to the temple. 

The next morning my land lady took me to the home where Aravinda Samarajeeva had lived. The father of a two-year-old, he was the only tsunami victim in our village. Others who died there had been outsiders. Aravinda’s mother said that a driver of a three wheeler told her that when he was fleeing from the rushing waves he saw Aravinda near the Galle Fort, and stopped his vehicle. Aravinda almost climbed in, but then refused. His mother sobbed, “My son was a very shy person. He probably did not get in because the other passenger in the vehicle was a woman.” What a needless tragedy this was! Sri Lankan culture does not dictate gender segregation and many village schools are co-ed. But villagers fear being seen with members of the opposite sex unless in group settings because it may result in harmful gossip. So, Aravinda let go of the chance to save his life. 

The ninety-acre Galle Fort, built by the Portuguese and the Dutch, extends about 700 meters North-South. It stood firm against the deluge and the many offices, homes, and businesses located within it escaped harm. But the Fort heightened the death and destruction in the adjacent area in the Galle town center when, unable to get past the structure, the sea backed onto the town center which faced an onslaught from the opposite direction as well. Readers might even remember the terrible television scene shown repeatedly of four teenage girls desperately trying to save themselves by hanging onto a flimsy bus shelter. The location of that scene was the central bus station in Galle. Along with the bus station, the fish market, vegetable stalls, restaurants and other shops in Galle town vanished. Major Hewawitharana told me they transported some 600 dead bodies to the hospital from the town center area in the first two days after the tsunami, and unearthed more in the next few weeks.

As I viewed the videos of the grieving people that evening, I realized that even with all my cultural expertise about Buddhist teachings and funeral rituals, I may never really comprehend the process of adjustment that survivors must endure as they try to pick up the threads of their shattered lives. I talked about these issues with my land lady and she said I would benefit from talking to Dr. Harischandra, the consultant psychiatrist mentioned above. He is her relative and when she called, he invited us to come to his clinic one evening. His clinic, located in Galle, was also ravaged by the tsunami. But since it was a holiday he was at home. 

The doctor said he asked us to come that evening because he was expecting a patient who survived the train tragedy and that if she agrees, I could be present at the consultation. But he cautioned me that her relatives say the patient is still mentally extremely fragile. Before she arrived I talked with the doctor and recorded the first of only five interviews in English, of more than a hundred conducted during this project.

Dr. Harishchandra is a highly respected Buddhist scholar as well as a western-trained psychiatrist, and when I asked him how tsunami survivors might adjust to the disaster, he both enlightened me and intrigued me by drawing parallels between Buddhist psychology and western psychotherapy theories about death and grief management. [15]

“A whole lot of things in Buddhist scriptures enlighten us on issues related to the grieving process,” the doctor told me. “For example, modern psychotherapists talk about four stages of grief survivors go through. People grieve in different ways, but generally, in the first stage, the survivor must acknowledge the reality of the loss. Sometimes though a bereaved person may not accept that the loved one died, and/or that the loss is permanent. He or she is in denial about what happened. In the second stage, the survivors should effectively express their grief and work through the emotional turmoil without avoiding or repressing the emotions. If they succeed in this, they come to terms with the fact that they must adjust to life without the deceased. This is the third stage. In the fourth stage, they begin to lessen the ties to the deceased, reengage with their social networks, and carry on with life.”

Then Dr. Harischandra related the well-known story about Kisagotami, a woman who lived in the time of the Buddha. Kisagotami’s infant son died, but stricken with grief, she could not move beyond the first stage; she would not accept his death. She went from one person to the next, pleading with them to cure him until she came to the Buddha, who told her, “Yes, I will cure this baby if you bring me some mustard seeds from a family where no one has died.” So, carrying the corpse, she went from house to house asking for mustard seeds. In every house, people brought her some, but when she asked “Has anybody died in your family?” they replied, “Oh yes, our ancestors are all dead, and my mother, father, sibling, or child – as was the case – died too.” Then of course, Kisagotami refused the mustard. “All this grief work corresponds to the first stage of despair,” the doctor said. 

Through her fruitless search, the distraught mother ultimately came to realize that everybody dies. With this realization, she went to the cemetery and disposed of her child’s body. Now Kisagotami had completed the second stage in the healing process and was ready for the third. She went back to the Buddha, who counseled her about the universality and inevitability of death. At the end, she adjusted to living without her son and became a Buddhist nun. “So, you see,” said Dr. Harishchandra, “According to Buddhist philosophy as well as modern psychotherapy, when disasters happen, most people go through these four phases of grief.” After a moment’s thought he added, “And in our case, we had to go through them as a nation as well.” 

When the train survivor, Ramani (not her real name,) limped into the room she did not object to my presence. But as her story unfolded, I was quite humbled by her consent to let me remain; it turned out that like the young parents who lost their daughters and Sisira, she too loathed meeting people; she did not want to answer questions about the tragedy. 

Ramani and her parents were returning home on the train after visiting some relatives in Colombo. When the first wave hit she said, “People went mad with fear. Some yelled and screamed obscenities at the driver, demanding him to move ahead, others began weeping.” Ramani scrambled up onto the seat with her mother and urged her to recite the Ithipiso gathava. These are stanzas that describe the noble qualities of the Buddha, Dhamma, and Sangha, and they too are taught to children at a very young age. Almost every Buddhist utters either these or pirith when in danger, but her mother became hysterical about what would happen to her daughter. 

Though the doctor had warned me about Ramani’s extreme emotional fragility, I was not prepared for the vast grief that consumed Ramani as she recalled how her mother’s grip on her arm slipped away as the second wave hit the train. She trembled involuntarily, and moaned as she struggled to describe what happened, and to talk about the deep bond that existed between her mother and herself. Her mother was her closest friend. She couldn’t bear the thought that her mother would not be there at her marriage. She blamed herself that she will never care for her beloved mother in her old age….She just could not accept the fact that her mother would not come back. Here indeed was another Kisagotami, still in the first stage of grieving….All through her narrative, I felt like an intruder and tried to remain very still, not wanting to encroach on her, not even wanting to be seen, wondering if she would ever get beyond these fathomless feelings. Ramani’s father died too. She herself lost consciousness, but the upper half of her body had distended from a window and a stranger had pulled her out when the water started to recede. He half-carried, half-walked the semi conscious Ramani until they reached a temple. There, other strangers put her onto a truck that took her to the Batapola hospital.

Dr. Harischandra listened closely to Ramani and then counseled her drawing on Buddhist teachings. He reminded her that we all die, and that we cannot control the niyama dharma, the five universal laws in Buddhism. The first, utu-niyama or the natural laws, bring seasonal changes. The second, dhamma-niyama or the laws of geo-physics, explain tsunamis and other natural hazards as periodic occurrences. The third, bija-niyama or biological laws cause such things as hereditary diseases. The fourth, citta-niyama or psychological laws, influence the thought processes that enter our minds. The fifth, karma or kamma niyama are moral laws that provide the ethical framework for Buddhists. 

As mentioned, the Buddha talked about different realms of existence and the doctor also consoled Ramani with the thought that her mother, who had done many meritorious deeds, may have been reborn in a good place from where she could see her daughter, and feel happy about her progress. He told Ramani to do meritorious activities and transfer merits to her parents. He also counseled her to tell inquirers only as much as she wished.

When she left the doctor’s office about four hours later, Ramani had quietened down considerably and seemed to be in better control of her emotions. She had finally poured forth her relentless despair to a doctor she trusted and who listened to her most attentively, in a setting that made her feel comfortable, and received enormously compassionate help from him. After meeting Dr. Harischandra, I also accompanied members of Damrivi Foundation, a nonprofit organization that offers Buddhist-based counseling on television, who took along Buddhist nuns to counsel IDPs in camps. Then too, I witnessed similar scenes.

***

Parrinder writes in World Religions that the Japanese masses found the cultural aspects of Buddhism far easier to grasp than the more difficult ideological or metaphysical concepts, and Rev. Tatedera said Buddhist priests consoled survivors through rituals and the chanting of Sutras. “We also encourage them to laugh as often as possible, even at something stupid. Laughter is very healing too” he added. The priest also said that the government sent psychologists with deep listening skills – listening wholeheartedly without interrupting, judging, analyzing and so on – to help the traumatized survivors and that the technique was particularly helpful in the current situation. As noted above, Dr. Harishchandra too had listened deeply to Ramani’s grief, and so did the Buddhist nuns. The National Institute for the Clinical Application of Behavioral Medicine in the US has also discovered that Buddhist teachings and the Mindfulness Meditation techniques are a tremendous resource for psychological counseling and the Association offers many on-line workshops for practitioners and others based on the techniques. 

But in a chapter entitled “The Wave That Brought PTSD to Sri Lanka,” Ethan Watters, author of Crazy Like Us: The Globalization of the American Psyche, reveals that as part of its billion-dollar pledge of assistance, Australia sent multiple teams of counselors to tsunami hit Asian countries, with the intent to bring mental health services in the region “into the modern era.” And he says that Robin Davies, director of the Australian group, Aus AID, observed that the aim of their effort in Sri Lanka was not to restore or rebuild the mental health care capacity in the country; "Restore is the wrong word because there was nothing much there before," Davies had pronounced. [16]

This colonial mindset was not limited to Davies. Watters says that besides Australia, Britain, France, and New Zealand and the US also rushed armies of trauma counselors and teams of researchers from various nongovernmental organizations, universities, and private groups to Sri Lanka, to diagnose Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) among thousands of camp dwellers, using a diagnostic method developed in the US to treat returning veterans of the Vietnam War in the 1960. To find out the survivors’ susceptibility to PTSD, these Western traumatologists, who believe that truth telling is better for the mind than stoic silence, required the traumatized survivors to retell or rework the memories of the trauma, often in emotionally charged settings, within hours or days of the event. 

Clearly, this is entirely different to the ‘deep listening skills’ employed in Japan and by Dr. Harischandra. And Dr. Gaithri Fernando, a Sri Lankan psychologist now teaching in University of California, Los Angeles, is one of growing number of professionals who argues that the American method is ill suited to diagnose PTSD among people of collectivist societies, and she has developed a culturally relevant method for the purpose. Watters writes that doctors and university professors in Sri Lanka made pleas asking the teams of foreign counselors not to intervene in the lives of the traumatized camp dwellers; but they obviously fell on deaf ears. And their interventions did not stop with their visits to camps. Watters says they trained many locals, who would in turn train hundreds of others, in workshops that often lasted only a day. And since translators with a good command of English were already employed by other relief providers these people used the drivers as translators. I know well that drivers’ English knowledge usually extends to no more than a few sentences they learn to so they can tourists around!

As Watters says, those armies of traumatologists came to advance the idea that psychological rehabilitation is best managed by mental health experts certified and sensitized to the Western understanding of how humans suffer and heal, without an iota of consideration for the facts that the PTSD diagnosis cannot be usefully applied in all human cultures, or that people from different cultures might have fundamentally different worldviews about, and reactions to, traumatic events. But what is most disturbing about their intervention is that study after study published during the 1990s, the heyday of trauma counseling, showed that early intervention – as done by them – is ineffective, and might actually be harmful (italics mine.) Among examples Watters provides of those who were harmed by early intervention is a study conducted among several hundred car accident victims over a three year period, some of who were debriefed. When the people were interviewed three years later, those who were debriefed were found to be more likely to be anxious and depressed, and harbor a nagging fear of riding in cars. Watters writes that this study, which was published in the British Medical Journal in 1996 concluded, “Psychological debriefing is ineffective and has adverse long-term effects. It is not an appropriate treatment for trauma victims.” 

As important as Watter’s documentation is a New York Times report citing a new study that appeared in the Journal of the American Medical Association in 2011 that disaster-hit countries should keep in mind about trauma treatment. It said that researchers have reported that, “Drugs widely prescribed to treat severe post-traumatic stress symptoms for veterans are no more effective than placebos and come with serious side effects, including weight gain and fatigue.” The study had focused on one medication, Risperdal. But, according to the report, “experts said that its results most likely extend to the entire class, including drugs like Seroquel, Geodon and Abilify.” [17] All disaster-stricken will avoid serious harm to survivors if they kept these warnings in mind.

I continue this discussion about PTSD in Chapter Eight, where I apply Fernando’s PTSD diagnostic method to analyze my own findings of how several survivors who lost loved ones are coping a year after the disaster. 

***

Humans want a predictable process to give coherence to life, and following complex disaster, people everywhere search for answers to metaphysical questions such as ‘Why did this tragedy happen?’ ‘Why did some people who did not even live or work in affected areas die?’ and in the case of the tsunami, ‘Why did some who were swept by the waves die while others survived?’ During research, I often fell into conversations on such matters with the villagers. 

Scientific findings help us to understand how and why tsunamis occur, and like the CCD officials, several villagers asserted that the destruction of coral reefs and other natural resources heightened the tsunami disaster. But metaphysical questions such as ‘why some people survived while others died’ are beyond the dissecting lens of science, and most people turn to religion to seek answers to such questions. This is because whether they result from the human recognition that there is an ultimate order and meaning within the mystery of our lives, or from the human impulse to create order and meaning, religions tackle questions that are difficult to answer and thus fill the gap left by science. They provide models for ethical or moral action for living and engaging with the world and when disasters strike, concepts of social and cosmic justice and the nature of existence come to the fore. This is because how people construct and perceive good and evil, fate and peril, good and bad fortune, safety and uncertainty, and so on are basic features of religious worldviews that shape the thinking and actions of individuals and communities in very specific ways. 

Like cultural perceptions of human-nature relations, cultural perceptions of disasters and mortality also convey a great deal about ideologies of human-earthly and human-supernatural relations. Muslims in Sri Lanka and Indonesia, and Christians in Haiti and elsewhere, believe the tsunamis and earthquakes are God’s will. Some Buddhists who subscribe to the Hindu pantheon of gods also speculated that the tsunami was a sign of retribution from the gods for a people who had become increasingly greedy and corrupt. But the most common explanation one heard from Buddhists in those days was that people died the way they did because of their karma.  

The term karma seems to have entered the popular discourse of mainstream America also, and is usually understood to be the negative consequences of one’s actions in the present life. But this concept, so central to Buddhist philosophy, has a much wider meaning in the Buddhist context. It applies to the consequences of both good and bad actions done in past lives as well as the present life; consequences that bring results in present or future lives. So, many people said those who perished or suffered losses in the tsunami must have done something terrible in a previous life. But as many monks and other Buddhist scholars observed, the karmic concept is not the only answer to this question, or the definitive one. Before I explain why, however, it is necessary to clarify the meaning of the term as used by the Buddha.

The literal meaning of the Sanskrit term karma (kamma in Pali) is action, and not its consequence. And in the Buddhist context, karma means not every action; only willful or volitional action (chethana.) In other words, it is only when one acts with good or bad intention that it becomes a karmic action, with positive or negative consequences to follow. And although most Sri Lankan Buddhists generally refer to the consequence of karmic action as ‘karma,’ the correct term is karma vipaka or karma phala, and I employ the term karma vipaka below. 

In the context of the tsunami, the karmic concept is a plausible explanation for believers if we look at the first of the Five Precepts that make up the basic code of moral and ethical behavior for Buddhists. This is the precept that one abstains from willfully taking the life of any living being. (The other four are: abstention from stealing, sexual misconduct; uttering lies, slander, etc; and consuming alcohol and other mind-altering drugs.) The vipaka for willful killing is said to be a short lifespan, constant sickness, having to experience a great deal of sadness due to separation from loved ones, and having to live in fear. But for the act to bear consequences, it should have been premeditated, in which case it would be preceded by four other factors: that the object destroyed was a living being, the destroyer realized this fact, he or she intended to kill, and developed a plan to do so. Thus, if someone accidentally killed an animal while driving for instance, there will be no negative karmic consequence. 

We still cannot attribute all tsunami deaths and other tragic occurrences to karma vipaka, however, because in Buddhist philosophy, even if someone killed intentionally, all karma do not yield vipaka in a uniform way. If for example, somebody reforms himself or herself and lives mindfully following the Five Precepts which ensure one does not engage in wrong conduct that harms oneself and others, the good karma the person accrues can mitigate or erase some consequences of bad karma he or she committed before. Even otherwise, except for the most serious ones, karma vipaka, both good and bad, are said to bring results in any lifetime only when right conditions exist. They may become exhausted after a period of time if the necessary conditions do not arise to bear the consequences. Therefore, the monks said, while the notion that karma vipaka does occur cannot be disputed according to Buddhism, it is impossible for us to determine if anyone died in the tsunami because of their karma vipaka. Moreover, they reminded, we must also understand the world, and disasters that befall us, in relation to the other four Niyama Dharma mentioned above. 

On the other hand, if some people died or suffered more because of karma vipaka, it is also possible that they had engaged in unwholesome (akusala) karmic acts together in a previous life – for people do good and bad alone or collectively. But according to Buddhism, since karma is volitional action, the vipaka vary depending on the mental state of the person while committing the act – such as the degree of hatred or the degree of desire for revenge he or she harbored when the killing (if the act was killing) was committed. Based on the premise that rebirth and karma vipaka do occur, one can make sense of the diversity in tsunami victims’ experiences. Conceptualizing their experiences in terms of karma vipaka helped survivors to make sense of what happened to them and it also reminded everyone that we bear responsibility for our own actions; that no one else can purify us if we commit unwholesome karma. 

The karma concept was central to not only how villagers conceived the world and our existence, but to urban, educated, Westernized Buddhists like Ciranthi as well. In her narrative Ciranthi did not speculate on metaphysical issues, so when we met I asked how she explains what happened to them. “The way I look at the tsunami experience, it is something to do with the three of us – my daughter, son, and myself. I know for a fact that the three of us were in a similar situation together in a previous life,” she replied. “I do not mean that we were there as the three of us as we are now, but as three individuals who were together. I don’t know which life time or life form it was, but we did something terrible together. But we also did a meritorious deed at some time and this is why we survived. And the way we survived was so unbelievable! Some will say it is a miracle, but I don’t believe in miracles.” She thought for a moment. “It is karmic.” She said decisively. “Either we did something enormously meritorious to escape death, or it was not our time to die.” 

“It was not our time to die” is another way Sinhala Buddhists explain death. In the Buddhist worldview which does not subscribe to a Creationist theory, individuals are the architects of their own lives. Based on their karma, everyone brings at birth a certain life span (ayukkhaya) and a certain span of karmic energy (kammakkaya.) They die when one or the other, or both, are spent. Karmic energy differs from karma vipaka in that karmic energy is the accumulation of all the good and bad karma, mental, physical, and verbal that we have been engaging in every life, whereas karma vipaka is the result of particular karma. Someone may be born in an era when the average lifespan of humans would be around 80, but that individual may die at 10, 40, or 50 years of age. This early death occurs because that was the length of the life span he or she brought at birth. On the other hand, one may die in infancy because of a karma vipaka, even if the average lifespan for human beings of that era is 120, and he or she brought a longer lifespan. In contrast to these early deaths, Buddhism says that those who live to be a ripe old age relative to the average lifespan in a particular era and place may die having exhausted both the life and karmic energy spans they brought forth in that particular life. 

Thus the teachings explain sudden deaths such as those resulting from a tsunami or road accident in several ways. In such cases, neither the life span nor the karmic energy that was brought forth at birth may have been spent completely. Instead, those who died in the tsunami may have been victims of the tragedy simply because they were in the wrong place at the wrong time. Or else they did not perceive the true nature of the danger. Or the deaths may have occurred as a result of karma vipaka

Like Ciranthi, Latha and Nihal believe they lost their little girl as the result of an unwholesome karmic act they committed in a previous life. But of course the concept of rebirth is not shared by all religious groups, and it is inevitable that when peoples of different religious persuasions meet, words like “afterlife” become relative. Readers who do not share the concept of rebirth will naturally question it, and rightly so. People questioned even the Buddha himself about this concept. He said that nobody should accept anybody’s teachings (including his own,) simply based on faith, a teacher’s reputation, bribery, or coercion and he advised that if the concept does not make sense, one need not believe in rebirth. But, he also said, if one lived without harming others or himself or herself, such an individual would have a peaceful life in the present, and be assured of a good rebirth if it happens.

In several discourses, however, the Buddha talked about the importance of memories in recollecting past lives. In Sri Lanka and other Theravada Buddhist countries as well as in India, when young children who refer to people, places, and events they are yet to become acquainted with, or when children display unusual talents at early ages, these are normally interpreted as recollections or talents they have carried forward from a previous life. The first published book based on scholarly research in Sri Lanka on this topic is of a little girl whose recollections of her previous life as a boy culminated in a team of Sri Lankan and American researchers reuniting her with her former parents and other family members. When they met, the girl not only recognized them all, she also referred to them by the kinship terms she used in her previous life. [18]

Published findings of scientific investigations by an international team of researchers of those who recall their previous births in Sri Lanka and India also provide strong suggestions of rebirth. [19] Soul Survivor: The Reincarnation Of A World War II Fighter Pilot, in which the parents of a young American child recount how they unearthed their son’s previous life as a fighter pilot based on the child’s recollections, [20] and Looking for Carroll Beckwith: The True Story of a Detective’s Search for His Past Life,” [21] in which an American police detective in Indiana provides another fascinating account of how he traced his past life as an artist, are two among several books documenting cases of rebirth in the US.

***

So far I have talked about mourning only in the context of death, but Volken and Zintl define “mourning” as the psychological response to any loss or change, the negotiations we make to adjust our inner world to reality. In this section, we hear the voices of Amal and Suneetha, a couple who lost their home and a furniture business that supplemented their marginal incomes as low-level government employees and enabled them to be upwardly mobile, as they struggle to make sense of the tragedy. Their story also shows how integral Buddhist teachings and practices are to the daily lives of many Sinhala Buddhists. 

Amal and Suneetha survived because Suneetha (the wife) had seen the first wave, and they fled to the temple with their three month old baby. Their older son and Suneetha’s mother, who lives with them, had observed sil, so they were already at the temple. When I asked if they would tell me their tsunami experience, the couple took me to where their home and the business had stood. All that remained were the foundations. Talking in a hushed tone, Suneetha said, “I never thought that our house would be gone. I thought it might have got flooded and that some furniture might have got toppled, but not for a moment did I think that our home would be gone….We had every thing we needed - furniture, electrical goods, crockery, cutlery. We never had to borrow anything for any event. Other people borrowed things from us for big dana and other gatherings….” 

Her husband agreed. “Yes, we were used to a certain lifestyle, a certain standard of living. We fulfilled our obligations to our children, the community, and the temple. But now, having fallen to the bottom, we are unable to do anything. That is hard to bear. We don’t need millions of rupees, but it is very difficult not to be able to fulfill the basic needs and obligations. When you have been stable and are suddenly pulled all the way down, it is hard to bear.” Clearly, they were mourning not only the loss of material things, but also the degree of socioeconomic independence and lifestyle they used to enjoy.

“How do you cope with all this?” I asked, expecting to hear one of them say it is their karma, but that is not what they said. “Well, there are moments when we feel awful. But we cope by reflecting on the fact that everything is anitya,” said Amal. “And before all this happened, our lifestyle was intertwined with whatever duties we had to do for our families, our country, our nation, and especially for our religion. We always looked after the needs of the monks and the temples, so, we now have some inner peace,” he said.

His wife elaborated, “From the furniture shop, we donated a suite of chairs, a cupboard, and mattresses to the temple. We also planned to give a big cabinet, but now that is no longer possible. If we had been able to do that, that too would have remained….We have been office bearers of our temple, but we also help other temples a great deal. A meditation center nearby built a Dhatu Mandiraya [22] and we donated coconut lumber for that. If ever that monk said he needed something, we sponsored some part of that project. Now our shop is no more and we cannot do that, but as I told Amma, whatever we gave to the temples remains and when we see them we feel at peace….”  

Amal said again, “Yes, we gave generously of the things we earned through our own efforts to the temple, and in the end that is all that we have left. We can put our minds at ease knowing that we did meritorious deeds like that. I don’t know how people who did not fulfill obligations, and who lost everything, feel today. I also feel that because we did our duties things will not go wrong for us.” 

Pabbathupama Sutta [23] is a discourse about the importance of generosity the Buddha gave to his friend, King Kosala, who habitually dropped by to see him. In it, he talks about four natural processes that every human being is subject to, regardless of their place of birth or status in life. These processes are: aging, when we progressively lose our physical and mental prowess; illness, when we are unable to function as we wish; the various obstacles and calamities that interrupt or prevent us from achieving our expectations and wishes; and death. The Buddha likened these four processes to four boulders that are unavoidable and unpredictable. “Therefore,” he advised the king, “To avoid regrets, we should be mindful of our own and others’ welfare, and fulfill our obligations to family and society.” So Buddhist parents try to cultivate the practice of dana in their children from a young age and now, in the aftermath of the greatest natural disaster to strike Sri Lanka, Amal and Suneetha were finding out the truth of the Buddha’s advice. 

There was no doubt that our traditional cultural values helped them to be resilient and brought them much mental peace when they most needed it. But in the next moment it became evident that the reality of downward mobility was too much for the family to bear when Suneetha’s mother said, “Yes, as the Buddha said, the nature of life is that things arise, they are sustained for a while, and then fade away. I constantly reflect on this truth and it helps to come to terms with what happened, but it is not easy….We are still attached to the life we knew, to everything we lost, and even though we live in a new place now, it is somehow very comforting if I step into the old property, where we used to live, even for a little bit.” 

Suneetha wiped a tear rolling down her cheek. Glancing at her, Amal said, “We can also look at our losses this way. You can earn lots of money and you may sometimes lose it, but it is possible to recover your losses. But when it comes to life, there is no second chance, and we did not lose anybody. We didn’t have to suffer that sort of tragedy. I am not saying we don’t feel terrible about our losses, but we have the strength to accept what happened because we did our duties and we also know things don’t remain the same forever.”  

Despite the fact that all of them were trying to adjust to their downfall by trying to view life through Buddhist philosophy, as Suneetha’s mother said, they were still clinging to the past and grieving for what they had lost. So, I was not surprised when her daughter confided that the trauma was beginning to affect her mother’s cognitive functions. “She sometimes asks if I closed up the house when we go somewhere, meaning the house we lost. There is no need for her to remind me of that past, is there?” Suneetha said unhappily. Concerned that her mother was becoming emotionally unstable, I asked if her mother had seen a doctor. Suneetha replied that she thought the best thing for her mother to do was to listen to pirith and dhamma because that would help to calm her mind, and said she bought a radio and cassette player for her mother on a long-term payment scheme. In their current financial situation, this demonstration of her shraddha (faith with conviction) about the beneficial aspects of Buddhism was extremely significant, and I hoped that her preferred solution would help her mother to recover.

When I met Dr. Harishchandra, I had asked if gender differences play a significant role in the recovery process of those who survive traumatic experiences and he had replied, “Grief does not affect everybody in the same way. The variation is not determined by gender as a biological factor, although gender roles as culturally constructed entities may cause some differences. For instance, even though many women are employed, since the men are traditionally seen as the breadwinners in our culture, men who lost their livelihoods may become more despondent than women.”  

This turned out to be the case with this couple. Amal identified closely with his role as the main bread winner, and was very unhappy about his inability to meet the needs of his family. To achieve that, he had to rebuild his business but he did not have the resources to achieve his ambition. Suneetha’s identity was intrinsically linked with her role as a mother, and her former socio-economic status. Both yearned to regain what they had lost, but living in a rented home with two children to provide for, and having to start over from scratch, their combined wages from their government jobs were not sufficient for them to rebuild their lives to their satisfaction anytime soon. Still, living in a single family home, they were much more fortunate than the survivors I met who had to move into tents.

  1. Volkan, Vamik D. and Elizabeth Zintl. Life After Loss: The Lessons of Grief. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1993.

  2. O’Hara, Kathleen. A Grief Like No Other: Surviving the Violent Death Of Someone You Love. New York: Marlowe and Company, 2006.

  3. Porterfield, Amanda. The Power of Religion: A Comparative Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

  4. See What the Buddha Taught by Walpola Rahula for a comprehensive discussion of the ‘Anatta’ concept. London: Gordon Fraser, 1959.

  5. The New Lexicon Webseter’s Dictionary of the English language. I also thank the Jesuit, Catholic, and Christian friends who helped me to understand the concept of purgatory in the Christian religion. 

  6. Parrinder, Geoffrey. World Religions: From Ancient History to the Present. New York: Facts on File.

  7. Davies, Roger J. and Osamu Ikeno. The Japanese Mind: Understanding Contemporary Japanese Culture. Boston: Tuttle Publishing, 2002.

  8. See Wikipedia.

  9. Plath, David W. “Where the Family of God is the Family: The Role of the Dead in Japanese Households.” American Anthropologist 66:300-317.

  10. Kawano, Satsuki. Ritual Practice in Modern Japan. Hawaii: University of Hawaii Press, 2005.

  11. This definition is from the pamphlet on Kuyo, published by the Soto Zen Buddhism North America Office in Los Angeles, and given to me by Rev. Fujita.

  12. missing

  13. Kawano, Satsuki. Ritual Practice in Modern Japan. Hawaii: University of Hawaii Press, 2005

  14. “Buddhist rite honors tsunami victims.” San Jose Mercury News/Associated Press, April 29, 2011.

  15. Worden, William. Grief counseling and grief therapy: A handbook for the mental health practitioner (2nd ed.) J.. New York: Springer, 1991.

  16. Watters, Ethan. The Globalization of the American Psyche. New York: Free Press, 2010.

  17. “PTSD drugs questioned” in San Jose Mercury News/New York Times. August 3, 2011.

  18. Nishshanka, H.S.S. The Girl Who Was Reborn [Nevatha Upan Deriya.]. Dhiwela: Buddhist Cultural Center, 1964.

  19. Senanayake, Nimal, MD ed. Trends in Rebirth Research: Proceedings of an International Semiar. Sri Lanka: Sarvodaya Vishva Lekha, 2001. See also Cases of the Reincarnation Type: Ten Cases in Sri Lanka. Ian Stevenson, M.D. Sri Lanka: Sarvodaya Vishva Lekha. 1977.

  20. Leininger, Bruce and Andrea, with Ken Gross. Soul Survivor: The Reincarnation of a World War II Fighter Pilot. New York: Grand Central Publishing, 2009.

  21. Snow, Robert L. Looking for Carroll Beckwith: The True Stories of a Detective's Search for His Past Life. Pennsylvania: Daybreak Books 1999.

  22. A special chamber to house the relics, generally believed to be those of arhats, that exist in Buddhist temples.

  23. See Kosala Samyutta in the Samyutta Nikaya.

Chapter Four: Lives and Livelihoods in Upheaval

As mentioned before, Japanese communities have designated emergency evacuation centers for displaced communities. In most cases IDPs may stay in these shelters for a couple of weeks while local governments build temporary housing units or finds them alternative accommodation. But in 2011, with some 200,000 homes destroyed or seriously damaged, [1] it was expected the relocation process would take longer. To make matters worse, like in Sri Lanka, most Japanese households in the worst hit areas had no earthquake insurance which also covers tsunami damage, although after the 1995 Kobe earthquake, the government tried to get more people to buy earthquake insurance. But many resisted because land is more highly valued in Japan than buildings, particularly if they're made of wood, and insurance payouts take into account the depreciating value of the house. In 2011, in Miyagi and Iwate, the two prefectures that suffered the most damage, 33 percent and 12 percent had cover respectively. [2]

Even though temporary shelters offered none of the comforts and conveniences of their destroyed homes, they provided more stability and privacy to Japanese tsunami survivors unlike the tents that Sri Lankan IDPs had to move into for several months. GoSL did not have the economic capital to build some 80,000 temporary shelters in a few weeks and about a month after the disaster I visited a ‘tent city’ erected close to the Galle town center with a doctor known to my land lady, who was going there to distribute some clothes to the IDPs there. I also came to know IDPs at another site closer to home, and this chapter documents many aspects of how displacement impacts adults as well as children. The chapter also highlights the need for raising awareness of on-coming tsunamis among coastal dwellers and some of the issues and problems that relief providers may face in efforts to rebuild livelihoods in the developing world.

Most IDPs occupying the 50 or so tents in the tent city near the Galle town center were fisher folk who used to live in Magalle, Devata, and Katugoda, three of the most devastated villages in the district. When the doctor told a volunteer the purpose of his visit, the man called all the children to line up. I turned to talk to a woman. A few weeks before, this woman, Susima, had lived near the sea with her husband and four children. Her parents, seven siblings, and their families also lived close by. Her husband worked as a laborer in the nearby cement factory. Other men in the family went to sea. A couple of the women ran small tea stands by the roadside. 

That morning, Susima was sitting on the bed, with her infant at her breast, when she noticed water coming into the room and looked out. She fled with the baby and a seven-year-old son toward the cement factory, but lost both when a wave slammed into her face. After the tsunami subsided, she found her son under the same bush she had grabbed onto. She never saw the infant again. Their former dwellings stood in a heap in the middle of the road. Some family members were dead. The survivors were now living in tents in this camp. She finished her story saying, “You know, Miss, if we had been notified even two minutes before this invasion, we wouldn’t have lost so many lives even if we lost our possessions. But that didn’t happen.” Other people around us nodded in agreement. 

But how could authorities have warned the people when they themselves had no clue of the impending catastrophe? Still, there had been warning signs, if only people knew how to read them. A fisherman told me he and his brother saw the sea had receded three or four miles offshore. But not knowing that this phenomenon signaled an approaching tsunami and that they should have rushed far inland, they and many others stood there looking, until it was too late. I also heard from an acquaintance about three fishermen from the east who had fled to Colombo a couple of days before the tsunami because they noticed unusual happenings in the middle of the sea: The water seemed to be boiling and sea snakes that usually dwell in the bottom had come to the surface. Feeling intuitively these happenings spelled disaster, the men came to stay with relatives in Colombo but neighbors they alerted did not. After the catastrophe a World Conservation Union representative said people in the east were facing a big problem because sea snakes had invaded the land. [3] 

As might be expected, after the disaster, any and every unusual sighting in the sea caused panic among the people. Once in our village, a security guard at a nearby hotel saw “the ocean separating into two and smoke rising from the middle” and hundreds of people fled to the temple in panic. My land lady and I heard and saw the commotion, but after looking up and down the road and not seeing police or emergency vehicles, she decided it was a false alarm and we remained at home. So it was, and afterwards various jokes made their rounds in the village. One fellow told the security guard, “The next time you see smoke coming from the sea, run and get a bucket of water to throw on it!” 

Amidst all the laughter, however, false alarms sent coastal dwellers fleeing in panic several times during my research, highlighting the fact that people must be educated to identify correctly indicators of approaching tsunami such as the receding sea, unusual noises coming from the ocean, sea snakes coming to the surface, and domesticated and wild animals fleeing the coast. As scholars note, these signs may provide the first and even the only alerts if a tsunami early warning system is not activated in time because earthquake damage has interrupted communication links relaying information between scientists and officials, or between officials and the general population.  [4] Natural signs also allow people to confirm official warnings.

But with no such knowledge in Sri Lanka, thousands were confined to tents. When Susima finished her story, the doctor was still busy handing out T-shirts and dresses, so I asked to see the inside of her tent. When I removed my sandals, wiped my feet on a sandy mat, and stepped in, it took a minute for my eyes to get accustomed to the darkness inside. A mosquito net hung over a mattress lying on the ground sheet, and a few odds and ends were strewn about.

Only some people in Magalle had received mosquito nets. This was a particularly worrisome problem because puddles of stagnant rain water among the debris become breeding grounds for mosquitoes and the World Health Organization warned that mosquito-born diseases like malaria and typhoid might easily spread among IDPs. But tsunami victims in some areas refused to allow cleaning crews to remove debris because the government had yet to evaluate their losses, and they did not want any evidence removed. Fortunately, serious epidemics did not arise in Sri Lanka because relief providers distributed clean drinking water from the very beginning, and the large number of refugee camps set up by the government enabled doctors to isolate patients who developed diseases. 

In Susima’s tent, a curtain behind the mattress was the only private space. She said the lack of privacy was particularly embarrassing for females, especially adolescent girls. That disasters too have a gendered terrain was already shown in the higher number of deaths of females, and here was more evidence. The media also reported that women and girls living in tents were increasingly subject to sexual abuse. [5] But when I asked a police inspector in Galle about the issue, he said they had had zero allegations. A few villagers also told me that because the occupants in tent camps generally came from the same village, incidents of rape would be rare. Two researchers, Shermal Wijewardene and Nimanthi Rajasingham, report that most women they talked to also made similar claims; but that hospitals and doctors in the Galle district confirmed cases of rape on the day of the catastrophe, and before security was provided for the camps. However, the researchers say the doctors did not report the incidents to the police because victims feared reprisals by the community. [6]

Cayathri Divakalala also provides examples of sexual harassment of  tsunami victims in Batticaloa in the east, mostly by men not affected by the tsunami, but living near the relocation sites. A displaced Tamil woman had told her that it was not safe for women to be seen alone in their shelters or in camps, that not having an enclosed bathing area increased their vulnerability to sexual predators, and that in the night husbands pressured wives for sex even when the women were not ready and there was no privacy from the children. [7]

Elaine Enarson, a well known researcher on women in disasters, notes that after the Hurrican Katrina disaster in New Orleans too, the press revealed that one woman was held at gun point, and another woman and a young girl were raped in the Superdome where displaced people were housed. “We can count on increased reports of violence against women as this is so common in U.S. and international disasters,” she writes. All this demonstrates the critical need for authorities and relief providers to recognize that gender sensitive strategies must be developed to ensure the safety and welfare of female disaster victims.

Susima and her siblings had not suffered such indignities, but they had collectively lost 12 family members. Susima’s infant son, a seven-year-old daughter, and her mother were among them. “Did you find their bodies?” I asked hesitantly. “We found some. In this line of tents, the first funeral was that of my daughter’s” she said. Then she abruptly turned, went behind the curtain in her tent, and brought out a plastic bag. In it were photographs of her children. She had recovered the bag from their cupboard floating in the water. Handing me a picture of a little girl laughing gaily she said, “This is the one who died; this picture was taken when she was going to Montessori (school.) If these pictures had not been laminated I wouldn’t even have these.” The woman started crying softly. “This is all I have, Miss!” she said plaintively. I broke down too. 

Susima stared at the picture of the little girl she lost and sighed. I asked where her husband was that morning, but immediately regretted my question when, for a brief moment, her eyes glinted. “He was sleeping. I shouted to him to get our daughter who was playing next door, but he ran by himself and she died,” she said harshly. 

There was no doubt the tsunami had heightened family tensions. In Sri Lanka, extended families often cooperate for economic production, consumption, child rearing and shelter; but the nuclear family is the core social institution. Another woman made no effort to hide her bitterness when she told me that her husband, who was visiting a neighbor at the time of the tsunami, also ran away without coming to their help. Her son and daughter survived but, visibly angry, this woman recounted how her daughter jumped into a three-wheeler by herself and escaped. The girl’s voice trembled as she recalled how, as the sea receded, she came by herself to look for her mother and younger brother even though old people in the temple scolded her saying it was too dangerous. “But I was in agony, not knowing what happened to Amma and Malli (mother and younger brother respectively.) When we met somewhere along the road, I can’t tell you how I felt! I don’t know what I would have done if something happened to them,” the girl pleaded. Her obvious distress tugged at my heart, but her mother simply looked the other way. 

Walking back after visiting Susima’s tent, I met a teenager carrying some clothing the doctor had distributed. Everything he brought was brand new, and I asked what else she had received some donors. “We got clothes, rice, and things like that. But some clothes people brought were old and really dirty! How can we wear those? We are not beggars! We are people who used to dress well,” she said indignantly. 

People may have given such clothing because they had nothing else to give, or because there was no time to wash and iron. But it meant a lot to those who lost homes to be treated with respect. One middle class family described their pleasure when friends who took them in treated them like special guests during those terrible days. “They laid the table for every meal and put out their best dishes and cutlery. They still valued us even though we lost our home. We will never forget their kindness!” the wife of that displaced family said with much feeling. 

***

The desire to maintain dignity and self-respect, to be treated with respect, and hardships caused by a real or perceived lack of caring and honesty among officials whose job it was to provide relief, were themes that emerged repeatedly during this study. Once when I visited tent dwellers living close to home, all the tents were in bad shape because it rained heavily the previous night, and muddy water had seeped in. The cooking hearths, made up with bricks laid in a triangle on the ground, were soaked. “Our loved ones died from the battering they got from the sea. We will die from hunger!” one woman there said bitterly. Sunny weather did not make things any easier for them either. Though tents fulfilled the immediate need for shelter, people said they were like ovens in the hot afternoon sun. Many sat under trees if any were nearby or visited relatives and friends until the sun went down. 

“We never had to ask for charity from anybody before and we are not used to it. This is a terrible situation to be in!” the woman’s husband said angrily. They had not lost only their homes and livelihoods; they had also lost their former identities and whatever economic independence they had. They had become just a statistic, and their anger was boiling over. 

 “Up to now, we received only four kilos of rice from Ralahamy. He takes the stuff (aid items,) looks at a list, and gives only to those he knows” another man at this site boomed. Ralahamy is the traditional term for grama niladharin (GNs,) the village headmen and headwomen. Villagers usually refer to them by this term. Allegations that these officials had spirited away the aid were becoming increasingly common.

“We haven’t even got the Rs. 5,000 ($50) or the ration card. Ralahamy is telling all kinds of lies when he says he gave all this aid. So far we have only got six or seven cans of rice from him” said another woman. Tent dwellers all across the island blamed the central government and its officials for their plight; not the various groups of people and the causes and conditions that had made their living spaces so vulnerable to the tsunami in the first place.

The occupants of the tents at this site were fisher families. They made up the largest group of camps dwellers because their communities are often made up of clusters of relatives living close to the sea, and most lost their homes. Although middle and upper class people also lost homes and initially took refuge in temples and schools, and they and fisher families became one cohesive group, caste and class statuses quickly became the nexus for unification and many middle and upper class families were offered alternative accommodation by their relatives and friends, or they moved into rented accommodation. 

In the meantime, with their daily lives in upheaval and their social networks scattered in different locations, the lives of tent dwellers were in limbo. “What we really want is a home. We are suffering like this only because we have no home,” said a woman, speaking for all tent dwellers across the island. Her voice shook and she looked at the ground. But there was nothing I could say to relieve their pain. The government promised to build them homes, but house construction would not start any time soon because just days after the disaster, the government declared a controversial 100 meter buffer zone in the south and 200 meters in the east, where construction would be strictly limited. I discuss this issue in detail in Chapter Six.

***

By international standards, the Japanese government’s immediate response to the tsunami disaster was impressive. Five months into the disaster, a broad plan for reconstruction had also been developed based on the vision of the council appointed for the purpose, and vital reconstruction financial bills had been passed. But then progress stalled. [8] The mayor of Minamisanriku, where 70 percent of homes and 85 percent of shops and businesses were swept away, told a reporter, “We’ve had more 100 members of the Diet (the Japanese parliament) visit, and while they are here, they all say how terrible it is and how they are going to do something. But when they get home, they seem to forget all about it.” 

The mayor’s observation is confirmed by Peter Dunn in Natural Disaster and Nuclear Crisis in Japan: Response and Recovery after Japan’s 3/11. [9] In this preliminary assessment in which several authors look at the consequences of, and responses to, the country’s natural and man-made disasters, Dunn sees a pattern of response that is similar to post-disaster patterns in Japan, “with overlapping phases of blaming, coping, hoping, learning, and forgetting.” The reasons were not only the enormous logistical problems posed by the complex nature and scale of the reconstruction work involved and a lack of manpower. Political feuding between the Kan administration and opposition groups and party rivals intent on toppling the prime minister also slowed recovery work. [10] 

But many members of the Japanese public did not follow their leaders’ example. NHK’s Newsline’s “The Road Ahead” program, which documents on-going recovery efforts in the disaster stricken area, featured the efforts of volunteers from Tokyo who were helping survivors get back on their feet. One segment showed a tour bus filled to capacity with company employees, college and high school students, their parents, and other adults who traveled overnight to Ishinomaki City in Miyagi Prefecture, paying $127.00 per head for the 12-hour overnight journey from Tokyo, and cleaned up a storage room of a fish processing plant. Their work not only helped the owner of the plant, but also other people living in its vicinity because the plant was caked with a thick layer of mud and as it dried, particles stuck in people’s throats and eyes when the wind stirred it up. One volunteer, shocked at the situation in the devastated area that was still clogged with debris said, “You can’t tell how bad it smells from watching news on TV…. [11]

Newsline featured many other heartwarming voluntary efforts to help survivors, but the latter themselves were not simply sitting around waiting for outside help. One dentist, for example, initiated the ‘Next Project,’ listing on the internet items requested by survivors to rejuvenate their livelihoods. When donors supplied them, he delivered them to the recipients with a team of helpers, and took photographs and put them up on the internet, so donors could see the results of their generosity. The dentist, himself an IDP, did all this at his own cost.

NHK also featured a female doctor from Tokyo who set up a week-end clinic in Miyagi Prefecture after seeing the plight of the elderly living in temporary shelters when she volunteered her services soon after the disaster. Her clinic provided such a sense of security that an elderly man living in a shelter said he no longer minds staying there because he knows she comes at weekends to look after their wellbeing. The doctor in turn said her decision to open the clinic was greatly influenced by the warmth shown by the survivors themselves during her initial visit. They made sure she had enough food, even though they themselves did not have enough. 

As observed by Dr. Deepthi Perera, Director of Youth, Elderly and Disabled Persons Services of Sri Lanka’s Ministry of Health, elderly disaster victims need special attention, but are often overlooked by relief providers. In camps she visited, the doctor found this group suffering from a range of illnesses such as elephantitis, varicose ulcers, leg ulcers, swollen feet, diabetes, asthma, and hypertension. Living in camps, their physical and emotional welfare was heavily compromised. Most could not remember what medications they took before. Those who had lost children and grandchildren felt “life is not worth living anymore.” They worried of being burdens to others. But the doctor points out that relief providers, more concerned about children and women in camps, not only overlooked the needs of the elderly, they also forgot that this group possesses various skills that could be put to use in the camps. For example, those who knew Sinhala and Tamil, and perhaps English, could have been hired as interpreters, while others could have also been recruited to look after the youngsters in camps. Such activities, the doctor says, would help the elderly overcome depression and loneliness, and give them opportunities to even earn an income. [12]

***

Of course, displaced children too need special care. Both tent sites I visited stood on the land side of the A2 road, but right across was the sea. One mother said that her four-year-old shut her eyes tightly whenever she saw the sea. Her older son, who used to take sea baths several times a day, now dared not even look in its direction. Several parents said their children cried for no reason. In Japan too, getting proper emotional care, particularly for children who lost one or both parents, is a most pressing need, reported NHK. At a nursery in Miyako, where 35 percent of the children’s homes were damaged, teachers said that many children easily break into tears, some have trouble falling asleep, some display no emotion, and others were using impolite language, which they had not done before. The Childcare Consultation Center in Miyako was hoping to work with doctors specializing in children’s emotional care to help those grieving children.

In Sri Lanka, of the 1.5 million students in the affected areas, nearly 77,000 faced educational disruptions. Some schools were completely or partially destroyed and although the Education Desk of the CNO urged all schools to open for the new academic term as scheduled, in some southern schools only 25 percent of the students had turned up on the first day of school. In many schools cleaning crews were still removing debris and some were still occupied by the homeless. In the north, 20 schools reportedly remained closed; displaced people still waiting for alternative accommodation refused to leave. A similar situation was reported in the east. [13]

The CNO promised to provide school uniforms, books, and other necessities to tsunami victims, and students whose schools were completely destroyed were accommodated in make-shift classes in tents pitched on temple compounds. But in two tent schools I visited, two different grade levels shared a tent, making it next to impossible to create an environment conducive to learning. Living in tents, students’ home environment was also thoroughly disrupted. Showing me the tent he shared with his mother, a single parent that his neighbors said was extremely tearful, a twelve-year-old boy said glumly, “How can I do my homework? There is no space for a table and a chair here.” Then he added in an undertone, “I am afraid to live so close to the sea, and I can’t concentrate on school work.” 

Not surprisingly, older students in tsunami-affected areas were already falling through the cracks. I was told that in Hambantota, where the majority who died were Muslim fisher folk, the elders were pulling Muslim youths out of schools and forcing them to get them married. And I was appalled to learn from a Sinhala fisherman I came to know well that his seventeen-year-old female cousin, who was getting ready for the qualifying examinations for college entrance before the disaster, had also voluntarily decided to get married. 

I met this student not long after. She was a smart young woman and she told me she had planned to major in accounting before her world collapsed. “I lost several years’ worth of lecture notes and text books,” she said. “Teachers have been asked to record all the notes on audio cassettes and give them to us, but who knows when we will get them? Anyway, I don’t even have a tape machine to play them. Before all this happened I planned to take a computer class while waiting for the release of exam results (which takes about three months.) The technical college wrote that I was admitted to class and that I should come on December 30 to accept a scholarship. But that letter went in the water. And the technical college, which was on the main street, has moved to another place, and I don’t know where it is now.”

 I could well understand her defeatist attitude, but government departments and other institutions were making many efforts to help such students and the government had scheduled an alternative exam for them. So I said to the girl, “I have no doubt you will realize your ambition if you pursue and sit the exam. And Ralahamy can help you find out where the college moved to, and provide the necessary documentation so you can get the scholarship and take the computer class. Why don’t you see him?” “Yes, I should do that,” she responded. I was sure a bright and goal-oriented student like her would succeed in her chosen path and was glad she was receptive to my suggestion. 

Education is highly valued in Sri Lanka and after the country gained independence from the British, successive national governments provided free public education to both males and females of all ethnic and religious groups. A 2003 estimate of literacy rates over a 10 year period indicated 90 percent of females and 94.8 percent of males in the total Sri Lankan population were literate. With free education providing opportunities for both the rich and the poor to pursue higher education, Sri Lankans have had a relatively high quality of life. In 2004, estimates showed GDP per capita to be $3,700 and a total GDP purchasing power parity of $73.7 billion. [14] But the tsunami probably washed away this record as well. When I returned a year later, the young woman was married and already pregnant with her first child. Victimized by the tsunami, how many thousands of students must have lost their hopes and dreams of academic achievement leading to upward mobility? 

***

The answer to the above question will never be known but the impact will surely increase poverty in families, especially when parents were unable to reestablish livelihoods in the foreseeable future. An initial assessment by the International Labor Organization (ILO) post tsunami indicated that around 400,000 Sri Lankans had lost their sources of revenue, increasing the unemployment rate in affected provinces from 9.2 percent to more than 20 percent. [15] 

The tourist and fisheries sectors are two of the biggest industries in the south and the tsunami, coming in December, hit during the optimal time for both. Due to monsoonal pattern bringing rains to the island, September to about February is the fishing period in the south and the winter months in England, Germany, and the US are peak season for tourist arrivals.

 Over the years, tourism became the fifth-largest foreign exchange earner in Sri Lanka and in 2003, a record number of tourists arrived in the country, accounting for an increase of 24.4 percent from the previous year. The trend continued into the first two months of 2004 until election-related uncertainties caused a substantial decline in March and April. But by July and August, tourists, mainly from Western Europe and South Asia, increased by 15.5 percent and 15.6 percent respectively. In December 2004 there were over 1,000 foreign tourists in the country. Due to the war, 80 percent of tourist accommodation was located in the southern coastal region. 

In the Habaraduwa Division, Yaddehimulla in Unawatuna – where Ciranthi and her children were headed that morning – was the hardest hit resort. The major contributor to the tourist industry earnings is the hotel sub-sector, accounting for approximately 50 percent of the total gross output. [16] Of the 303 tourist hotels completely or partially destroyed in Habaraduwa Division, 103 were in Yaddehimulla. [17]

Before the tsunami, Yaddehimulla featured a range of accommodations from fancy hotels to rooms in modest private homes, making fun-filled days in the sun, sand, and sea affordable to people from all walks of life, but the place had developed haphazardly. From 1960 to 1980 earnings from tourism as a percentage of service sector income grew from 20 to 36 percent and an eager government introduced a second Tourism Master Plan in 1992 which identified fifteen areas for planned development including Yaddehimulla. But fearing tourism would create environmental problems and cultural degradation, environmental organizations, the local community, and other groups there opposed the plan, so the government did not go ahead. [18] With time, however, lucrative economic opportunities evidently conquered these fears, but the place was developed without an integrated approach.

A month after the tsunami, I went to Yaddehimulla to see the damage there, and then to Galle to find out about the fisheries sectors. My land lady’s household helper came with me since I was not yet familiar with my new surroundings. He is a skilled carpenter who helps at home during the week-ends, but he had not returned to work yet because his boss, a self-employed small-scale contractor, lost machinery and tools to the sea. 

The driver of our three-wheeler that morning usually drives tourists around, but they all left after the tsunami. So I hired him regularly and he soon became my unofficial research assistant, mediating my entry into tent camps, fishing communities, and other terrains that I, feeling somewhat culturally incompetent as a result of my long absence from the country, felt hesitant to enter by myself. 

When we reached Yaddehimulla, the driver turned into the famous Welle Devala Road. Named after a Hindu temple, this narrow winding road had been cluttered with eateries serving local fare as well as Chinese, Italian, German and other foreign cuisine, batik shops, homes cum guest houses, places selling handmade clothing, masks, and other curios, and shops renting out boats and surfing gear. But now, only wall frames and name boards were left of The Hot Rock Café and Primrose Café and Restaurant, and just the tiled floor of another place. A wrecked Submarine Diving School still advertised “Deep Sea Fishing, Glass bottom boats, Surfboards for rent, Coral reef, Ship wreck, and Snorkeling” and other attractions. What Benny’s had featured I would never know; the rest of the name board was gone. From a building now sunk into the ground, metal poles were protruding about eight feet through the roof. The ruins of the Rock View Hotel were still protected by one half of its imposing iron gate. 

The road ended at a three wheeler park on the beach which had sported a wonderful array of cabana style restaurants and other eateries, but all that was gone. A few people, former owners and employees of the ruined businesses, sat on broken walls or squatted on the ground among mangled trees. They, like the tent dwellers, had become loiterers with nothing to do but wait for aid. Even if owners had money to rebuild – which was mostly not the case – the government prohibited construction in the newly declared ‘buffer zone.’

I asked two men sitting on what remained of a concrete wall what happened to them in the tsunami. One of them frowned. “I cannot tell you what happened, because we never imagined anything like this happening,” he said. His friend said that only the man and his seven-year-old son were alive. His wife and two-year-old daughter had died. There was also no trace of his home and restaurant that had stood at the edge of the beach. I asked the victim if he received any help from the government. “We have not got anything from the government yet,” he replied cryptically. “Did the land belong to you?” I asked. “No, it was government property. No one owns the beach. But I was not the only one who built without permission; most of us had businesses on government land. We were all here without permission.” He was not trying to defend their actions; he just stated facts. 

After a moment’s silence he spoke again. “This did not happen to me only, everyone lost property, everyone lost children.” Reminding himself of the shared reality helped. But the next moment his voice faltered. “I am alive because I have to live; not because I want to” he said. I never asked this man’s name, or the name of his restaurant. Somehow, the depth of defeat in his eyes seemed to indicate he no longer identified with what had been. 

One could argue the man had only himself to blame for his terrible misfortune because the Coastal Zone Management Plan stipulates that no one should construct buildings or do other work in the Coastal Zone without first obtaining written approval from relevant authorities and the CCD advises anyone planning to build homes, hotels, and other commercial buildings, or do any other developmental activity within the coastal zone, to query the department about permit requirements before purchasing the property. Instead, he built his restaurant and home illegally. 

But if we contextualize his actions, it is impossible to blame the victim. Building his business illegally might have been his only avenue for upward mobility. Still, if politicians had not enabled the process, he might have never built it. In a post-tsunami media report, the CCD chief said that a number of corrupt politicians of all political parties of successive governments are partly responsible for the violation of the laws by those in the tourist sector: Intent on winning votes, politicians override the authority of CCD officers and allow people to put up structures with no regard for coastal conservation, give them electricity, and deny police security to CCD crews deployed to carry out demolition work. [19]

But political interference is not the only reasons people violate CCD laws. A CCD official said bribery and corruption among some police officers exacerbate the problem, but a local government official in Habaraduwa blamed the CCD officials themselves. He said the CCD’s mass of red tape and unreasonable delays discourage hoteliers from applying for necessary permits or, after applying, from waiting for departmental approval to carry out the work. 

***

We got back on the road to go towards the fish market in the Galle town center. There is a small and very scenic cove on the way and as we approached it we saw about two dozen men getting ready to push their boats off to sea. Excited, I told the driver to stop and we walked over.

It was a lovely day. The waves lapped gently at the beach, and the soft blue and white clouds drifting over the calm blue water made it seem as if the day would never end. The weather seemed just perfect for a day’s fishing and there were two small boats and a couple of bigger ones already out to sea. I asked one of the men if I could take a picture as they launched their boats. He looked up briefly and said, “We are trying to repair these boats so we can go.” The one next to him added, “We had about 110 boats, but we can’t even find over 40 of them. We haven’t finished repairing these, so we are not going today.”  

Feeling rather foolish, I asked, “Didn’t you get any boats from the government?” “We got some food and household items from Ralahamy and voluntary organizations. But we haven’t got any fishing equipment or boats from anyone.” 

A third man hurried over. “Madam, these boats are being repaired by our organization, the Southern Fishermen’s Association (Dakune Dheevara Sangvidhanaya,)” he said. “We brought these men; they were not sent by the government. We haven’t got even five cents’ worth of aid from the government yet.” The fisheries sector is a heterogeneous industry with many different categories of workers. Perhaps the only group gainfully employed at this time in tsunami affected areas was the ancillary support workers repairing boats.  

 “So, when do you expect these men can go?” I asked. 

“We would like them to go as quickly as possible, but first we have to make sure these boats are safe. Some of these men take care of ten or fifteen family members. If something happens to them, we will put their families into more trouble. I think we can get about five or six of these (boats) ready to send out tomorrow, but fishermen lost their nets and other equipment. We need help from the government, but so far, we have got nothing. Without proper equipment what’s the point of sending anyone to fish?” He was obviously frustrated but the next moment the man’s tone changed to one of urgency. “It is very important they go quickly because the longer they wait, the more afraid they become of the sea.” he said. 

Some fishermen had indeed developed a phobia of the ocean. When I walked down to the beach the next evening with my research assistant, I met his uncle, a fisherman who had started out supplying fish for consumption, but was one of the first to move into the ornamental fish industry when Sri Lanka became the first country in South Asia to develop the trade. It must have taken a good deal of courage to go into an unknown livelihood, but when the known element – the sea – suddenly turned on them, he said he lost his nerve. The tsunami had pummeled him ashore and for several days he refused to even go near the sea. He ultimately overcame his fear with the help of his brothers. They took him to the beach several times, and finally coaxed him to get into the water with them.

This fisherman also lost his boat, nets, and home. I asked what help he got from the government. “Nothing!” he said dejectedly. “From the day after the tsunami, my wife has been signing paper after paper and filling out form after form, but we are still waiting to get results.”

Southern fishermen use visi dal (cast nets) and ma dal (seine fishing) to catch fish for consumption. About a million visi dal and about 775 ma dal were lost in the tsunami. As if this wasn’t bad enough, after the tsunami, they faced an unexpected hurdle when consumers refused to eat fish.

Fish fulfills 65 percent of the protein needs among Sri Lankans, and a daily serving of fish made into a spicy curry, or fried, is a must in any home if people can afford it. Once in a while, everyone loves a taste of karawala (salted dried fish) too, but every hostess prefers to serve fresh fish to guests. This would be especially true in a coastal village like Talpe, but for over a month after my arrival, we ate only karawala because my land lady, like almost everyone else in the country, stopped eating fresh fish for about six weeks after the tsunami. People feared the fish might have consumed the flesh of those people who were washed out to sea. [20]

In Sri Lanka, marine fish production has a history of several thousand years. Today, about 90 percent of employment in the fishery sector is supported by coastal fisheries, which constitutes about 72 percent of the total marine fish production. [21] The rest is harvested from inland water sources. Soon after the disaster, the UN estimated that about 80 percent of Sri Lanka’s fishermen had died. The Fisheries Ministry speculated that 90 percent of the country’s fisheries sector was lost. [22] And when people stopped eating fish, the Ceylon Fisheries Corporation (CFC) was forced to hold back a stock of 80 tonnes of fish valued at nearly Rs. 16 m ($139,000) due to lack of demand. 

To combat this unexpected problem, the government and medical experts widely publicized the fact that fish consumption was safe, and the CFC held public educational programs about the importance of including fish in the diet. But fish sellers in Galle, whose pre-tsunami daily income was around Rs. 5,000 ($50) a day, were now forced to sell fish for about Rs. 20 or 30 a kilo, ending up with about Rs. 500-1000 ($5-10) for a day’s work. Almost all fish stalls in the market and along the road closed down. The total loss of the CFC was estimated at almost Rs. 50 m ($435,000.)

Fish consumption resumed several weeks later, but it still took some time for conditions to improve for fish sellers in Galle because they were being exploited by fish sellers from Colombo. The latter purchased fish from the south for low prices claiming they too were facing losses in the capital, but it was discovered they then sold each kilo of fish for Rs. 400-500. Following endless complaints from the south, the government finally intervened. About two months after the disaster the cabinet granted the CFC Rs.100 million to purchase fish directly from fishermen around the island at fair prices, and then sell them at low prices. The deal meant losses for the government, but their sole aim was to attract buyers and help the fishermen. [23]

***

In Japan too, the economic well-being of most tsunami-hit small towns was dependent mainly on fishery, marine product processing, and tourism. Experts estimate that the coastal areas hit by the massive wave account for about a fifth of Japan’s annual catch [24] and that more than 21,000 fishing boats were lost to the tsunami. [25] As if this was not bad enough, the Japanese fishing industry was also hit by the nuclear disaster. Fish sales in Tokyo’s Tsukiji fish market, the center of the country’s fish industry, was badly affected when elevated radiation levels were detected in the sea off TEPCO’s stricken plants and a fear of eating seafood spread quickly. Although no shipments of seafood were reaching the Tsukiji market from anywhere near Fukushima, the lack of demand at restaurants and hotels had caused a 20 to30 percent drop in the price of fish handled at the market, despite a 20 percent drop in volume, a market official had told one reporter. [26]

Like in Sri Lanka, the Japanese service sector too went into steep decline following the natural disaster as consumers cut spending. The Economy Watchers’ Index, which surveys the business confidence of service employees close to consumers, including restaurant and hotel operators, dropped nearly half to 27.7 from 48.4 in March, a Cabinet office survey showed. Such levels were seen since early 2009, when Japan was struggling with its worst recession since World War II. [27]

Japan is of course a leading producer of semiconductors, electric components, and some raw materials used in cars, and the tsunami impact initially raised global concerns because although manufacturing never took root in the seaside towns of the Tohoku region and migrant workers seek seasonal work in cities to support their families, several private companies had built production plants in the area. The tsunami’s toll created a ripple effect worldwide when, a month after the disaster, the supply of goods shipped by sea before the quake started to dry up and several carmakers in Europe and North America, including Honda, Nissan, and Ford motors, cut shifts or shut plants temporarily. But the situation improved earlier than expected because American and European companies helped suppliers to restore production, or found alternative sources, sometimes teaching new suppliers to provide the necessary products. Several other Japanese companies, including carmaker Toyota, which shut down all its Japanese factories for several weeks, and Renesas, producer of automotive microcontrollers, also moved up their timetables for restarting production. Consequently, about nine weeks after the disaster, company executives, analysts, and Moody's rating agency said the tsunami brought only small-scale and short-lived destruction. 

Work at Japanese electronics companies, which account for about 40 percent of the world’s technology components supply, was also interrupted by rolling blackouts imposed to manage electricity supplies as a result of the nuclear crisis. Japan makes 30 percent of the world’s flash memory used in smart phones and digital cameras; 10-15 percent of D-Ram memory, a component in every personal computer; and components such as flash memory and a touch screen for the iPhone. Since chip plants depend on reliable supplies of water and electricity to keep their manufacturing lines running it was expected they would be the worst affected. If this were happened, warned one research firm, massive price swings and large and near-term shortages in both the flash and D-Ram memory chips would occur. So, there was much fear that international electronics companies would face severe disruption to their supply chains. [28]

But two months after the tsunami, some large Japanese electronics companies were optimistic about recovery. Panasonic, the world’s largest maker of plasma TV sets for instance, had forecast that it might lose $7 billion in revenue due to damaged factories all along the devastated coast. But it revised the estimate two months later to be only 33 to 50 percent of that figure because suppliers repaired their plants and resumed production more quickly than Panasonic had assumed.

After the US and China, Japan is the world’s third largest oil importer and the top importer of thermal and liquefied natural gas. Although Japan no longer influences energy markets because it has moved away from oil, analysts warned that if Tokyo orders the rest of the country's reactors to shut down for safety checks, Tokyo's utilities will scramble for diesel and fuel oil, significantly increasing demand for crude, thermal oil, and liquefied natural gas. Any abrupt change in energy production, they said, could affect global commodities markets. [29]

***

Being a developing nation, Sri Lanka had hardly any impact on the global economic arena. But a look at efforts to rebuild livelihoods shows some of the challenges relief agencies may face in other disaster-stricken developing nations as well. In a needs assessment done by the Galle District Secretariat, among those needing help were masons, tailors, bicycle repairers, envelope makers, grinders, shoe/umbrella repairers, electricians, motor mechanics, sweets makers and other caterers, timber cutters, cinnamon processors, goods transporters, computer repairers, bakers, broom makers, gold and silversmiths, limestone workers, garage owners, lathe workers, those who make packeted drinks, photographers, videographers, drivers. The list goes on…. Petty traders, people who ran tea shops, bakeries, small hotels and restaurants, vegetable sellers, book sellers and textile sellers, lace and handloom textile makers, those engaged in wood, screw pine, batik, and other handicrafts, those producing copra, masks, Joss sticks, and cement blocks. Some were home-based businesses. Others may have worked out of a small roadside hut, a stall in the market place, or rented or owned business premises. Still others sold their wares – mostly fish, vegetables, and fruits – going about on bicycles or motorcycles.

The ILO estimated up to 270,000 of the jobs lost were in the micro, small, and medium- scale businesses and people had requested financial grants or loans, and tools and equipment such as bicycles, weighing scales, shelves, tables, chairs, show cases, refrigerators and other electrical appliances, sewing machines, and carpentry tools. The ILO estimated that if adequate aid and support could be mobilized fast enough for reconstruction, repair, and replacement of physical infrastructure and equipment, between 50- 60 percent of the affected individuals could earn a living by the end of 2005, and around 85 percent of the jobs would be reinstated in 24 months. So, focusing on affected areas and groups, and redirecting its on-going technical cooperation projects, the organization submitted proposals requesting $8.4 million on behalf of Sri Lanka in the flash appeals in Jakarta.

To revive livelihoods, the ILO urged employment-intensive infrastructure reconstruction or job creation strategies be incorporated into the humanitarian and reconstruction program. It also coordinated with the government to devise a strategy to enable a combination of income transfer mechanisms and rapid job recovery mechanisms. The Enterprise Development Ministry, estimating that over 15,000 micro-and entrepreneurial industries were affected by the tsunami, requested Rs.200 million ($1.7 million) from the Treasury to help the micro business people get back on their feet. The Ministry proposed to provide up to $250 (Rs. 25,000) for these businesses

in the form of soft loans over the next few weeks, and to bring them into the formal financial sector by providing funds through established banking institutions. But achieving these goals was quite a challenge because like in other non-western developing countries, most micro businesses in the island are unregistered informal domestic businesses. People engaged in such ventures have no connections to the formal business world of chambers of commerce, commercial banks, or insurance companies. Most build their businesses through years of sheer hard work using their talents, and with financial and other help from family members or friends. 

There were also people who lost their job to the tsunami indirectly, such as the young mother I met, who used to work at a garment factory. The sea destroyed her children’s school and killed her daughter’s friend. The children, fearing their parents would perish in their absence, refused to go to school and she quit work to accompany the children to school. With the loss of her income, these parents were struggling to make ends meet, but they were not eligible for tsunami-related government assistance. It seemed she could use her sewing skills to start a home-based business, but neither she nor her mother, with whom they were living, owned a sewing machine.

Before the tsunami, most small-scale business people were also not linked to formal financial institutions. I met several who lost well-established businesses, but after nearly three months had not secured help. For example, the waves nearly killed Pandu’s successful cottage industry producing coir baskets for packaging tea leaves for export. His workshop was located in the front yard of his home, about 130 meters inland. He had operated four machines, employed eight fulltime workers at the site, and also paid about thirty women to work part-time in their homes, weaving the rope. But when I visited him three months after the catastrophe, just two women were cleaning coconut husks, and an elderly man was running a machine, now held together with his own rope. Pandu could not afford the repair costs of the other machines and the motors of his water pump and truck that had ceased to work after the deluge. With production significantly reduced, most rope weavers were out of work. But his application for a loan of Rs. 300, 000 ($30,000) was rejected by the bank because he is not the sole owner of his home. 

Pandu was clearly depressed. “This is an up-and-coming business right now because the use of polythene bags by tea factories has been banned. I need new machines, but where is the money to buy them?” he said in frustration. “We can build back this village only if we give work to our people. Shouldn't the government and the banks consider all this before they refuse to give me money? But they are so wrapped up in their bureaucratic rules, they never even came to see this place,” he sighed. He had borrowed Rs.100,000 ($1,000) from a friend at 10 percent interest rate to rebuild his life and livelihood.

Pandu’s sunken eyes spoke volumes about the worries and frustrations he now had to combat every day. Aside from business worries, he was burdened with the insecurity of his children, all under age seven. "Our children are now so afraid of the sea they refuse to sleep at home. So, we have rented a room in a friend's house located inland and go there every night. But for how long can we go on like this? When I applied for the bank loan, it was also with the idea of buying a piece of land inland to build a home, but…."  His voice trailed into nothing. After a moment he said he would continue to apply for aid and asked for copies of the photographs I took, to provide visual proof with his application. I agreed gladly, and took a few more photos in the manner he specifically wanted. Thousands of families in the southern province engage in coir production and almost all in the coastal zone were in similar straits.

The Galle town is the south’s business capital. The Galle Merchants’ Association (Galle Velanda Sangamaya) estimated the deluge had completely destroyed about 400 business establishments in the city and partially damaged about another 800. The total financial losses were expected to exceed Rs.190 koti (krore) affecting over 1800 families. Most business owners lost goods they had acquired on credit from Colombo, and feared they would not be able to reestablish their businesses until they paid off their creditors. [30]

It was heartening therefore when a month after the tsunami, the Minister of Advanced Technology and National Enterprise Development announced the Suhasana loan scheme, set up with about Rs.5 b ($45 m) fund, to restore Small and Medium Scale Enterprises (SMEs.) Up to 85 percent of the estimated restarting cost or up to a maximum of Rs.5m ($43,000) would be given on loan, making it the highest loan amount made available under any refinance scheme up to that time. It was offered at a low interest rate of 6 percent, with a grace period of up to one year, and a repayment period of 3 to 8 years. [31]

The Central Bank requested that commercial banks accept any acceptable collateral such as acquisitions made from borrowed funds and credit personal guarantees and not look for land and buildings only as collateral. The minister also requested banks and trade chambers to set up help desks to support tsunami affected enterprises, assist applicants in preparing proposals, and to expedite the process so loans could be released within two weeks. Since a large number of small business enterprises had no prior relationship with banks, it was also decided to disseminate information at grassroots level. But these plans had not yet brought any relief to Amal who lost his furniture business because his block of land, his only asset, was situated in the newly declared buffer zone. 

In surveying other SMEs such as handlooms, lace making, pottery, and other hand crafted items, the German Chamber of Commerce found that in eleven tsunami-hit districts, 5,000 craftsmen had lost their tools. To get them back to work, Sri Lanka’s Federation of Chambers of Commerce and Industry commenced a number of programs within three months of the disaster, training local craftsmen in pricing, quality assurance, modern manufacturing techniques, and modern designing. The aim was to make them more competitive internationally since hardly any local craftsmen were aware of export strategies to attract international markets. As mentioned, a significant problem in providing assistance to SMEs was that they were not organized into a formal body and only a small percentage was registered with local government authorities. So, the Ministry of Small and Rural Industries also started registering small and medium scale industrialists to help them obtain benefits – a step that all developing countries should adopt before disasters hit, so reestablishing livelihoods would be easier if a similar situation arose in their countries.

Another problem that emerged as the government attempted to help rejuvenate rural industries was the digital divide. Sri Lanka’s People’s Bank launched a website in February 2005, aimed at industrialists, informing them about sustainable microfinance schemes for tsunami affected areas through its German-supported Rural Banking Innovations Project. It attempted to link microfinance practitioners and donors with tsunami victims, and to facilitate access to the website by a wider cross-section of the targeted group the website managers planned to make it available in Sinhala and Tamil as well. But the vast majority of rural Sri Lankans do not have home computers, easy access to the internet, or basic computer literacy, and the extent to which these efforts would succeed was questionable. 

*** 

The tsunamis also devastated agriculture and livestock in both countries. In Japan some 23,000 hectares of farmland were flooded with salt water. The spread of radiation to areas both north and south of the nuclear plants brought further disruption and devastation to farmers, when, beginning about two weeks after the disaster, the Japanese government halted shipments of raw milk from Fukushima and spinach from neighboring towns of Ibaraki, Tochigi, and Gunma. The agricultural and livestock sectors also suffered considerably when the US and Hong Kong banned imports of food, vegetables, and dairy products from the area surrounding the stricken plant and some European Union countries, including Germany and Britain, imposed extra checks for radioactive contaminants on fish, soy sauce, and other foods imported from Japan. [32]

In Sri Lanka, some 2,225 acres of rice paddies, 6,570 acres of agricultural land, 158 acres of fruit and vegetable land, and 4,100 acres of home gardens had been destroyed. For villagers, the loss of garden produce was a big problem. Besides yielding supplemental incomes, home-grown produce provides many villagers with their daily vegetables and fruits.

One victim I met in Hikkaduwa, a middle-class man named Ananda, lost his well-established ten-acre organic farm which had produced bountiful harvests of rice and a variety of fruits and vegetables he sold at the local market. The sea had swept him about a quarter of mile from his house and swept seventeen bodies, including that of his elderly uncle, onto his property, located about 140 meters inland. The two homes adjacent to his were completely destroyed. The beautiful 100-year-old ancestral home he shares with his eighty-year-old mother had suffered considerable damage. The water line on the walls showed water had risen about eight feet inside their home. The only relief for Ananda that morning was knowing his mother was safe at the temple. 

By the time I met them about two months after the tsunami, Ananda had done some repairs on his home, but the debris-littered organic fields were still a waste land. The salination of the soil had also killed mature fruit trees such as bananas, papayas, mangoes, and avacadoes, and all his vegetables. Some tall mahogany trees that bordered the farm on one side were also dead. 

But like most middle class tsunami survivors Ananda did not move into a camp or collect aid items that the generous public distributed for weeks. He and other neighboring families needed help to survive, however, so Ananda requested aid from friends working for an NGO and received 75 aid packages. But he said that was insufficient and I asked why he did not move into a refugee camp or collect aid items at least the first few days. Looking around the garden he said, “I had to remove dead bodies and clean up this place….You can see how much work there is still.”  

“Well, people are still distributing aid. Why don’t you go when the aid trucks come?” I asked.

“I don’t have time to wait in queues. Moreover, it’s a very humiliating process….Yes, I lost my farm, but I still have my dignity and self-respect,” he replied quietly. 

While some, like Ananda, chose not stand in aid lines to preserve their dignity, others did not get government-authorized aid for reasons beyond their control. During my visit a music teacher in a local school came to see Ananda. The home he and his wife rented was destroyed and they were now living in the home of a student. But the teacher had not received even the government-authorized grants. These included an income recovery grant of Rs.5,000 per month, a kitchen utensils grant of Rs.2,500 ($250) per family, Rs. 15,000 ($150) per victim for funeral expenses, and weekly food coupons or “ration cards,” to the value of Rs.375 per person. He was not eligible because recipients had to be registered heads of households of their villages to be eligible, and the teacher was a tenant from another area. 

There were other groups also in the same predicament. Sri Lankan households are often made up of two or three generations of family members, but only the head of the household was eligible for benefits. Disabled people as well as unmarried adults living with parents were also ineligible. An official at the Galle District Secretariat told me that this problem emerged because decisions about eligibility for benefits were made by people in Colombo without consulting village officials who could have informed them of the membership of affected households. 

Like Amal and Pandu, Ananda had no insurance coverage and like them, had invested all his savings on the business. At the time I met them none of these entrepreneurs had received any assistance to help them rebuild their enterprises, and the contributions they could have made in rebuilding their villages lay submerged in the tsunami debris. Helping entrepreneurs like these as soon as possible during the recovery period will enable disaster stricken countries to move forward because they possess the capacity and the desire to put more people back to work.

Looking specifically at post-tsunami Sri Lanka, Udan Fernando, a Sri Lankan university student in Amsterdam, and university lecturer, Dorothea Hilhorst, speak to the importance of looking at the nature of humanitarian actors, how different kinds of politics intertwine, and at humanitarian partnerships, when analyzing what happens on the ground with aid response. [33] In Chapter Six, Seven, and Eight, I examine these issues looking at a range of actors who were involved in helping tsunami victims to rebuild their lives, from the GNs to aid agencies to aid-giving nations.

  1. Financial Times. “Protect and revive.” August 5, 2011.

  2. Financial Times. “Distance from sea offers little insurance." March 25, 2011.

  3. “Sixth sense or survival instinct” in Sunday Observer. January 16, 2005.

  4. The role of natural signs of tsunamis in Tsunami Early Warning systems: lessons from Thailand and the literature. C.E. Gregg et al. Geophysical Research Abstracts, Vol. 8, 04272, 2006.

  5. “Women, children in camps vulnerable to abuse.” in The Island. January 4, 2005. See also “Another “Tsunami” in the night for displaced women and girls now living in camps.” (Sunamiyen avathen vi kandavuruwala sitina kathunta saha deriyanta retath “tsunami.) Lankadeepa, January 22, 2005.

  6. “Post Tsunami Fact Finding Mission to Galle by Shermal Wijewardene & Nimanthi Rajasingham in Options. Sri Lanka: Women and Media Collective. Vol. 36. 1st Issue. 2005.

  7. Divakalala, Cayathri. “26th December and after – In search of women’s narratives” in Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka: Retrospect and Prospect.

  8. Financial Times. “Protect and Revive.” August 5, 2011.

  9. Natural Disaster and Nuclear Crisis in Japan: Response and Recovery After Japan’s 3/11, edited by Jeff Kingston. Japan: Nissan Institute /Routledge Japanese Studies, 2012.

  10. Financial Times. “Protect and revive.” August 5, 2011.

  11. NHK World. “Sharing the World.” Aired on August 30, 2011.

  12. “What about the elderly?” in Sunday Observer. February 6, 2005.

  13. Daily Mirror, January 26, 2005. See also Sunday Observer, March 6, 2005.

  14. See “Changing demography of the post tsunami labor force.” The Sunday Leader, Feb. 6, 2005.

  15. The ILO statistics and programs in this chapter are drawn from The Sunday Leader, February 6, 2005. See “Changing demography of the post tsunami labour force.”  

  16. ibid. 

  17. Habaraduwa data was supplied by the Divisional Secretary of Habaraduwa.

  18. Bandara, Herath Madana. Tourism Planning In Sri Lanka Sri Lanka: Stamford Lake, 2003.

  19. The Island, December 31, 2005.

  20. “Sea food off menus amid fears fish fed on corpses.” Daily Mirror. January 3, 2005.

  21. article: “Impact of Fishers on Coral Reef Habitats in Sri Lanka.” Arjan Rajasuriya.

  22. Daily News, December 29, 2004.

  23. “Relief for country’s hard hit fishermen.” The Sunday Leader, February 27, 2005.

  24. San Jose Mercury News/Associated Press. “Workers halt flow of tainted water.” April 6, 2011.

  25. Financial Times. “Protect and revive.” August 5, 2011.

  26. “Sombre mood and radiation fears devastate fish industry.” Financial Times, March 26/27, 2011.

  27. Financial Times. “Service Sector in steep decline.” Aptil 9, 2011

  28. Financial Times. “Global groups’ supply chains face disruptions.” March 14, 2011.

  29. Financial Times. “World’s energy markets braced for supply switch.” March 14, 2011.

  30. Galle businesses lose Rs. 190 million as a result of the tsunami [Sunamiyen Galle Velenda Vyaparawalata koti 190 ka alabhayak.]  Lankadeepa, January 12, 2005. 

  31. Daily Mirror Financial Times.  January 26, 2005.  [Suhasana loans to restart businesses in tsunami-hit areas.]

  32. Financial Times. "Tap water alert deepens fears.” March 24, 2000.

  33. Eade, Deborah and Tony Vaux eds. Development and Humanitarianism: Practical Issues. Bloomfield, Kumarian Press, Inc. 2007.

Chapter Five: Capitalizing on Disasters

More than any other agent, it is the news media’s framing of events that influence people’s responses to disasters. By giving voice to IDPs, the media brought them much relief; but the voices of the GNs they accused of misuse of power were largely absent. This was understandable: tent dwellers were a new phenomenon in Sri Lankan society and their terrifying tsunami experiences and post-tsunami frustrations fed the public appetite for the sensational and the unique. By contrast, GNS’ accounts of their experiences would not attract an audience – even though the silence implied, whether true or not, they were guilty as charged. The media did make an exception, however when, unable to bear the verbal abuse heaped on them by some IDPs, two village officials, one in the south and the other in the east, committed suicide.  

Suicide may be the ultimate and the most tragic expression of the degree of trauma anyone suffers, but these deaths were all the more tragic because these officials were not direct victims of the tsunami itself. It seemed to me this extreme action by the two men cried out for justice for all GNs and I decided to talk to the village officials of the Habaraduwa division about the IDP’s allegations regarding aid distribution. The Habaraduwa Division is made up of 59 GN divisions, of which 29 were affected by the disaster. 18 officials had assembled at the Habaraduwa Divisional Secretariat Office when I got there for the meeting.

Since the tsunami hit with no warning, on a public holiday, and the GoSL had no Disaster Management Plan, the GNs said they got no assistance or direction from the Central government for a few days. So, working under the direction of the Government Agent (the head of the administrative district,) and with volunteer helpers, they “shouldered the responsibilities of rescue and relief operations.”  When central government intervention did start, the process became more of a hindrance than help they said, because “The government wanted all kinds of data and reports by midnight tonight, noon tomorrow, in two days.” This was a terrible burden because being on the lowest rung of the local government administrative structure GNs have no assistants to delegate work. They also have no computers, and officials wrote all reports and filled data sheets by hand. Amidst all this work the GNs also had to attend to the clamoring by tsunami survivors throughout the day. But unlike other relief workers, they seem to have got no respite for days because “Fifty, sixty people were waiting at home when we got back close to midnight, after checking the situations and relief distribution at various refugee camps.” Utterly stressed by the situation, two GNs I met said they came to work with letters of resignation, but did not submit them “because of moral and technical support from our colleagues.” 

Several officials have young children, and the parents were clearly distressed that they had no time to attend to their children’s needs for weeks after the tsunami. Work-related stresses had taken a physical toll on some officials as well. I met this group three months into the disaster, and five were being treated for gastric ailments their doctors attributed to the excessively stressful work environment of the post-tsunami period. Scratching his head, another described how sores developed on his scalp because he had no time to shower for more than a month. So, I was not surprised when I asked what recommendations they had should such a situation arise again, the group agreed unanimously, “It is essential that the government provides more trained personnel to share the work.” 

Listening to these GNs, it seemed they committed themselves 100 percent to help the IDPs and it was wonderful to learn that the GoSL recognized Habaraduwa Division as one of five in the island that provided outstanding service to IDPs. The news was especially significant because the Habaraduwa Divisional Secretariat building was also partially damaged by the deluge. The office lost its only computer and the Divisional Secretary, brought his home computer and borrowed another from a friend to compile the mountains of data the government required. He did such a good job disseminating information not only to the government but also to other relief organizations that a German group donated a new desk top computer to his office. 

I congratulated the GNs for the commendation they received from the government, but reminded them that tent dwellers still accused them of unfair aid distribution. The group acknowledged there may have been a few oversights at the beginning because the situation was so chaotic, but insisted nobody deliberately held back aid from deserving people. One said emphatically, “I can say no ralahamy in this district took any advantage of the tsunami. We all did everything possible twenty-four hours of the day! We were absolutely committed to doing what was right and I would go so far as to say that even the worst, the laziest ralahamy did his or her best to bring relief to the people.” 

“Then why do you think some are complaining that you did not give them what was due to them?” I asked. They replied that when the government allowed people to appeal if they did not get the monthly allowances, some IDPs saw an opportunity to exploit the disaster for their own advantage by making false claims. But they were not the only group. One GN said, “Everybody now thinks that if some water came into their gardens, they are entitled to aid. We know people with enough wealth who are running after this aid. People of high social and economic standing who lost nothing gave us so much pressure to get the government grants. A bank clerk told me that a doctor came to get the Rs. 5000. This is someone who can earn that much in a day!” I was inclined to believe what I heard. I was present when two middle class householders, whose homes were not damaged sufficiently to claim redress, discussed ways and means to do so. 

But accusations that officials pilfered aid by IDPs everywhere were not entirely baseless. Tilak Ranaviraja, Chairman of Essential Services, said mismanagement and corruption was evident in the distribution of the government-authorized short-term relief packages. He said about Rs.10,980 m ($96,000) had been earmarked to cover the costs of basic rations, funeral benefits, kitchen utensils, and resettlement allowance of the IDP; but that people who were not affected by the tsunami must have received ration cards because the number issued (963,000) exceeded the actual number of displaced people. [1]

Sarath Mayadunne, the auditor general, also confirmed that widespread corruption was detected in aid distribution, and that widespread misappropriation of funds was found in all tsunami affected regions. Although the exact percentage siphoned off was unknown he believed the numbers were large. He attributed initial problems to inefficiencies, the lack of proper systems and controls, and the fact that the abolishing of the registration of the Chief Householder System left no base document to identify families and individuals. “But” he noted, “Even after the emergency phase was over, the irregularities continued.” [2] The media also exposed numerous instances when donations ranging from generators to school supplies were stolen by relief providers during my initial period of research although I do not know whether or not any GNs I met did so. Australian aid organizations also reported $50 million missing from Indonesia’s post-tsunami reconstruction fund and believed government officials siphoned off the money. [3] 

So, it seems, the mountains of aid funds that are raised following disasters tip the normal behaviors of people towards deviance. In The Tipping Point, Malcolm Gladwell says “the best way to understand the emergence of fashion trends, the ebb and flow of crime waves….or any number of the other mysterious changes that mark everyday life is to think of them as epidemics. Ideas and products and messages and behaviors spread just like viruses do.” In post-tsunami Sri Lanka, a new virus, Capitalizing on the Disaster, had indeed begun to spread. And as shown below, it reincarnated itself in various forms and infected not only the people in the south, but also people in the north and the east, globally renowned relief organizations, NGOs and INGOs, the IDPs themselves, and even the world’s richest and the most powerful people. When tThe tsunami hit the country, the 2002 Cease Fire Agreement was still in effect. But as we see below, the LTTE and their international sympathizers also exploited the tsunami disaster for their own gain, thus creating conditions for the resumption of the war.

*** 

As mentioned, both the Northern and Eastern coastal areas fell victim to the tsunami, and following urgent appeals for relief and medical assistance from the LTTE to GoSL, ttruckloads of relief items from the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) left for the areas. But with roads ravaged by the war as well as the tsunami, trucks were driven at no more than 30 miles an hour and mostly at night, to avoid traffic. When destinations were inaccessible by road, the goods were airlifted. [4]

At the destinations, UN workers coordinated distribution with other agencies in the area, and published data shows that by March 9, 2005, the north and the east received 60 percent of the ration cards, and 16,368 metric tons of food, [5] while the south received 7,297 metric tons of food. Medical supplies and personnel, and various other relief items were also deployed to the north and east and Lionel Fernando, Chairperson of the Disaster Relief Monitoring Unit (DRMU) of the Human Relations Committee, confirmed in a personal interview that GoSL did all they could to help rebel helped areas. 

But as tremendous amounts of humanitarian aid started to arrive in the country, the LTTE, which by 2004 had its own administrative infrastructure in areas it controlled, insisted on partnering with relief organizations and carrying out reconstruction work in those areas. The government resisted their demands, relations between the two sides soured, and rebels and civilians in the north and east accused politicians of giving preferential treatment to the south. The GoSL in turn charged that among other things, the rebels were not allowing aid trucks to enter some places under their control and that they were hijacking relief trucks and distributing aid as their own. 

In the meantime, INGO efforts to capitalize on the disaster heightened ethnic tensions. These agencies traditionally describe themselves as nonpolitical and it is widely assumed that they remain neutral in conflict situations. But even before the tsunami, some INGOs were believed to be sympathizers of the LTTE and post-tsunami, they exploited the duty-free status the government declared for aid items, sending items such as helicopter parts, generators, bullet-proof vests, and communication devices to the rebels in the guise of tsunami aid. Consequently the government detained some six hundred containers in the port for inspection, causing enormous frustrations for relief providers and the tsunami victims alike, and eventually withdrew the duty free status from certain aid items.

This turn of events is to be expected because as anthropologist and disaster scholar, Anthony Oliver-Smith reminds us not only disaster risks, but disaster outcomes are socially produced. In other words, how post-disaster situations evolve is often determined by underlying social, economic, territorial, and political processes operating in specific locales because disasters are not simply material phenomena. When societies are already deeply fractured along ethnic fault lines, post-disaster problems become even more complex because the control of relief and reconstruction processes is subject to intense political pressure and manipulation.  While affecting large civilian populations, they bring into high relief pre-existing social interactions and power struggles as was seen in post-Katrina New Orleans too. 

In Sri Lanka, the politics surrounding the disbursement of aid and the control of people, land, and livelihoods, not only ended the interethnic solidarity that emerged soon after the disaster; they also created serious rifts between the president and her coalition partners. The most serious emerged when, pressured by the United States, the European Union, Japan, and Norway (co-chairs of the Tokyo Conference on Reconstruction and Development of Sri Lanka) the president agreed to share with the LTTE the $2.1 billion the international community committed for Sri Lanka. This agreement, known as the Post-tsunami Operational Management Structure (P-TOMS) [6] was challenged in court and was never implemented, but it pitted the president in a battle with her main coalition partner, the Janata Vimukti Peramuna (JVP,) with who she was already at logger heads over aid provision. 

The president was vacationing in Europe when the catastrophe occurred. Within hours the Marxist-oriented JVP, which has a well organized grassroots network, galvanized their cadres into action. Among other services, they built temporary shelters for all tsunami victims in Kirinda in the Hambantota district within a month of the disaster and organized very successful health camps for IDPs throughout the island. But their laudable action only made the president – who had no plan to deal with the disaster – look more inept and she accused the JVP of distributing the global aid the country received, under their party banners. The media provided plenty of evidence of how other political parties were also mobilizing themselves under their different banners for relief operations; how some politicians were jostling over prestige and brand imaging; how they were building independent power bases; and how they were linking relief work to the upcoming presidential, parliamentary, and local government elections. But these revelations made no difference to the president’s antagonistic feelings towards the JVP.

Things came to a head between her and the JVP two months after the tsunami when the president closed down the CNO and initiated three Task Forces to rebuild the country. Of these, the most important in the present context – the Task Force for Rebuilding the Nation (TAFREN,) functioning under the UN – was made up of seven sub-committees responsible for housing; fisheries and boats; power, telecommunication, and water supply and drainage; education; tourism; roads, bridges, and railways; and health. But it had no representation from the JVP, other coalition parties, or the Opposition; fishing, farming, and environmental sectors; disaster construction specialists and scientists; the majority of civil society groups, or IDPs. Instead, TAFREN comprised of a select group of people from among Sri Lanka’s most powerful business executives. The highest number was from the tourist sector. Executives from other industries and the banking sector, and a few civil society groups known to agree with the president, made up the rest. The reason for her selection appears below. At this point the JVP quit the government coalition, weakening the government and depriving the president of a working majority. 

While the people at the top were fighting among themselves, the IDPs, whose lives were in upheaval, continued to create turbulence in various parts of the country, claiming mistreatment by the government. What they did not know was that that it was not only local politicians, relief providers, and rebels who were responsible for the havoc in their lives. The hidden agenda of global powers out to exploit the disaster for their own gain was also causing the initial disaster to morph into many others, bringing more turmoil and long delays in the reconstruction process.

***

As we heard in the previous chapter, the most urgent need of the IDPs was to get permanent homes and most families, like disaster survivors in Japan and elsewhere, wanted to rebuild homes in former places of residence. But they were prevented from doing so by the president, who declared ‘buffer zones’ (100 meters from the median high tide water line towards the land in the south, and 200 meters in the east,) that was off limits to residents, as well as to people who had operated small business in those spaces. Instead, the GoSL offered financial assistance for those who had lived beyond the buffer zone to rebuild their homes, and promised to build new homes in safe locations for families who used to live in the buffer zone. By contrast, owners of partially damaged tourist resorts and other big hotels, even when they were situated right at the water’s edge, were allowed to rebuild if the structures were considered repairable.

The proposed replacement homes, designed by the government according to urban or village development plans and built by donors, offered more amenities to tent dwellers than they could ever afford on their own: unlike the small huts they used to live in, the new homes, costing an estimated $50,000 (about Rs. 500,000) per unit, would provide at least 500 square feet of floor space with electricity and running water. Health care and recreational facilities were part of the package as well. [7] But thousands of IDPs rejected the offer, and they as well as the general public widely denounced the discriminatory behavior of the government towards the bigger business owners. What accounted for this discrimination? 

The answer lies in a “Bounce Back Plan” developed for the tourist industry. Stating that “A twist of fate has provided a unique opportunity to transform Sri Lanka into a world class tourist destination” in the Tourism Master Plan, the government called for the combination of international marketing and promotion of the unique tourism attractions unaffected by the tsunami, with a rehabilitation and reconstruction program designed to fast track the development of world-class facilities in ‘popular beachside areas.’

These areas were located in fifteen zones, stretching from Kalpitiya in the west, and Wadduwa in the southwest, all the way through Galle and Hambantota in the south. But they had been home to fisher communities for centuries because as a near-shore fisherman explained to me, fishermen must live near the sea to carry out their livelihood. “We do not go to sea at set hours, come back with our catch, sell it, and go home for the rest of the day,” he said. “This is a seasonal occupation that lasts only a few months and we must make use of every possible opportunity to go to sea. To do that, we have to continually observe the sea to make sure the conditions are right for fishing.” 

Living near the sea is also important for fisher communities because beaches and harbors provide the large communal spaces they need to repair torn nets, and sea-going fishermen keep their boats and other equipment on the beaches, though they remove the engines of motorized boats and take them home to prevent theft. But not all can afford to hire vehicles to transport the engine; some carry it home themselves and the further they live, the more difficult it is to carry engines back and forth from the beach. Moving inland would mean a jobless future for a majority of fishermen also because many men drop out of school to learn their trade from their fathers or uncles at a young age, consequently most have no marketable job skills to compete in other areas because they are illiterate or have minimal education. And many of their wives, who supplement their husbands’ earnings by selling food and drink, dried fish, or other wares along the main road bordering the beach, would lose their income by relocating inland. So, why did the government declare the “buffer zone?” 

The Finance Minister explained the government’s decision was based on a deep sense of responsibility; in the best interest of the people and in good faith; that they reached the decision only after serious consideration of risks involved and after close consultation with the relevant experts and professionals; that it aimed particularly to protect women and children who had been the most vulnerable tsunami victims; that privately held lands within the restricted zone would not be taken over by the government, and that owners could put up temporary structures or develop coconut or other plantations on the lands. [8] What he did not say was that the heartland of the tourist industry is the beaches and that when the CFA was signed in 2002, international hospitality giants such as Starwood Hotels & Resorts had sought to develop these areas.

In The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism, Naomi Klein, award winning author, journalist, and filmmaker, documents how, following the signing of the CFA, the usual global economic players, most prominently U.S. AID, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund (IMF,) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB), began planning Sri Lanka’s entry into the world economy. The plan was to turn desirable beach areas into playgrounds for the ultra-rich, because as US AID raved, the beautiful beaches in the north and east that were yet to be covered with high-rises due to the long civil war, and the country’s abundant wildlife, its mountains dotted with the Buddhist, Hindu, and Muslim temples and holy sites, were all contained in a space the size of West Virginia. In their eyes, says Klein, Sri Lanka was one of the “last places left uncolonized by go-go globalization” and, 

…Precisely because of the enormous wealth created in the other outposts of deregulated capitalism, money would be no object when it came to enjoying the perfectly calibrated combination of luxury and wilderness, adventure and attentive service. Sri Lanka’s future, the foreign consultants were convinced, rested with chains like Aman Resorts, which had recently opened two stunning properties on the southern coast, with rooms going for $800 a night and plunge pools in every suite. [9]

In 2002, says Klein, the World Bank and IMF quickly offered loans to modernize the country’s infrastructure – a cost far beyond the reach of the government burdened by the war – in exchange for agreements to open the economy to privatization and “public-private partnerships.” And the United National Party (who was then in power and who liberalized the economy earlier) together with the global partners, drafted a plan called Regaining Sri Lanka. But the plan was never implemented. At the next general elections, the people voted into power the UPFA government made up of a coalition of center-left politicians who vowed to scrap the plan.  

But post-tsunami, the Master Plan’s Needs Assessment to rebuild the country was led by the World Bank and the Asian Development Bank, and funding nations such as the United States, Japan, and the European Union; and the president went back on the pledge she made to the people. She appointed the same politician/entrepreneur who was the prime advocate of the failed Regaining Sri Lanka plan to head TAFREN, declared emergency law to implement the buffer zone plan, and gave the central government the right to take back the powers of devolved government which included making decisions on housing and zoning matters in the districts. Klein notes that the Bush administration, seeing opportunities for the kind of reconstruction aid familiar from Iraq – awarding megacontracts to its own companies – backed the Task Force. U.S. AID launched a program to organize the Sri Lanka’s tourism industry into a powerful Washington-style lobby group. The U.S. Embassy launched the Competitiveness Program, an outpost mandated to advance US economic interests in the country.

Here then, the colonial policies were being reintroduced in a new guise. Instead of grabbing the land for free, the plan was to make the state an accomplice to the process. But again the country rose in protest. In addition to fisher communities and various others living and /or working in the contested zone, professionals and civil society groups banded together and one of these, the People’s Planning Commission for Post-tsunami Rehabilitation and Reconstruction informed the public of the real nature of the new plan: The proposed 15 tourist zones would have 62 new cities (12 large, 20 medium, and 30 small,) equipped with modern luxury facilities that will house not IDPs, but 200,000 others; near-shore fishermen will never be able to resume their livelihoods because the proposed new fisheries harbors, and the donations of huge trawlers – ear marked for destruction to prevent over fishing by the European Union in their waters – meant fishing would be done by large industrial trawlers operating out of deep ports; infrastructural development, including five new bigger and faster highways to facilitate transportation, would be built with aid from the European Union. 

The US government’s “Disaster Capitalism” is neither new nor limited to Sri Lanka. In her book, Klein provides case after case of how successive U.S. governments and the powerful lending institutions such as the World Bank, the ADB, and the IMF put into practice Milton Friedman’s free-market economic policies to harvest huge financial benefits from countries destabilized by wars or natural disasters. She observes that post-tsunami Thailand, Indonesia, India, and the Maldives all caved in to the Americans and imposed buffer zones to prevent villagers, mostly subsistence fishers, from returning to their old villages and that two thirds of Thai villagers who lived in the buffer zone are embroiled in land-rights cases. 

In the Maldives too, constituting a chain of some two hundred inhabited islands off the coast of India, former coastal dwellers lost their homes forever. Klein writes that, declaring tsunami survivors would get state assistance for recovery only if they moved, the Maldivian government removed them from their ancestral islands to one of five designated “safe islands.” This program was funded by the World Bank and other agencies and a year after the tsunami, the Maldivian government offered thirty-five new islands to be leased to resorts for up to fifty years, with no concern about “hotels built with precarious architecture on low-lying islands.” All this was possible says Klein, because “The World Bank and USAID understood something that most of us did not: that soon enough, the distinctiveness of the tsunami survivors would fade and they would melt into the billions of faceless poor people worldwide, so many of whom already live in tin shacks without water. The proliferation of these shacks has become as much an accepted feature of the global economy as the explosion of $800-a-night hotels.” 

In Sri Lanka too, the buffer zone plan won the approval of some powerful people. A few fisher families I spoke with liked the idea of moving inland for safety reasons, but the vast majority saw the plan as another tsunami that threatened their livelihoods. There were other reasons for the opposition too. A successful vendor of curios who lost his shop and home told me he opposed the plan not only because he would lose customers by relocating inland, but also because “If only big hotels are allowed to operate there, we (Sri Lankans) will lose our right to go to the beach because they will say that we are disturbing the tourists. Security guards carrying weapons standing in front of big hotels already makes it difficult for us to enjoy the beaches.” A UDA official confirmed that with the expansion of the tourist industry, beach accessibility was already a contentious issue before the tsunami.

The expansion of the tourist industry was unpopular for more reasons. In Tourism in Sri Lanka: The Social Impact one of Sri Lanka’s prominent sociologists, Dr. Nandasena Ratnapala writes that the public blames tourism wholly or partly for a host of social problems now afflicting Sri Lanka: increased prostitution and drug addiction, nudism, alcoholism, school absenteeism, and the gradual disappearance of traditional arts and crafts due to an emphasis on commercialized art forms. 

In declaring the buffer zone plan, the government also ignored the depth of people’s attachments to their ancestral homes and villages. The value of water front properties increased  tremendously due to the tourist industry, but I met land owners who refused to sell their properties even before the tsunami either because of emotional attachment or because it was their only unmovable economic asset. 

The UNHCR urged the government to rethink the new policy, pointing out that if people could not return to their old habitats, the ranks of the displaced groups could swell to unmanageable numbers. Other UN organizations also expressed concern that the government was violating the IDPs’ human rights by denying them the right to return to their former places of living. In the chaos, IDPs in the south started defying the government and rebuilding homes in their old places of residence within three months after the disaster. They told me that sympathetic locals and foreigners provided lumber and other building materials and money. Faced with protests from all sides, and stymied by the lack of government-owned buildable land inland, the president abruptly rescinded the buffer zone plan in October, 2005.

***

Sri Lanka’s Buffer Zone saga provides an important lesson for all developing nations: that in times of crisis, the richest and the most powerful people in the world will swoop down to grab their lands and their resources, and exploit their abject vulnerability to get even richer, with the cooperation of corrupt national leaders. Had they succeeded in Sri Lanka, not only would the public have lost their rights to freely enjoy their national heritage – as the CCD describes the coastal zone – there would have emerged a huge population of what Klein calls the “faceless poor,” with socioeconomic implications for the nation far worse than those created by the British when they grabbed the forests where the poor had cultivated their crops, because the world is a much more dangerous place today than it was in the 19th century. An example of the situation that would have emerged can be seen in the plight of 152 fisher families from Moratuwa in the southwestern province, who had been relocated about 500 meters inland. I was told about them by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, H.M.S Herat and his team of sub-inspectors (SIs) when I returned for follow-up research. The SIs had stumbled upon these families while looking into problems of truancy in the area. 

The relocation of these 152 fisher families so far inland made it impossible for the men to go to sea, and the SIs said that while a few older youth and men found occasional work as day laborers in a nearby wood shop, most men, with no other marketable job skills, simply hung around the camp. The women too sat around chewing wads of beetle leaf and gossiping because having got used to the rice packets people brought after the tsunami, they no longer cooked regularly, making do with something from nearby snack shops. Not surprisingly, the SIs said, spousal tensions were increasing and couples were getting separated.

The deterioration in health and hygiene among the people was also of great concern to the SIs. They said some tents and transitional shelters, erected less than two feet apart on a small grass patch, were occupied by ten or twelve family members. With no running water (water was delivered by bowzers regularly) and only temporary toilets shared by both males and females, the people were living in utter squalor. “You can’t imagine the condition of some of those shelters and toilets,” one officer said. “Once when we went they complained that the toilets had not been emptied for a couple of days.”

Relocating the group so far from their original places of residence had thoroughly disrupted the children’s education as well. Before the tsunami children had gone to school regularly and some had been high achievers. Now they were supposed to go to the nearest school but some schools were located too far for children to walk. And one SI said that, “Even when schools are near enough the children don’t want to go because teachers discriminate against them saying, ‘Oh, those are the tsunami children. They don’t even know how to speak in a civilized way. We don’t want them mingling with other children’.” 

With so many families living close to one another in a confined area and simply passing the time of day, morality among the people had broken down too. Before, when they lived in their own communities, delinquent behavior by a few would have had little influence on the majority in a village, an SI said. But now, illegal activities and delinquent behavior were spreading quite rapidly. “Young girls are subject to harassment and sexual abuse. But these incidents often go unreported either because of shame, their economic situation, or even because the victims don’t realize they have been abused….Selling and using marijuana and other drugs, consumption of illicit arrack, and gambling, are all becoming part of everyday life….Adolescent males skip school and earn some money painting furniture or doing other odd jobs, so they have money to gamble or spend on drugs. Drug peddlers can do their business in a minute or two because their customers are right there and adults pay younger children to be lookouts. That is quite effective because when we go, we don’t normally take note of the behavior of little children; we are looking out for unusual behavior among older people. So, children living in these camps hear and see things they should not, and learn deviant behaviors. There is no protection, proper nutrition, no guidance, for children.”  

The Deputy Inspector General of Police summed up the socioeconomic implications of the situation not only for these families, but for the country as a whole. “We have thousands of highly educated people in Sri Lanka, but until my SIs visited this group of IDPs nobody had gone to see if children who got displaced were attending school. The only role models for the children my SIs told you about are the adults around them. If the children’s education is not restored right now, they will pose serious social problems in the future because what is developing in these situations is the crime-ridden subculture found in Colombo’s slums. There are no gangs yet, but the conditions are ripe for their emergence.”  

***

To avoid the terrible outcome predicted by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, new permanent housing and the necessary infrastructure had to be built quickly so IDPs could begin to rebuild their shattered lives. As if to highlight the critical need for well built permanent homes, a tsunami warning was issued for March 26, 2005 – the third-month anniversary of the tsunami. The sea was extremely rough on the 26th but nothing happened that day or the next. On the 28th we were already in bed when the telephone rang. It was my landlady’s aunt from Colombo. There had been an earthquake off the coast of Sumatra and a tsunami warning had been issued. My landlady yelled for everyone to get up. The temple was already crowded when we reached it. But Mother Nature was kind this time; after a couple of hours the media announced no tsunami had resulted from the quake.

According to UDA estimates, 98,000 new permanent homes were required, and three months after the disaster, the Surveyor General’s Department had completed perimeter surveying in 5,000 acres for permanent house construction in inland areas. The UDA, which was responsible for allocating land to donors, had signed 100 Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) with relief organizations for 30,000 donor-driven permanent homes. Nearly three months after the tsunami the Treasury Secretary reported Sri Lanka received approximately Rs.9 b ($90 m). Of this only approximately Rs. 1.2 billion ($12 m) went directly to government accounts. The rest went to the UN agencies and other relief organizations. The accounting of the Central Bank more or less matched these numbers. [10]

Tony Vaux, former consultant to UNDP and other relief organizations, and the founding director of Humanitarian Initiatives which promotes exchange on conflict-related issues among practitioners, observes that, “The idea behind humanitarianism is that in extreme cases of human suffering external agents may offer assistance to people in need” and a Sri Lankan investigative journalist, Fredrika Janz, reported that a month after the disaster, an estimated 140 NGOs, of which only about 40 were local, were engaged in tsunami-related work in the eastern district of Amparai alone. So expectations that houses would be built quickly were high. But the media reported that in the first three months after the tsunami, not a single donor-driven permanent home had been completed, although donors who purchased land privately had done so. [11] 

The IDPs and the general public again vented their wrath on the GoSL for the delays in the construction of permanent housing. As mentioned, however, the role of the government was to provide technical support; suitable plots of land had been allocated to donor organizations, some of which were large multilateral organizations that had pledged to build multiple homes. So, what had they done over the three months? Where had the money gone in that time? In Rhythm of the Sea, Ramya Jirasinghe provides the answer: 


Many of these organisations (sic.) rented buildings above market prices in areas where they were working and created artificial rates in the real estate sector. They opened project offices, filled them with electronic equipment and duty free vehicles; spent their budget on relocation costs, salaries and offshore benefits of expatriate staff, and brought in local staff on salaries they will not receive in another job once the project was completed. The feeling among the (IDP) community is that the tsunami money meant for them is not being used fairly by some international agencies and charities. As a result, there is a tangible animosity among the locals towards them. 

Jirasinghe’s findings of the ways in which relief agencies spent excessive amounts of tsunami funds on enhancing their images, powers, and status were widely reported in newspapers, and repeated to me by several individuals. So in 2006 and 2007 I went to the Auditor General’s Department to verify allegations about INGOs importing what many said were duty-free luxury vehicles in the name of tsunami work. I could not obtain the official report of the Auditor General that was still to be presented to the parliament, but the four officers I spoke with on the two occasions confirmed various relief agencies “did import hundreds of duty free vehicles for tsunami relief work.” The government had allowed their importation on the understanding that after eight months the vehicles, identified by a special CR code, would be exported back, or that if they were retained, duty would be paid. But according to the officials, almost all organizations removed the CR sign and sold the vehicles. One official summed up their collective opinion. “INGOs got millions of rupees. But the ultimate result was an increase in consumerism; not aid or development.” 

What enabled these organizations to exploit funds that hundreds of thousands of local and global people donated in the belief that they will be used to bring relief to tsunami victims? While most NGOs and INGOs were registered under the Companies Act and therefore were accountable to the state, there was no mechanism to monitor funds coming into them, and no structure to monitor their services in the first year after the disaster. The situation became even more complicated because many brand new organizations mushroomed in the wake of the tsunami, and a whole glut of little-known groups arrived in the country.  But it was not only those groups who exploited the crisis for their own gain. In a series of newspaper articles Janz exposed how UN agencies and other long-established large organizations wasted millions of dollars of tsunami funds, for example, to import expatriate workers. 

Talking specifically about the UN, Janz writes that its agencies imported over 1,500 expatriate workers they classified as ‘experts’ or ‘volunteers.’ But she says that the ‘volunteers’ were actually paid relief workers who were accommodated in five star hotels; airlifted or driven in four-wheel-drive vehicles to tsunami affected areas; were paid a Daily Subsistence Allowance (DSA) in the range of $100 (Rs. 10,000) as well as a monthly remuneration packages of $5,000-6,000; and who were later joined by spouses, relatives, partners, and friends, all in the name of tsunami effort. [12]

The journalist says that when she interviewed the UNDP Chief about these payments, he confirmed the fact, but pointed out the DSA is reduced by half after expatriate staff completes a two-month stay in the country. However, says Janz, what he did not reveal was that “Many of the individuals take a break for a week or more after two months and return fresh for another two-month stint. Or, their friends are sent to reap the same financial benefits. Thus, there is no reduction in support costs.”  Consequently, she writes, “….27 percent of a flash appeal submitted by the UNDP in the aftermath of the tsunami seeking urgent aid for Sri Lanka will be fed back into the UN and its partner organizations to pay for coordination and support services.” [13] By contrast, Malini, a local counselor I spoke with, said her team of Sri Lankan medical personnel who went to several IDP camps in the south traveled at their own cost in non-luxury vehicles to minimize feelings of alienation among camp dwellers, and they did not get paid for services they provided the IDPs.

I met the UNDP’s country director to discuss these allegations. He justified the importation of ‘experts’ because they can arrive at the site within 24 hours. But among the ‘experts’ one UN agency imported, Janz lists a security officer, administration officer, public information officer, and procurement assistant – positions that Sri Lanka, with a large number of unemployed graduates proficient in English and Sinhala and/or Tamil, could have filled with ease. It would have also ensured more tsunami funds would have been used for reconstruction work. Most importantly, it is essential for relief providers to be knowledgeable about the societies and cultures for effective disaster management, as shown in Chapter Two. 

I also interviewed three local UN workers about these hirings and one said, “This is basically a good organization, but there are fundamental problems in areas of mobilization, project planning, project supervision, and project management. A big problem is the hiring of international experts and international consultants. They are paid $1,000-15,000 more than the local consultants with the same capacities. I call that mismanagement of tsunami funds. We have to mobilize and build on local capacities; it costs much less.” That the country also has dedicated  professionals fully capable of handling reconstruction work was demonstrated on the heels of the disaster when Sri Lankan engineers rebuilt the severely damaged rail system long before the deadline.

So, what is the real reason behind the UN’s importation of “experts?”  Vaux provides the answer. He says that in the Consolidated Appeals Process that UN agencies use to raise funds, the amounts requested are based not on an assessment of needs but on almost random bids by UN agencies. The percentage of an appeal being met by donors is used as an indication of whether needs are being met. Thus the practice provides only the crudest possible indicator of the relationship between global needs and responses, and the agency is of course not held accountable to host governments. To deal with the challenge of spending huge sums of aid donations in high-profile areas within a reasonable period of time, says Vaux, “Field staff are drawn from other programs. The opportunity cost of the tsunami disaster has been considerable.” 

According to Janz, other powerful and long-established agencies including the International Federation of the Red Cross (IFRC) and OXFAM also used tsunami funds to import expatriate staff and/or vehicles without fulfilling their pledges to build homes. In fact, the IFRC, which pledged to build 15,000 houses and was allocated land, was yet to honor the commitment seven months after the disaster, and the president threatened to give the allocated land to other organizations. Janz quoted IFRC’s Sri Lankan staff, who said the organization had become an employment generating agency for foreigners, most of who were having “a gala time” in Sri Lanka, without doing much for tsunami victims. [14]

***

Besides exploiting the tsunami funds, the policies and practices of many international Non-governmental organizations created many other problems. As Jeerasinghe observes, artificial rates in the real estate sector created by INGOs made it much harder for local groups to afford office space. It was reported that in the east, monthly house rentals reportedly went up from Rs. 15,000 to as much as Rs. 65,000, which placed NGOs at a huge disadvantage. There, the public also complained that principals and teachers in government schools were neglecting their duties to work for aid agencies for much higher salaries. A furious boss of a local NGO reportedly accused government agents of kowtowing to foreign aid workers and demanding that NGOs put hard cash on the table to get the green light to work in tsunami affected areas. In Hambantota, I heard of a conflict of a different nature: an NGO would not allow IDPs they had cared for move into transitional homes because that meant the end of their own funding. 

Pamela Lupton-Bowers says the importance of teamwork cannot be overemphasized in humanitarian assistance operations; but such cooperation does not seem to have been on the international INGOs’ agendas. While many INGOs came with a few million dollars already in hand, local NGOs had to wait until their appeals were approved by parent groups before they received any funds. While they waited, one Executive Director of an NGO accused INGOs of scaling down his operations by robbing his staff with offers of salaries three times what he could afford; of making huge promises to tsunami victims which many of them could not keep; and lacking transparency about their funds. 

Janz also reported that in Killionchchi in the north, a heated argument broke out between representatives of UNICEF and local NGOs, when UNICEF charged that local NGOs were too small to work with. Non-cooperation with local organizations appears to be the norm rather than the exception in other disaster-stricken places too, as shown earlier in an example from Haiti. 

It is also important to note that in tsunami-hit countries, adversarial relations and competition for money, power, and prestige, were not limited to relations between INGOs and NGOs. Vaux writes that the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC) which acts as a secretariat to national societies and generally takes a fatherly control of the overall process, was severely constrained by the policies and limitations imposed by the national Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies which “demanded respect for their sovereignty to the extent of excluding international responses” in post-tsunami Sri Lanka and India. Paul Farmer also observes that “When a stunning 9.9 billion of reconstructions pledges were made” for Haiti, “….Below the surface consensus, rifts began to appear regarding who would be in charge of the reconstruction dollars. The international financial institutions were vying for control, as were a few major donor nations and the UN…These tensions, though hidden away, were fierce….”

Jirasinghe identifies another problem that emerged as hundreds of faith-based organizations rushed to tsunami stricken areas. While many helped the survivors without ulterior motives, some engaged in proselytizing activities in the guise of aid, and, “In cases where faith-based organisations (sic.) have tied religious conversion of individuals to the decision of ‘who receives funding’, this communal animosity has, at times, spilled over into open violence.”

In Sri Lanka, inept assistance and/or disrespectful treatment by humanitarian agencies also posed health risks for IDPs. At one welfare center over 50 men, women, and children were hospitalized with vomiting and vertigo after consuming a variety of grain donated by an Asian donor agency. Hospital sources later discovered that the grain, which looked like the cashew nuts so common in Sri Lanka, should have been soaked for a day to rid it of toxins before consumption. But the local people did not know this and the donor agency did not provide instructions on how to prepare the food for consumption. I also read a news report that said some 5,000 packets of pet food had been donated by an INGO to the IDPs in the Hambantota district. Most people, seeing pictures of cats and dogs on labels, had not eaten them but those who did had developed nausea and diarrhea, and the Chief Public Health Inspector seized the remaining stocks. I also saw some canned food that had been distributed in the Habaraduwa district that looked suspiciously like pet food, but identification of the product or its origin was impossible because the labels had been removed before distribution. 

The many problems revealed above presumably emerge because humanitarian organizations do not share compatible mandates, analyses, priorities, or ways of working. But Vaux says most generally take as their badge of honor the principles of humanitarianism laid out in the Red Cross Code of Conduct (IFRC 1994) and the Sphere Charter (The Sphere Project 2004.) 

The Sphere Project was created by a group of humanitarian non-governmental organizations and the International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement. The Sphere Handbook, containing “the most widely known and internationally recognized set of standards for humanitarian response” has been translated into more than 40 languages. The project’s website says that, 

(The) cornerstone of the Handbook is the Humanitarian Charter, which describes core principles that should govern humanitarian action and asserts the right of disaster-affected populations to life with dignity, protection and assistance. A series of Core and Minimum Standards are based on best practices in the sector. The Core Standards pertain to the planning and implementation phases of humanitarian response. The Minimum Standards refer to four sets of life-saving activities: water and sanitation; food security and nutrition; shelter and non-food items; and health.” 

Vaux says that The Sphere project has profoundly influenced humanitarian agencies, but that its impact has fallen short of its lofty aims because, “Donors never committed themselves to ensuring that Sphere Standards will be met, and they have been able to shrug off responsibility for failure by blaming each other. The emphasis on relief responses and technical standards has tended to reinforce a minimalist approach focused on saving lives, rather than tackling the causes of problems and dealing with them in sustainable ways.” 

We have seen the many adverse social consequences caused by this failure. It took yet another form in the southern province, when it enabled tent dwellers themselves to capitalize on the disaster for their own gain, resulting in arguments and fights between IDPs and further fragmenting already fragmented communities. Poor people who lost homes inland complained to me that tent dwellers living by the main road of prevented aid items from reaching inland and that they took everything for themselves. A UDA official confirmed this allegation. She said, “To tell you the truth, some IDPs now have more household goods than we do. They own twelve or thirteen mattresses. Some have three coconut scrapers and we all know a family needs only one. Now their problem is where to store the stuff since they cannot keep everything in the tents! But we did not see such behavior soon after the disaster. When Sewa Lanka distributed kitchen utensils worth about Rs. 3,000 people made sure those who really needed them got them. But when truckloads of aid started coming their attitudes changed. People started to grab as much as they can. Some people still keep their tents by the side of their transitional homes to collect aid and reporters who don’t know the situation write about them, so people still bring aid.” 

Competition for aid resulted in conflicts not just in my neighborhood. Once I was returning to Galle from Colombo after a short visit home, and asked the driver to turn into the site of the train tragedy for another look. Just as I got down from the vehicle, men and women started yelling and screaming about fifty yards away. Within minutes four or five men ran into nearby huts – temporary homes built for them – and came back with knives and batons. Fortunately, no one got cut or stabbed because a few women, screaming and wailing desperately, pulled the men away from each other. The violence subsided, though the argument continued. What was the fight about? From what we could discern, it was ignited by some people accusing others of taking more of the cooking oil distributed that morning. 

In the final analysis, attempts to capitalize on tsunami aid reveal our commonality as members of the human species. Regardless of our skin colors and social status, regardless of how powerful and rich we are, or where we come from, we are all vulnerable to various desires. And when confronted with seemingly unlimited amounts of material wealth and opportunities for enhancing power, prestige, and status, some people fall victim to their desires regardless of the circumstances that led to the wealth in the first place. We see this again in the next two chapters, in which I document my findings on the reconstruction of houses and the rebuilding of livelihoods in Sri Lanka and Japan a year after the disaster.

  1.  “Ration cards issued in excess of tsunami affected persons.” Daily Mirror. March 9, 2005.

  2. Press Trust of India News, September 25, 2004.

  3. “Wave of corruption” by Mark Dodd and Stephen Fitzpatrick. Australian, April 24, 2006.

  4. “Getting aid from the warehouse to the homeless in Sri Lanka. Financial Times. January 22, 2005.

  5. Daily Mirror, March 9, 2005.

  6. Jirasinge, Ramya Chamalie. Rhythm of the Sea. Sri Lanka: Hambantota District Chamber of Commerce, 2009.

  7. Information from government notices supplied by the Urban Development Department of Habaraduwa. 

  8. Sunday Observer, March 20, 2005.

  9. Klein, Naomi. The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism. New York: Henry Holt and Company, 2007.

  10. The Sunday Times. March 20, 2005.

  11.  See The Sunday Leader. March 27, 2005.

  12. The Sunday Leader, February 13, 2005; April 10, 2005; April 24, 2005.

  13. Ibid.

  14. See “International Red Cross staff gagged.” The Island, Online edition.  Aug. 30, 2005.

Chapter Six: New Structures, New Homes, New Villages

Professor Hitoshi Miyazawa writes that 115,000 homes suffered complete or partial collapse in the 2011 earthquake in Japan, 80 percent of which were situated along the Pacific coast of the Tohoku district. 30% of the damages occurred in the southern part of the Sanriku coast area, where many built-up zones that had developed in the bay head areas such as Shizugawa of Minamisanriku and Rikuzentakata in Iwate were completely destroyed. Slightly more than 40 percent of the damaged or destroyed homes were located in the Sendai Bay area. [1]

 As the first anniversary of Japan’s disaster approached, NHK reported little progress has been made in the recovery and reconstruction processes. [2] Some 340,000 IDPs still live in transitional homes or with relatives; businesses and industries are yet to be rebuilt; and only about 6 percent of the more than 22 b. tons of the debris has been removed. A Disaster Safety and Recovery expert interviewed by the national broadcaster also observed he had never seen the recovery process creep along so slowly anywhere else. “In this kind of project, process of getting started is especially important….debris must be cleared as quickly as possible and life lines, such as roads, must be restored quickly…. I think our society has failed to get adequate support for affected areas” the expert said. So, in the country that is best equipped to deal with complex disasters, what explains the snail-pace of the recovery process? To find out, we must look at social, environmental, and economic factors, the nature and scale of the disaster, and also what appears to be short-sighted political decisions.

The debris remains, says NHK, because other prefectures have taken as much as they can, and the affected region must build incinerators within their bounds to dispose of the rest. Recovery and reconstruction has been slowed by national budgetary problems also. Eight months passed before Prime Minister Yoshihiko Noda’s government announced a $234b budget for the work, which will be spent over the next five years. But Japan has been stuck in deflation since the mid 1990s and the gross state debt is more than 200 percent of gross domestic product, so when monies will be released is uncertain. [3] As told by Jim Sato, mayor of Minamisanriku, to Alex Thomson of Independent Television News, this uncertainty about how much and how soon funds will come from the central government is causing some towns to proceed cautiously. [4] 

In Minamisanriku, the tsunami engulfed the town center, destroying the municipality office, the main shopping area and its seven shopping centers, and even the three-storey Disaster Control Center, killing scores of town officials who had rushed up to its roof. The plan for reconstruction includes input from residents, and its completion is estimated to take 10 years. It calls for the rebuilding of the town in a safer location inland, residential areas and other facilities to be relocated on the surrounding hills; the commercial district to be raised from the fishing docks; and for more evacuation centers with wider access routes so people can escape faster from future tsunamis. Minamisanriku is described as a microcosm of the challenges facing the entire area; other badly devastated towns like Rikuzentakata, also face similar challenges and timeframes in reconstruction work. [5]

The nature and scale of the projects are no doubt extremely challenging, but considering the seriousness of the situation and Japan’s wide-ranging experiences with disaster recovery, one might have thought the prime minister would quickly appoint suitable officials to take care of the recovery process. But it took him almost a year to create a Reconstruction Agency. Headed by the Reconstruction Minister, it has the headquarters in Tokyo and three bureaus in Miyagi, Iwate, and Fukushima. With a life span of 10 years, it is mandated to develop rebuilding policies, hand out grants, create special deregulation zones, and give tax breaks. About 250 personnel from various government agencies now work for the Reconstruction Agency, which will oversee the rebuilding of the devastated areas as well as the revitalization of the Fukushima Prefecture. 

The Disaster Safety and Recovery expert believes the agency should have been set up in one of the affected areas, with the minister stationed there all the time, so he can communicate and consult with the residents on a daily basis and make quick decisions based on their needs and   standpoints, and be flexible with guidelines. That he is right is shown by the fact that the agency seems to be making decisions with little consideration for the realities of the IDPs’ situation: Sato told Thomson that recovery and reconstruction is also delayed because Tokyo officials are lumping the natural and the manmade disasters together, although the vast majority of tsunami affected towns and villages are not in the vicinity of the stricken nuclear complexes, and unlike the nuclear crisis which is still on-going, the tsunami was a one-day event. 

So, the lives of the IDPs continue to be in turmoil, and the future looks bleak for other reasons too. Under the master reconstruction plan, the national government will bear the cost for cutting through the hills and developing relocation sites, and will also purchase land affected by the tsunami. IDPs are responsible for purchasing plots and rebuilding new homes. But as told by NHK, when people gathered for a briefing on the plan from the town office, money problems came to the forefront. 

The IDPs requested a place where everyone could live together while staying close to the sea and officials offered them a choice of two upland sites. But they will be ready only in about 10 years and in the meantime, the IDPs must leave transitional homes after two years and find alternative accommodation on their own. They do not know when the government will evaluate their devastated lands or how much the newly developed land will cost. They are not eligible for house building subsidies until they start the building process, and most are still unemployed because the infrastructure is yet to be rebuilt. A fisherman, who is sustaining his family of six with a part time job and his savings, voiced his predicament, common to many. “It might cost up to a million dollars to replicate what I was doing before the disaster. That would leave me with no way even to consider rebuilding my home,” he said, adding that unless he can get back to fishing, he will have to pack up and find work elsewhere. This was no idle threat: A survey released in February showed about 40 percent of families who survived had left the area, were planning to leave, or were considering it.

Thus, it is no longer the younger people who are moving to other areas in search of work.  And for the middle-aged survivors, the prospect is frightening because all they know is the traditional way of life and livelihoods of the Tohoku region and they must now learn new skills, including fitting into other regions that have changed with times. This was revealed to an NHK reporter by a couple planning to move out of Ishinomaki in the Spring, when the husband’s unemployment benefits run out. “I’ve lived all my life in Ishinomaki. The idea of moving out makes me worried. I cannot imagine what our future will be like,” the wife said. Her husband said that the inability to use his decades of experience in fish processing, a job he enjoyed, and having to develop new job skills, is a big dilemma, but the bleak future in his hometown leaves them no choice but to move. 

In the immediate aftermath of the disaster, the world was struck by the resilience of Japanese survivors; but faced with the long delays in recovery and reconstruction, and with families and communities breaking up as people move out of the area, that seems to be slipping. Of course, not everyone has lost that resilient spirit as we see in Chapter Eight. But as shown in Chapter Nine, the elderly people left behind have begun to give up and are succumbing to physical and psychological illnesses. So, it is imperative that the Reconstruction Agency accelerates the reconstruction process to prevent those who can contribute to the area’s revitalization from leaving, as well as to help the elderly survive their predicament. Officials must take care of the elderly who are left behind because as this study shows, recovery and reconstruction is not only material; the process applies to the rebuilding and restricting of shattered lives as well. Moreover, helping the elderly will help the agency because they possess a great deal of knowledge about their natural environment that officials may find useful as they proceed with the work. 

A year after the disaster, Japan is still grappling with the aftermath of the nuclear accident too. Six months after the accident Prime Minister Noda informed a UN meeting that steady progress was being made in bringing radio activity under control, and that engineers were attempting to achieve a cold shutdown by the end of the year – earlier than initially scheduled. But decommissioning the plant is expected to take 40 years and a year after the accident, NHK reported 60,000 households and many businesses are still displaced, with no knowing if and when they can return to their places of origin. There is no question that TEPCO must compensate them adequately so they can move on.

TEPCO said it took six months to produce a compensation program because it was not prepared to deal with an accident of this nature and scale and needed to decide what sort of damage would be compensated. Paying out claims running into trillions of yen is also be problematic because Japan had not placed a cap on payable compensation and the company does not have sufficient funds. The law allows government to help out in a case like this but there are no specific guidelines for the process. 

When the company finally issued claim forms, the product turned out to be a manual of some 156 pages that IDPs find next to impossible to complete. They must categorize all expenses such as relocations costs, psychological distress, and costs for radiation testing, but most give up in frustration and it is not as if they are not looking to get rich on compensation. As one evacuee, who used to run a Western-style tourist inn and is now working in a construction site which leaves him physically exhausted says, “We are just living day to day. I am not asking for a better life. I just want to make progress in the compensation process so that we can live a stable life.”

But as NHK says, TEPCO seems to have paid no attention to the hardships it caused the evacuees when designing the compensation application. A company representative explained the forms are long because the company wants applicants to record all items for which they deserve compensation, but their actions don’t match their worlds. The company would not revise the manual to help applicants file their claims; instead it assigned 6,500 staff members to help the applicants – who are now scattered across Japan. Furthermore, even if they manage to submit applications, the IDPs do not receive compensation for all the losses the company wants them to list. For example, NHK reported that a farmer, who remodeled his home located 10 km from the Fukushima Daiichi plant at a cost of about $40,000 shortly before the disaster, and was forced to abandon both that and his farm, was paid only about $44,000 in compensation. TEPCO turned down his request for compensation for the house and the land saying the government plans to regroup the evacuated areas according to levels of radiation, and since the value of real estate will be determined by how soon residents can return to the locations, it is waiting for the outcome of the government review.

 According to NHK, TEPCO receives more than 3,000 daily inquiries about how to fill compensation claim forms, and to help mediate the process, the government established The Center For Settling Disputes Over Nuclear Accidents, which received over 800 applications in the first six months. But NHK says that many IDPs are now reluctant to apply for compensation because they will be paid less if they start new jobs. This may make economic sense for the government, but both the government and TEPCO seem to have forgotten the ‘dana’ ideal towards their own citizens, and seem to ignore the fact that it was they who tore the IDPs’ lives apart. IDPs’ only fault – if it can be called a fault – was being poorer than the rest of the society.

Unlike in Japan, in Sri Lanka, house construction was in full swing when I returned for follow-up research a year after the disaster. But as will be shown, progress was mixed and I hope the following data and analysis will provide insights that will help to avoid costly mistakes in terms of money, time, and effort to other nations who may face the challenge of urgently relocating IDPs. In a world where an international panel of climate scientists predict the occurrence of more severe and frequent deluges, heat waves, and droughts resulting from global warming, [6] more and more countries will surely face the problem in the coming years. 

***

In my research site, the rubble was largely gone a year after the tsunami. Along the beach front some houses were being repaired and new ones were being built because after the GoSL relaxed the controversial buffer-zone law and reinstated the pre-tsunami range of 35 to 50 meters stipulated in the 1997 Coastal Conservation Act, IDPs who had lived within 100 meters were given the option of returning to former places of residence or relocating to homes built by donors in safer areas. Those who had lived beyond the stipulated zone were eligible for owner-driven house building cash grants as well. 

So, rebuilding had begun in earnest, but with an estimated 98,000 permanent homes needed, thousands of families were still living in transitional shelters. These were wooden huts that afforded the occupants about 200 square feet of living space and they were a step up from the tents. But people said they felt insecure living in the huts and that during the monsoons some had leaked when it rained while some had lost their roofs in the storms.

In the year gone by change had occurred structurally too. The government had created new agencies and policies to reduce corruption and other problems, and to increase productivity among those engaged in reconstruction efforts. To improve coordination among the organizations engaged in reconstruction work and to monitor their progress, the Tsunami Housing Reconstruction Unit (THRU) had been created. To consolidate services and needs of the reconstruction and development work, and to coordinate and facilitate the work done by all stakeholders, the Reconstruction and Development Agency (RADA) had been created. And to ensure that the reconstruction process progressed smoothly and efficiently in areas devastated by the tsunami as well as the war, the government and developmental partners supporting the reconstruction effort had endorsed eight Guiding Principles. [7]

I will now define the Guiding Principles, and use them as the analytical framework in this chapter, in which I look at the reconstruction of homes, and in Chapters Eight, where the focus is on the reconstruction of livelihoods.

The Guiding Principles:

  • Equity: Local and international donors should be guided by identified needs and local priorities, without regional, ethnic, gender, political, or sector based discrimination. The recovery process should strengthen the peace process and build confidence, and the reconstruction process should be sensitive to the impact on neighboring unaffected communities

  • Subsidiarity: Reconstruction activities should be decentralized as much as possible by designing and implementing at the lowest competent tier of government. Aim is to ensure that rebuilding activities progress without compromising efficient implementation and quality of output, and with minimal delays of execution, by enabling locally appropriate solutions, participation of sub-national structures, capacity building, and strengthening different levels of governance and civil society

  • Consultation: Consult affected communities about their mid and long-term needs, engage them in decision-making and in reconstruction activities, and when intervening, respect local religions, culture, structures, and customs

  • Communication and transparency: Must be ensured at all levels by the government, donor agencies, and I/NGOs in decision-making and implementation. This refers to policies, entitlements and procedures, and resource use and there should be zero tolerance of corruption

  • Reduce future vulnerabilities: Reconstruction should achieve this by adopting a multi-hazard risk approach

  • Analysis of individual interventions: Interventions should be assessed for prospective impact on peace and conflict, on gender, on governance, and human rights regarding the distribution of aid across geographic regions and ethnic communities

  • Debt relief: revenues resulting from debt relief should demonstrably benefit tsunami victims

  • Coordination: Efforts between all relevant stakeholders needs to be coordinated to maximize benefits and prevent duplication

All actors involved in reconstruction efforts were expected to adhere to these Principles, but it was not mandated and my visits to some donor-driven housing sites in the Galle and Hambantota districts, as well as data given to me by the chairperson of the DRMU of homes built in the Matara and Hambantota Districts, showed significant variations in how people adhered to them. Besides this fact, as shown below, logistical problems of building in previously uninhabited areas without proper planning, the speed with which homes were completed, and various failures on the part of government officials resulted in a good number of homes preventing their occupants from resuming normal lives or even beginning new lives in those homes. 

In the Galle district, I visited four housing projects in the Habaraduwa Division with the DS. On our way to the first new village where homes were being built by an INGO, Kurier Aid Austria, we drove past a fairly large hill. “We planned to level that hill for 40 houses Kurier Aid was going to build,” he said. “But the buffer zone law delayed the process so much that the agency purchased land on their own in another area and started building, so we need to build only about fifteen homes on the hill. Kurier Aid is one of the larger agencies helping us and they are doing very good work, working with us to build in very difficult locations” the DS said warmly, indicating that the agency was generally fulfilling the expectations of Subsidiarity. His words were echoed by other local government officials. They were all glad Kurier Aid was also building on another site they purchased in the Habaraduwa Division, and in government allotted land in Galle and Hikkaduwa.

When we arrived at the construction site, I saw the agency had also taken precautions to reduce future vulnerabilities. The lot, though located about 300 meters inland, was almost at sea-level. Work on 24 two-story twin houses of a targeted 140 was well under way and the homes were being built on three meter high concrete columns. The living quarters were located on the upper level and only the kitchen and an open veranda were located in the lower level. So, in the event of another tsunami that did not exceed the height of the last one, the sea would rush under the homes rather than through them.

A UDA official said Kurier Aid was building the homes according to the plan they and the CCD recommended after studying the heights of tsunami waves in the area, but that other NGOs and INGOs opposed it because it increased construction costs. They may have objected also because as Sunil Bastian, a Sri Lankan political economist and development consultant says, aid agencies respond to disasters based on a particular understanding or interpretation of the phenomenon. [8] That is, they treat disasters as isolated events, without considering the interrelationships between a natural phenomenon and society, and when that is the case, says Bastian, the focus is on restoring infrastructures and livelihoods as soon as possible, thus replicating the conditions that made those structures vulnerable to the disaster in the first place. Kurier Aid, on the other hand, seems to have considered the interrelationship between the natural phenomenon and society, as advised by Kengo Kuma and other architects and planners.

Samarasekere said the twin-houses I saw would be occupied mostly by fisher families. I asked about the selection process. “Houses are assigned through a lottery scheme,” he said. “We interview applicants together with the donor agency. We are not biased towards any family and they relocate voluntarily. And because these are twin houses, lottery winners are free to exchange their house with someone else if they want to live next door to a friend or relative.” His reply indicated that they were making an effort to fulfill the guidelines of equity, consultation, communication and transparency. But some IDPs believed that some GNs favored people known to them in matters of housing. When I raised this concern with a UDA official he said, “In Habaraduwa district, we use the data supplied by the GNs. I believe all the houses that were destroyed or damaged were examined by another team of people before their claims were processed. Still, it is possible some favoritism may have happened because there was no committee to check on data gathered by the GNs. If such a precaution had been taken unfair practices could have been avoided, but because of the emergency situation, that could not be done.”  

The second housing scheme we visited that morning was Sumithuru Gama (Friendship Village). The 30 homes there had been constructed by the Joint Organisation (sic) for Kolonnawa National Disaster Relief Services, with monies given by local and foreign donors. Each 550 sq. ft. home, stood on 9 perches. A new community hall, a small Budu Medura (Shrine to the Buddha,) and water and electricity supplies were all in place and families had begun to resettle in November, 2005.  

We went into two homes in Sumithuru Gama. In the first one, an elderly woman and her adult daughter were comfortably settled because the donor agency had also given every family two beds, a cupboard, dining table and chairs, a gas cooker, and other kitchen utensils. Being one of the first homes to be completed, however, this one had a roof of corrugated sheeting and lacked a ceiling. But those built later had ceilings and tiled roofs which made the homes much cooler during the hot afternoons.

In the next home a resident complained that the water in the tube well tasted of oil and mud. The DS told her that tube wells were a temporary measure and that a proper water service would be supplied in due course. He was keen to find out if any trouble had broken out in the new village because families resettled there had originated from several villages, and he had already had to cope with opposition to the resettlement of fisher families among other groups in some newly created villages. While one reasons for the opposition is caste differences, Dulini Perera, a doctor who takes care of fisher families provided other reasons. She said there is a higher incidence of alcoholism and domestic violence in fishing communities; that with many mothers working as domestic workers in the Middle-East, the children are often left in the care of relatives when their fathers go to sea thus compromising their health, hygiene, and education; and that there is a higher incidence of disciplinary problems among children from such families since they grow up without consistent supervision.  

So, achieving equity was problematic not only because some relief providers are partial towards affected people, but also because survivors themselves discriminate against people from diverse socioeconomic backgrounds. Therefore, says S.T. Hettige, when people who are suddenly and violently torn from their traditional communities and resettled in new villages, there is a critical need for community building efforts among such groups. [9] Neglecting such efforts, he points out, results in affected families competing rather than cooperating with each other to overcome their individual and common problems, leading to intra-community disputes and conflicts. 

But it seemed such problems had not arisen in Sumithuru gama; when Samarasekara asked the woman if there have been any conflicts between people one of the women answered, “Oh no, there haven’t been any problems. Everyone gets along with one another.”  “So, the fact that these are twin houses which may be occupied by two families from different villages has not become an issue?” Samarasekara persisted.

“No. In fact, all the villagers are now planning a collective dana on December 27 for everyone who died in the tsunami,” she said. And then, validating Hettige’s observation, she said that the chairman of the donor agency visits periodically and advises them to perform their religious rituals and to live in harmony. 

“That is very good to know,” the DS said, obviously relieved. Turning to me he said, “When I came two weeks ago, there was a wedding in one of the homes and everyone seemed happy about it. The IDPs had been unable to do these things, but now their lives are getting back to normal.” The smiling women nodded. 

But while Sumithurugama appeared to have averted communal problems, Hettige points to other places in the south where conflicts had arisen because some families and external agencies concentrated on fulfilling household and individual needs, neglecting community issues such as the environment, sanitation, and community participation. Why did this situation emerge when the Guiding Principles emphasized equity and community consultation and participation in identifying the needs of the IDPs? 

Malathi de Alwis and Pradeep Jeganathan, two Sri Lankan social anthropologists observe that categories like ‘community,’ ‘representation,’ ‘consultation,’ ‘empowerment,’ ‘capacity building,’ ‘good governance,’ and ‘participation’ have become naturalized in aid discourses and practice produced by INGOs and their local partners. However, as they show in insightful essays, these practices often inflict more wounds on already wounded communities by restructuring them in divisive ways reminiscent of the colonial legacy. For example, talking of ‘consulted communities’ Jeganathan writes, "It is not only that one community can have many voices, it is also that many voices may be unarticulated. But, in the discourses of community consultation that dominates descriptions of INGO Aid practice, the ‘community’ and the ‘consulted community’ appear to be synonymous." In Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka, [10] which looks at how disaster relief and recovery efforts unfolded in a culturally pluralistic political landscape, that is among Sinhala, Tamil, Muslim, and Burgher communities, Dennis B. Mcgilvray and Michele R. Gambourd also reveal how the reconstruction process was hampered by political patronage, by the competing efforts of hundreds of foreign human organizations, and by the on-going civil war.

Just a few meters away from Sumithuru Gama, Hampton Village was coming up. This project was the work of a Sri Lankan doctor and other donors in England. His target group was middle class people who had lost their homes. The fifty detached homes here were bigger than those I already saw and beneficiaries had to meet minimum standards in educational qualification and employment status, and have a family size of no more than five members to receive one of them. 

The donor was able to stipulate these and other conditions because he purchased the land himself. When homes were built on state-owned land, donors received the land free and ownership of homes was transferred to the heads of the resettling household with the single condition that they could not transfer homes to non-family members. At Hampton Court, recipients were given homes on a five year lease, after which they were eligible to apply for ownership if they had resided in the homes without a break of more than three months during the first five years. Applications for ownership would be reviewed by a Welfare Society, already formed from selected members of the 32 resettled families. 

Besides better housing, Hampton Village offered other benefits and privileges to its occupants. Based on their incomes, each family would contribute up to Rs.1,000 to the Welfare Society. 50 percent would be used for village maintenance and the rest would go towards a benefit fund for the villagers. They were also getting a computer center, and six of the fifty homes would be reserved for families that would come from England to teach residents computer skills, English, and crafts. A memorial dedicated to tsunami victims was being built in the compound and shady trees and seating around it would provide a space for quiet reflection and meditation. In 2007 I visited a family originally from Talpe who had resettled in Hampton Village and they said it would soon become a gated community.

There was no doubt the doctor who built Hampton Village was trying to ensure equal opportunities for his chosen beneficiaries. But he had overlooked an important fact: located just a hop, step, and a jump from other villages where settlers had none of the above privileges would surely pave the way for jealousy and conflicts between them and those of Hampton Village. 

The last housing scheme we visited that morning, Thilinagama, was being built by Stretchline Garment Factory, a private local company. Equipped with a community center, a small library, and a playground, this site still had some homes under construction. But people were settled in those already finished and youngsters were cheerfully swinging on the three swings in the play ground, while older ones were looking through books in the library.

We walked up to a house with a small lawn and a few saplings in its front yard and Samarasekara knocked on the door. A smart young woman named Shamila opened it and her younger brother came running. Their parents had gone to work, but she gave us a tour of their new home. The two bedrooms were equipped with beds and cupboards given by the donor agency. The living room featured new furniture and curtains, also given by them. With running water and electricity, the family was nicely settled and obviously took pride in the upkeep of their new home. They are a fisher family and the DS asked Shamila how she liked living here. “Oh, we are much happier to be away from the sea. We can sleep peacefully at night!” she sighed. I complemented Shamila on their garden and Samarasekara said the family had planted the garden even before the house was completed. Shamila smiled happily. “When it’s your own, you must also help out, isn’t it?” she chirped. 

Shamila’s attitude was quite a contrast to what the Sarana Foundation and the Documentation Officer of Kurier Aid had encountered among most beneficiaries. The Sarana Foundation built ten homes in three villages and Gnanaweera Thero encouraged beneficiaries to help with house construction work so they could use the savings in labor cost towards purchasing household goods. But nobody took up the offer. “The youths just sat there smoking cigarettes and watching the workmen,” said the monk, disappointed and frustrated.

 I met the Kurier Aid official at Samarasekara’s office and she too said the agency offered IDPs cash for work opportunities, but that nobody participated. “They seem so lethargic! Many of them just lean back and wait until everything is done for them. They even seem reluctant to act independently or make decisions for themselves. Why are they so lethargic?” she wondered. Here then was a case where IDPs themselves made it impossible to ensure that consultation and communication between the relief providers and themselves would occur.

This was quite different to the IDPs’ attitude soon after the disaster. During my first research trip, I spoke with Chatura Welivitiya, chairman of HELP-O (a human and environment link progressive organization based in Galle.) Back then, he organized eager crews of IDPs to clear debris from roads and home gardens in cash-for-work programs but now, even though laborers could earn 400 rupees per day and skilled workers commanded much higher rates, beneficiaries refused to help out with building their own homes. Why? Both the monk and the Kurier Aid agency official believed the IDPs got spoilt because they received so much for free. “Now they just lean back and wait until we build houses for them” said the Kurier Aid official. To avoid such a situation in future disasters she believed that “One or two INGO representatives should oversee the disbursements of monies and monitor the work and IDPs should do the construction themselves under supervision of local authorities.” 

***

The above data shows that there had been some adherence to the Guiding Principles of equity, consultation, communication, and so on at the sites I visited with the DS, but I found several violations at other sites. For instance, in several homes built in a village very near Talpe walls were already cracked. A family in one of those homes showed me a stack of tiles that had been delivered, many of which were broken.  Communication between the donors and beneficiaries appear to have been nonexistent: The family did not know the name of the NGO responsible for the building program or the sub contractor doing the work. 

Bastian too observes that many documents on the progress of implementation, and the general thrust of the public debate, suggest that there has been little compliance with the Guiding Principles. “What accounts for this obvious lack of transparency, accountability, corruption, and poor quality of work and materials in the same DS Division?” I asked Samarasekere. He said the NGO engaged in reconstruction work had obviously not followed the Subsidiarity Principal. “But” he said, “There is little we could do because INGOs and NGOs are not required to work with local government authorities.” In other words, since it was not mandated that the Guiding Principles had to be observed, some donors simply ignored them. And the fact that NGOs and INGOs could go anywhere, create ‘communities,’ and engage in reconstruction activities without being accountable to any authorities enabled unscrupulous people to do half-baked projects, exploiting the disaster for their own advantage. 

When I visited some families still living in tents in Habaraduwa district that I met the previous year, I discovered that unrestricted communication between donors and IDPs had allowed the latter to exploit the situation to their own advantage as well. Among the people gathered around me at the tent site were two women who seemed to have really mastered the art of complaining. Their main one was that they were yet to be allocated a house by the government. When I got back in the three-wheeler however, the two village youths who accompanied me there told me that both women had received donor-driven homes, and that one woman also had a house built for her by her German daughter-in-law.

Allegations that some IDPs obtained multiple houses from different donor agencies in their names or that of their children’s were fairly common. At the tent site, I also heard some legitimate complaints from several women which demonstrated that equity in relief and recovery was yet to be achieved. A mother of a four-year-old girl whose husband had left her said that before she became homeless she earned a living sewing pillow cases, sheets, and clothes. “I’ve been telling the NGOs that if I got just a one-room house and a sewing machine, I could get back to work, but nobody has given me anything yet!” she said. The DRMU chairman, Lionel Fernando, and the Planning Director at the Galle Secretariat also told me that female heads of households were not being treated equitably.

Clearly, many problems with house building projects in the Habaraduwa Division occurred because NGOs and INGOs were not accountable to local authorities. In 2005, the government attempted to make these organizations accountable by setting up the Center for Non Governmental Sector to facilitate the relief, rehabilitation, and reconstruction work of NGOs, INGOs, and other organizations. But the rate of compliance was very low. By 2008, 1121 NGOs and INGOs had registered with the Center but less than 170 had submitted the audited reports for 2006 that had been requested by August 15 of 2007. And just 112 had sent in their Action Plans requested by December 15 of 2007. [11] Consequently, in 2008, the government made visa renewals for INGO personnel dependent on submission of these documents. 

***

House building problems similar to the ones portrayed above and even worse ones were discovered in January of 2006 by a team of DRMU officers who monitored the progress of over 1,000 donor-driven homes being constructed in forty-five sites in the Matara and Hambantota districts. [12] The collective summary of their findings below reveal not only how the Guiding Principles had been violated by donors, and how corrupt local authorities whose job it was to provide technical help to donors had seriously neglected their duties, but also many problems that emerged because new settlements were being created with no adequate planning in previously uninhabited areas . 

The first set of problems is associated with the location. The suddenness of the disaster, the enormous number of IDPs who urgently needed new permanent homes, and the lack of buildable land around established villages left the government little choice but to hastily clear land in state-owned forests and hilly areas where no infrastructure exited. So, even though beneficiaries were entitled to receive houses with water and electricity according to post-tsunami housing policy, hilly locations made provision of water connection and roads particularly problematic. DRMU officials found 25 houses which were completed and handed over, but only 15 were occupied due to lack of water and electricity connections. In Galle district too I saw homes that had been built on hilly locations. The cut surfaces of hillsides had not been reinforced, leaving the communities in the vicinity extremely vulnerable to landslides.

DRMU officials also found other location-related problems. In one site people were forced to procure water illegally from other places at great financial cost to themselves because no water was being delivered as promised. In another, tube well water was undrinkable. DRMU representatives also found houses built with no access roads or pathways to the homes; children unable to get to school due to lack of convenient access to public transport; people unable to cultivate home gardens because they had been resettled in land without boundary markings; and people who were not used to wild animals living in great fear of wild elephants in the area. 

The second set of problems centered on poor construction, low quality materials, and incomplete workmanship. These included the construction of small cesspits meant to convert human waste to bio gas, but without the installation of the mechanism for this procedure; toilets built with no drainage systems and bathrooms; missing ceilings; cracked walls and rafters; crumbling plaster; sunken floors; and warped doors and windows. DRMU representatives also found homes that appeared to be smaller than the minimum square footage specifications stipulated by the government and one instance where the donor organization had left the project with no explanation after constructing only three out of seven houses they promised to build.

Unwise planning, incompetence, lack of consulting and communication between local government officials and corruption among them, characterize the third set of problems. DRMU officials found: administrative delays at the District Secretariat causing delays in electricity and water connections; alteration of the beneficiary list; District Secretary’s office not releasing the beneficiary list needed by the builder to apply for water and electricity connections; the UDA giving land ear marked for a Vocational Training Center in deep sea fishing, fishing boat repair and maintenance, tourism, and cookery, to a donor organization for house construction without consulting the ministry, which meant the training center might never be built; THRU officials whose job it was to monitor house construction, not knowing the location of construction sites; THRU officials ordering the demolition and reconstruction of twenty-five unsatisfactorily built homes so late it caused excessive wastage of money, time, and building materials; the curtailment of the construction of 200 homes due to lack of proper access road to the site. 

A closer look at the last case mentioned above is particularly useful for all disaster practitioners to understand how problematic location, unwise planning, and incompetence on the part of officials combined to curtail the construction of 200 homes. A new access road of nearly a mile was needed to enable the construction of homes to go on. But the proposed route entailed a railway crossing and railway authorities would not allow the construction of the road. The alternative was to reroute the road along the side of a hill. This meant cutting a seven meter wide and seventy-eight meter long road along a hill. But the hill belongs to a nature reserve and approval by the Central Environmental Authority was needed to continue. A year after the disaster, if and when that would be granted was still unknown. It should be noted that some of the problems mentioned above occurred also because the huge demand for building materials and skilled workers led to inflated prices. And some donors scaled back their house building programs because their funding groups pressured their representatives on the ground to finish projects as quickly as possible which compromised quality and quantity.

The problems portrayed above in Matara and Hambantota do not mean that the DRMU team did not have success stories. They found some well-built houses (some on twenty perches of land) at costs ranging from 600,000 rupees to 910,000 rupees per house. In many cases, with boundaries clearly demarcated and fenced, the new occupants had already planted home gardens. In one project, the donor had also provided a playground for children. 

Tsunami house reconstruction problems were not confined to Sri Lanka only. Nearly two years after the tsunami, there was growing discontent in Indonesia too about the state of house building efforts by OXFAM, Save the Children, International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies, and GITEC, a German contracting company.  Many problems echoed those in Sri Lanka: roofs and “gappy water-stained wood-plank walls” leaked during heavy rains. An aid agency built houses where another had agreed to build a road. Builders encountered problems of corruption and landownership. 371 completed houses had to be torn down. There was a severe shortage of qualified labor and building materials. [13]

Another example comes from the US, where, after the 2005 Hurricane Katrina disaster, mismanagement by FEMA and local government authorities left hundreds of families languishing in temporary shelters for how long, no one knew. The Federal Government poured more than $25 billion into aid for individuals, emergency housing, and state rebuilding block grants. In December 2006, the State of Mississippi received $275 million from FEMA to mass-produce prefabricated cottages for homeless Katrina victims. Architects designed and built 3,075 “Mississippi cottages,” low-cost permanent houses that can withstand winds of 150 mph. But nearly four years after the hurricane, some 700 cottages standing in one lot remained empty because many local jurisdictions refused to grant permits or alter zoning codes for fear that the small structures would lower property values in the area. In the meantime, the state of Lousiana was yet to complete a single cottage, and nearly 20,000 families made homeless by the hurricane were living in temporary trailers and apartments, not knowing when and where they would be able to put down permanent roots. So, FEMA faces harsh and prolonged criticisms, and states are accused of diverting federal rescue funds or failing to deliver on promises to restore long-term affordable housing, drafting poorly designed programs, and of using funds for economic development projects. [14]

*** 

In Sri Lanka, due to the high degree of inequity displayed by the NGOs in the house building efforts, the DRMU, together with Practical Action (an INGO) organized a day-long workshop bringing together about 200 non-governmental organizations for discussions about their progress on house building. I attended this workshop and found that the Guiding Principles had also given some INGOs an inflated sense of their own importance – which would have been funny if it was not so offensive, and the post-tsunami reconstruction situation not so serious. In a break-out group on ‘Consultation and Communication’ that I participated in, the question we had to address was, “Who should donors consult and communicate with to find out about the needs of villagers?” A couple of representatives from an American INGO declared that they were the authorities on village matters because they have interviewed some of the IDPs. I pointed out that it is the GNs and Divisional Secretaries who are the experts and authorities on village matters, but the pair would not back down. I saw this high-handed attitude from another representative of the same organization at the Livelihood Program Workshop the ADA organized, that I write about in Chapter Eight. It highlights how little some foreigners care about working within the administrative structure of a country.  

By contrast, the Documentation Officer of Kurier Aid projected a very different set of values and attitudes held by her agency. She said that following the tsunami, “The first thing that came to our minds was that once you go into a foreign country, one of the most sensitive issues is to try to understand the culture, to understand the people, and to work with them and not impose concepts and programs from back home.” She also said that Kurier Aid has five international employees in Sri Lanka, the director, financial administrator, construction engineers, and herself, but that the architects, contractors, Management Officers, Construction manager, and the workers are all Sri Lankans. This meant their overhead costs were less, which ensured that the funds they had raised would be used to help tsunami victims much more extensively than other agencies that spent thousands of dollars importing luxury vehicles and expatriate workers.

In 2007, the Additional Divisional Secretary of Hambantota, W. A. Dharmasiri took me to see another exemplary housing project. This one was in Siribopura, where the devastated town center was being created. Hundreds of acres of state land had been allocated for new settlements and I was glad to see that the local government authorities had taken great care to leave many mature trees in the area as they cleared the area. Here the Tzu Chi Foundation, a Taiwanese organization, had built hundreds of homes with much consultation and communication with the beneficiaries, made up of both Sinhala and Muslim people. Their needs and cultural lifestyles and the needs of the housing scheme as a communal unit had been considered as the homes were built. Most importantly, Dharmasiri said that the Tzu Chi Foundation had made a five-year commitment to the project, which meant they would have representatives on-site to deal with any issues that might emerge, ensuring its long-term success. 

By contrast says Bastian, the bulk of what went on in Sri Lanka in the name of tsunami reconstruction was dominated by the more traditional ‘event focused’ and ‘emergency mode’ responses, and the process was carried out by an unprecedented amounts of funds, charity mentality, and dominance of a large number of international agencies who would not be there to resolve future problems this approach might create. In short, they did not care about the sustainability of the projects. Was the situation any better with the rebuilding of livelihoods? This is what we shall explore in Chapter Seven. 

  1. Miyazawa, Hitoshi. “Land Use and Tsunami Damage in Pacific Coast Region of Tohoku District” in The 2011 East Japan Earthquake Bulletin of the Tohoku Geographical Association. Published May 25, 2011. Retrieved on September 25, 2011.

  2. All information attributed to NHK in this chapter was aired on March 10, 2012.

  3. Financial Times. “Protect and revive.” August 5, 2011.

  4. PBS Newshour. Aired on Dec. 7, 2011.

  5. San Jose Mercury News/Associated Press. “Japan tsunami recovery stalls.” November 20, 2011.

  6. “Scope of weather disasters to increase, panel predicts” in San Jose News/Associated Press. March 29, 2012.

  7. The Guiding Principles have been defined using two sources. The first is Chapter Eight of the Joint Report on Post tsunami Recovery and Reconstruction by the Government of Sri Lanka and Development Partners, published in December 2005. The second is a paper on “Post-Tsunami Policy Implications and Framework” presented by Lionel Fernando, Chairperson of the DRMU, at the Oxfam Advocacy Workshop on 7-9 February, 2006

  8. Bastian, Sunil. “From Research to Policy” in Tsunami in a Time of War. Sri Lanka. International Center for Ethnic Studies. 2009.

  9. Hettige, S.T. “Community Development: A Neglected Aspect of Disaster Recovery and Resettlement of Tsunami Victims in Sri Lanka” in Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka: Retrospect and Prospect. Sri Lanka: Social Policy Analysis and Research Centre University of Colombo in collaboration with ActionAid International, Sri Lanka: 2007.

  10. McGilvray, Dennis B. and Michele R. Gamburd. Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka: Ethnic and Regional Dimensions. UK: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series, 2011.

  11. Errant NGOs’ days numbered? in The Sunday Times, January 27, 2008.

  12. “Field Report (of) Housing progress in Weligama, Tangalla, and Hambantota DS Divisions” compiled by the Disaster Relief Monitoring Unit, Human Rights Commission of Sri Lanka, January, 2006.

  13. “After the deluge, aid agencies find themselves in unfamiliar terrain.” Financial Times. October 2, 2006.

  14. “Permanent housing still eludes some Katrina victims.” San Jose Mercury News, June 14, 2009.

Chapter Seven: Rebuilding Livelihoods

Six months after the disaster, the Japanese government produced a broad proposal for reconstructing livelihoods in the Tohoku region, calling for starting new businesses such as renewable energy; rebuilding a more efficient fishing industry by introducing fishermen and women to companies with technical knowledge and by creating new zones where private companies could be granted fishing rights previously controlled by fishing cooperatives; and by establishing special zones in affected prefectures where enterprise and job creation will be encouraged by tax policies and streamlined administration. So, the proposed plans aim to revitalize the region with new industries as well as by expanding old ones. How much have they helped the people who are trying to revitalize their livelihoods in the year gone by? We will take a brief look at the fisheries, agriculture, and business sectors to find out.

Prior to the disaster, says Japan’s Agriculture Ministry, the region supplied between 40 and 50 percent of Japan’s total fishing and aquaculture products. [1] But as reported by NHK, the Fisheries Agency’s data shows that with the destruction of breakwaters and other facilities, the tsunami destroyed about 300 ports and about 28,000 boats. The sea, in fact, pretty much erased the infrastructure for catching, processing, and transporting sea food, costing the sector estimated damages of more than $15b. NHK reports that the government invested $10 b. to revive the industry, but that a year after the tsunami, catches in major ports are about half of what they were a year before. [2]

Several factors can be attributed to the fall in fish production. As we already know, some fishermen have moved out of the region in search of new jobs. Many have taken part-time work in reconstruction, which, though temporary, pays more. Some fishermen pooled their resources to buy boats in partnership with others and went back to work, which means now there are less boats going out. Some are still struggling to resume work because despite government’s involvement, the infrastructure is yet to be repaired. NHK aired a story, for example, of a couple in their seventies in Minamisanriku who are toiling daily to help clear a small cove of debris to reestablish their aquaculture business of scallops and seaweed. It had not been a profitable business. The returns were so meager their son could not join them and he operated a tourist boat for a hotel that was also destroyed. But it is impossible for the elderly couple to work in construction, or to retire because their pensions are insufficient for their subsistence, and neither they nor their son have sufficient savings. 

So, the industry needs all the help it can get, but according to one reporter, the traditional fisher communities strongly oppose proposals to grant fishing rights to private companies. In Miyagi Prefecture, where the government and local unions have made long-term loans for rebuilding available to the fisheries sector, the local union administering the production and much of the prefecture’s sales of the sea food wants the damages inflicted by the tsunami repaired before rebuilding begins. But repairing is probably no easier than rebuilding. The shift in earth’s plate that caused the magnitude 9.0 earthquake reduced the height of land along the northeast coast. With more than a meter lost in some places, harbors and towns are even more vulnerable to future tsunamis and typhoons. [3] Thus, it seems, in this case, Tohoku region’s particular cultural history and geological changes that resulted from the earthquake are also adding to the complexity of challenges in rebuilding livelihoods in this sector, which, together with agriculture and tourism, formed the backbone of the area’s economy. 

Still, this does not mean that people are averse to change. The tsunami also inundated some 20,500 hectares of rice paddies and fields in Iwate, Miyagi, and Fukushima prefectures, and the sludge and salt have left them unusable. The Agriculture Ministry estimates it can restore only about 20 percent of the lands by next spring; full restoration is expected to take about three years. [4] In the meantime, farmers themselves as well as people from other regions are looking for ways to get back to work and some of the solutions they have found are quite innovative, and show that they will embrace change if they prove to be beneficial. 

An example comes from Sendai in the south, where Professor Miyazawa says the tsunami left a third of the farmland salt logged, most of which is located on low coastal lands like in other areas. Along with increased salinity (almost 10 times the standard level in Sendai,) the breakdown of agricultural facilities including draining facilities, and the rubble and mud have made farmland unusable. [5] But NHK shows how, with help from a friend and a major restaurant chain based in Tokyo that serves Italian food, one farmer in Sendai has transformed his lettuce farm into growing tomatoes. The broadcaster says others have followed. How has this achievement come about? The tomatoes are grown not on the ground but in green houses, with the aid of nutrient rich hydroponic plant. The restaurant’s 900 eateries around the country provide a ready market, and the company, which runs a farm where it develops new strains of tomatoes, has helped the farmers to start up the new industry. The farmers are now looking forward to selling the first crop in April, 2012, and by adjusting the temperature in the green houses, will grow three times more tomatoes than if they were planted outdoors. [6]

Besides the tsunami, soil contaminated by radioactive material also brought farming to a halt. NHK also showed how, instead of waiting for the government to act, resourceful rice farmers in Fukushima Province are conducting their own experiments to reduce the cesium level in the soil with help from researchers. [7]

Another wonderful example from Miyagi Prefecture shows that adversity, whether it comes from nature or humans, will not dampen the resilient spirit of many people in the Tohoku region. As we know, the region has strong local loyalties. Worried about the rate of migration to other areas, and feeling the place might cease to exist unless something was done to make it habitable again, a man named Miyura, who lost his home and two fish stores, two factories, and a fish processing plant, started a drive to restore commercial and civic life. What he envisioned was a shopping arcade, including a space where people could gather to talk and relax. “I felt nobody would come if only one store reopened. But if we concentrated our businesses, that would start the cycle of economic life in town, even if the scale was small,” he said. 

His enthusiasm brought together fifty former store owners; but most faced formidable financial challenges. Mura himself had got into more than a million dollars in debt a year before the disaster in efforts to remodel a store. He was not the only one short of capital but some luck seemed to be coming their way. In September, the group succeeded in getting rent-free buildings through a national program. They next targeted two programs introduced by the central and national governments that would provide three quarters of the operating capital to businesses. But their luck was short lived. In December, both applications were rejected by officials because “A temporary shopping arcade that will eventually be torn down would not lead to the redevelopment of the town.”

The Disaster Safety and Recovery expert says that inflexibility on the part of the government is counterproductive when people affected by disasters are showing their willingness to move forward. As he points out, providing temporary sites where people can live and do business will give them time to ready themselves to return to a predisaster mode of existence. In fact, he says, “It’s a mistake to think of these sites as just temporary. It’s really the foundation of the town as residents are going to ultimately build.” 

The government’s rejection was counterproductive to progress indeed. Following the letters, some people backed out of the proposed project. But says Miyura, for himself and 29 others, “Bailing out was just not an option. We talked it over and talked it over, and made up our minds. Everyone became very determined to see this through.” And with consultants advising them about the cost of rebuilding and the prospect for repayment, most doubled their loans – getting into hundreds of thousands of dollars in debt – and went ahead with the plan. And their resourcefulness touched the hearts of people around the country. They began donating equipment such as freezers and air conditioners and a year after the disaster, the new temporary shopping arcade with 30 stores, located right across from a cluster of temporary shelters, opened for business. 

But more huge challenges lie ahead for the group. Among the biggest is that the government limits the use of temporary buildings to five years and they must acquire permanent quarters within that time. In the meantime, a promenade in front of the arcade provides a place for shoppers to relax and talk to one another, each conversation rebuilding and strengthening community ties. 

***

In Sri Lanka, it was estimated that island wide, 150,000 people lost their livelihoods. [8] 50 percent of the losses were in the fisheries sector; 45 percent in tourism related services, small business and trading, public sector and self-employment; and the remaining 4-5 percent in agriculture. Efforts to rebuild livelihoods involved eight ministries and some 100 national and international organizations and TAFREN was tasked with the overall coordination.

In March 2006, to evaluate the livelihood rebuilding situation in Habaraduwa Division, the DS brought together representatives from RADA, the ILO, representatives from most NGOs and INGOs active in the division, and local government officials for a workshop on “Rebuilding Livelihoods.” I too was invited to the workshop, the aims of which were: To reduce or eliminate overlaps and duplication in livelihood assistance in Habaraduwa Division; To bridge the gaps between various employment sectors resulting from unequal delivery of aid; To explore ways to accelerate the process of rebuilding sustainable jobs and livelihoods; To move people out of poverty and to rid them of the post-tsunami dependency mentality. 

Brief overviews of livelihood assistance provided by NGOs/INGOs active in the division confirmed that: Some economic sectors received more help than others; Some geographical areas received more help than others; Inland areas that suffered damage when rivers and canals overflowed had mostly been overlooked; and unequal aid distribution among beneficiaries was widespread. 

With nearly 170,000 boats and millions of nets lost or damaged, [9] and with fisheries harbors, landing sites, ice storages, and boat yards also badly damaged, the fisheries sector was the biggest casualty of the disaster. But compared to Japan, Sri Lankan fisheries were in a much better state; the country lost much less land area to the tsunami and the country attracted a huge amount of aid to rebuild livelihoods, with the bulk going to the fisheries sector. In fact, Steve Creech, a Consultant in Fisheries, refers to project interventions and activities implemented in fishing communities in the east and in Hambantota under the emergency relief phase of the recovery effort, as an “avalanche.” [10] Besides donations of money, the fishing communities received boats, nets, engines for boats, and other items on free/grant based distribution schemes from individuals, groups, or various organizations. When I met RADA’s Chief Operations Officer a year after the tsunami, however, he said that fish production had reached only 60 percent of its pre-disaster annual production level, estimated to be 300,000 metric tonnes. [11] 

Why then did the industry lag behind in Sri Lanka, when it received the lion share of the aid? And how well had other industries and businesses done in the first year after the tsunami? Using the Guiding Principles as the analytical framework, I will first explore how and why the impact of the “avalanche” of aid failed to build back the fisheries sector, and then go on to look at rebuilding efforts of the coconut fiber products, tourist, and other industries and other businesses in my research site.

To find out why the fishing industry had not recovered when it received the lion share of aid, I spoke with three groups of fishermen in the Galle district. The first group works out of a big fisheries harbor located next to the naval harbor near the Galle city center. The second group launches their boats out of the cove mentioned in Chapter five. Both catch fish for consumption. The third group I spoke with was the three fishermen who catch ornamental fish and took me and my companions out to sea.

Before the tsunami, the fisheries sector generally operated not as a cohesive unit, but through private associations, NGOs, an authoritative body established by the government, and ad-hoc village cooperatives. The men at the harbor and the cove I spoke with, for instance, belonged to the Fishermen’s Association of Galle district. Made up of 54 sub groups, its membership is about 2,000 members. The three men who catch ornamental fish, on the other hand, said they do not belong to any organization. So there was no single system that documented data on the number of boats, active fishermen, production capacities, or markets.

As mentioned before, the fisheries sector is made up of heterogeneous groups. But Creech notes, and the media showed, that the vast majority of donations to the sector consisted of boats. Some donors gave directly to individuals, but some consulted Community Based Organizations (CBOs,) politicians, or local government officials to coordinate their donations with government efforts. 

 “So, why has the industry not recaptured its pre-tsunami production level?” I asked the men at the harbor. “Because,” said their spokesman, “fishermen go out in several types of boats. The multi-day trawlers fish in the deep seas over several days. The 28 foot boats go out about ten miles and people can fish for several hours. The sea-going 19 foot boats and the lagoon-going 18 foot canoes can go out only about three miles and must return in a shorter period of time. Most donors gave the smallest crafts or engines for near-shore fishing which may bring perhaps 100 kilos of fish, compared to the 1,500 kilograms of fish that a multi day boat brings back. So, how can fish production return to the pre-tsunami level?” 

His claim was substantiated by the Narma Fiber Industries, a boat yard located in Batticaloa, in the East. The company website stated that since the tsunami, they had received orders for 400 lagoon canoes and 600 sea-going canoes – a much higher quantity than normal of the smallest type of vessels – despite a warning by the UN’s Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO) not to supply too many small boats. The FAO asked that donors communicate and consult with officials of local government departments and the fisheries department to find out about providing aid to the fisheries sector and not rely only on advice given by boat yards, but my conversations with the fishermen showed donors had largely ignored the Subsidiarity Principle. 

At the same time, the spokesman at the harbor indicated some donors had consulted him about their needs, but then they ignored his appeals. For instance, the Fisheries Sector of TAFREN reported that the Galle district lost 66 multi-day trawlers and that 106 were damaged and the spokesman at the harbor told me, “I appealed to various local and international donor organizations to give us multiday boats. The Japanese government donated some 28 ft. boats and the UNDP gave fuel and helped to repair broken structures, but nobody gave multi day boats. If donors didn’t believe me they could have found out our needs from the fisheries inspectors, the Fishermen’s Cooperative Societies (FCS), or the Fisheries Department. We are registered with the department and they have all the data about our losses, but they don’t seem to have done so.” 

The men I spoke with firmly believed that this was because most donors did not have the fisher people’s interest at heart. As one man said, “NGO people sought to gain the most by giving the least.” Creech agrees. He says that so many gave small boats because they are locally available, and although boats are relatively expensive compared to equipment for other trades, smaller boats are significantly cheaper than large ones and their donation provided the groups with media opportunities and visual evidence to show their funders.  

Not all donors had this problem; a substantial number of donations were given individually and they may not have known about the Guiding Principles. But my research also revealed other serious problems donors had created by overloading the sector with small crafts. Near-shore fish stocks were already in decline before the tsunami and near-shore fishermen are quite territorial. It is an unwritten rule that they do not encroach on each other’s territories. But now, the men said, with increased competition caused by an excess of small boats going out to sea, the marginal incomes of fishermen were greatly threatened and they predicted fights could break out among competitors. 

Another problem created by an excess of the donation of the smallest boats was that in this trade people must work in groups, and more boat owners meant there may not be enough workmates. “It looks like we have no choice but to take our wives and children!” a man at the harbor joked. Some in the group laughed but others were not amused. One charged angrily that “What we feel is these NGOs and INGOs came here not to help, but to remove the deep-sea fishermen from the industry. If they really wanted to help they should have given multi-day boats. That’s how the country will prosper.” One of his mates agreed, and what he said next provided another answer to the question as to why the fisheries sector had not reached pre-tsunami production level. “We don’t know what they did with all that money,” the man said. “But since we are unable to go, fish that Sri Lanka was exporting are now being netted by fishermen from China, Taiwan, and other nations. There are about 100 foreign fishing boats in our waters – not in the international waters – doing as they please!”  

 Here, let me share briefly how their diminished incomes will worsen the family lives of fishermen. The day after the fishing trip (See Chapter One,) I went with our household help to visit Susith at his home. “Ah nona, come, come,” he invited us in, lowering his daughter, who was seated on his lap, to the ground. His eight-year-old son was seated at a table, doing his homework. His older brother, also a fisherman, was visiting as well and the two men willingly answered my questions about their livelihood. Neither owns a boat. Their daily earnings generally range from Rs. 300 to 4,000, but some days they come ashore empty handed. Even then, they must pay boat rental, cost of fuel and oxygen tanks, the tractor hire to transport the tanks, tips for the tractor driver, and the men help to push and pull the boat into and out of the sea. “So, let’s say I catch fish worth about 1000 rupees. I may end up with only about Rs. 400 in my pocket even if five of us go and we share the expenses. Night trips cost even more.” Susith said and added that if he owned a boat, he could spare some of those expenses. His brother said, “We can do this job only about five or six months in a year. We usually get a good harvest from December through March. April is also okay, but even in those months there may be a day here and there we cannot go because the sea is too rough.”

“So how do you manage the rest of the year?” I asked. In the off season Susith’s brother works as a life guard at a tourist hotel. Susith takes people around on a three-wheeler. But to make ends meet, he said, “We pawn my wife’s jewelry at the bank. That’s how we get the money to eat during the off season, but this year we have not been able to redeem her jewelry yet because after the tsunami the sea has been really volatile.” 

His wife, Geetha, came up to me with a cup of steaming hot tea on a tray just then and I said to her, “Aiyo (Oh dear,) Geetha, what if you have to go to some function?” She simply smiled, but her husband said, “A thing like that happened a few days ago. We had to go to a wedding but she couldn’t dress up to fit the occasion so I went by myself.” Creech observes that in a study done in 1998 in seven coastal fishing communities in the Hambantota District, the irregular nature of household incomes generated by fishing, and indebtedness created by having neither personal savings nor access to formal credit institutions, emerged as the first priority issue among women. 

Perhaps if the donors had been more knowledgeable about the workings of the fishing industry they may have communicated with local officials before rushing to help the sector. In fact, recognizing that many donors may not know much about the fishing industry, the FAO publicized the fact that livelihoods of fishermen do not start and end with receiving a boat and that other types of assistance is needed to rejuvenate the industry. For example, the organization reported that the Batticalao lagoon, a vast body of water in the East where people catch prawns, crabs, and various small types of fish, was mucked up with wood, trees, broken fishing craft and other debris and that help was needed to clear them because canoes are incapable of moving the debris out of the lagoon. They also asked that support be given to repair tsunami devastated roads in the east so the catch could be transported to Colombo, and also for support to market the product. [12] But I did not come across data that indicated these appeals had yielded favorable results. 

Besides making near-shore fishing unsustainable, creating conditions for communal conflicts, enabling foreign fishermen to illegally fish in Sri Lankan waters, and not providing help as needed, FAO’s Naval Architect, Oyvind Gulbrabutdsen revealed another disastrous result of a lack of communication by donors with the officials. Some of the donated crafts, he said, “do not even contain the necessary polystyrene fills in the buoyancy compartments that stop a boat from sinking if water enters whilst at sea.” [13] 

In addition to all of the above problems that came about because most donors did not adhere to the Guiding Principles, their failure to do so also enabled some people to exploit the disaster for their own gain, as happened with donor-driven house building projects. An elderly man sitting in his boat at the cove told me, “I come from Weligama (in the Matara district,) and over there corruption is the name of the game. To get a boat you have to bribe government officials or other aid officials.” 

His partner quipped, “Even the Human Rights Group don’t give boats for free. You have to pay Rs. 75,000 to get a boat so only people with money get them.” 

 The older man laughed wryly. “That’s right. Before the tsunami, people looked down on us fisher folk for doing what they said is a lowly job. But now people who never stepped into the sea their whole lives are claiming this as their trade, and we, who went fishing all our lives, are being denied what is due to us because we can’t afford the bribes!” He also said that about 75 percent of the boats and other donated equipment have now been sold. I exclaimed that aid was not given so people could make money, but the man was surprised at my response. “Well nona, if people don’t fish for a living, what’s the point of getting boats and nets? If I got five boats, I’d also sell four because I need only one for work,” he said.

People at the harbor reiterated what the two men at the cove said and also explained it was easy for people to exploit the situation in this sector because unlike government donations, those given by NGOs and INGOs are not documented.  Creech provides an interesting example from the other end of the spectrum. Most organizations donated fishing crafts and gear to the people free of charge. But an NGO created after the tsunami bought fishing crafts with the financial assistance they received and then, without any discussion with the FCS of beneficiary selection, leased the crafts to recipients who were bound contractually to pay fixed weekly installments. Ownership was transferred only when the total charge was paid. 

Looking at the above situation one could say that the fisheries sector in effect became a reconstruction disaster in post-tsunami Sri Lanka. However, as mentioned, not all donors failed to follow the Guiding Principles. Kurier Aid Austria, for example partnered with the Ministry of Fisheries to open the CEY-NOR Boat Yard on the grounds of a destroyed elementary school in Unawatuna. I went there to find out if they were manufacturing any multi-day boats, which the fishermen told me must be produced in Sri Lanka to suite the particular marine conditions there.

The CEY-NOR boat yard was a temporary two-year project and there were about 50 boats in various stages of construction and repair in the yard. However, I went at lunch time and the place was deserted except for four office employees. They said the government recently approved funds for 64 multi-day boats, but that it was unlikely that the men would get any even in a year because they still had to fill a good number of previous orders, and it takes six or seven months to produce a multi day fishing vessel. Had the orders for multiday boats been placed soon after the tsunami, at least some men would have been out fishing before I returned for follow-up research.

But I am happy to say that by the time I left after my second research trip, Susith was eagerly anticipating delivery of his own 19 ft. boat on a 100 percent grant basis from a German donor who had coordinated his aid delivery efforts with the Member of Parliament in the area. But his brother was still looking for help to get back to work. The man is illiterate, having dropped out of school early in life due to the precarious economic situation of the family. Like their father, he became a cast-net fisherman but when he was in his late teens, a businessman gave him a pair of goggles and he started catching ornamental fish for the man. In those days, however, there were no oxygen tanks and his right ear drum burst by diving too deep. Consequently, he can no longer dive even with the oxygen tank because his ear becomes infected, so he has returned to cast net fishing. But living just by the sea, he lost his home and everything else, including his cast nets. He attended various meeting organized by TAFREN, he was yet to receive even one net because he said, “The TAFREN fellow responsible for rejuvenating the fisheries sector discriminates against some people, including myself. Only the other day I told him what I thought of him with some choice words!” Here is another example showing that officials themselves failed to help tsunami survivors equally. 

His wife reiterated all this when I visited their home two days later. I was scheduled to meet the Livelihood Recovery Officer of the TAFREN office in Galle the following day and asked if I should bring the matter to his notice. “That would be a big help nona,” the husband said eagerly. “If I can get the nets, I can earn my living and build up our lives.” 

When I met the TAFFREN official, he said that they had already set up Village Rehabilitation Committees made up of GNs, other village leaders, and members of the Samurdhi Welfare Program to find out those whose needs had been overlooked. He also told me about efforts to find new jobs for tsunami survivors in the private sector. Regarding the fisheries sector, the official said a few low-interest loan schemes had been initiated but that “Not everyone is keen to apply for loans; they want monetary grants or boats that were given to many others.” He also said TAFREN was documenting livelihood assistance given to the fisheries sector so they could redistribute the goods equitably among the genuine fisher folk. But to what extent they will succeed in this endeavor was highly questionable since it was unlikely that people would voluntarily return any goods if they had not already sold them. I supplied him with Susith’ brother’s contact information and the official promised to provide him the nets. 

***

At the Livelihood Workshop it turned out that people engaged in coir-based products in the Habaraduwa Division had also received a great deal of help. But unlike the fisheries sector, the aid given to the coir industry in Habaraduwa had not just helped it to bounce back, the industry was also looking ahead to new markets. How did this happen?

The manufacturing of coir-based goods is a traditional cottage industry in the south and as shown in Pandu’s story, like the fisheries sector, it too is made up of a chain of workers. At the workshop it turned out that in the Habaraduwa Division, this sector was rejuvenated primarily by Sewa Lanka, one of Sri Lanka’s largest NGOs, and that they helped every unit in the chain – from cleaning the pits in which coconut husks are steeped, to providing coir, to repairing damaged machines or supplying new ones, all the way to negotiating with the local Hayles Company to set up new sales avenues for the people to sell their products. And a year after the disaster, all 366 families in eight villages in the Habaraduwa Division who did coir work were busy. “We don’t think there is anything more to be done regarding the Coir Industry in these villages. The people we helped are already getting good returns” said the Sewa Lanka representative at the workshop.

So, was it any surprise that Pandu was all smiles when I visited him the next morning?  Sewa Lanka had provided him two new coconut fiber processing machines and men and women were busy cleaning husks and weaving rope. The NGO had also provided new motors for Pandu’s old machines and the water pump that the tsunami killed, and machines for the women who weave rope at their homes. With everyone was back at work, Pandu had begun to pay back the loan he obtained from his friend. “So, your worries are over now?” I asked him. “Yes! Because unlike other NGOs who gave something and disappeared, Sewa Lanka remains committed to helping us in the future also. They are here to make sure we will continue to make progress,” Pandu said contentedly.  

While the situation for this industry was rosy in the Habaraduwa Division, it did not mean coir workers everywhere had received help equally. Monks in Kamburugamuwa village temple in the Matara district, for example, said of the eight families for whom they built homes, only a fish seller who received a bicycle from a donor had resumed work. The rest of the home recipients and others who did coir work, including two families who received rope-weaving machines, were still unemployed. Why? Because the tsunami destroyed the pits located on the beach in which people steep coconut husks and the CCD prohibited digging new ones. The inland pits where people had died were yet to be cleaned by owners and villagers were reluctant to climb into them until then. Since coconut husks must be processed to supply the raw material for the rest of the workers in the industry, this particular livelihood in this village and probably in many others, was at a standstill more than a year after the tsunami. 

Why was Sewa Lanka so successful in turning the coir-based industry around in the Habaraduwa Division? To begin with, unlike so many NGOs and INGOs who rushed to help the fisheries sector without any knowledge about the workings of it, Sewa Lanka’s birth place is Galle, and it was active in the Galle district even before the tsunami. Therefore, they knew government officials well which enhanced communication and consultation between the two groups, were knowledgeable about the sector and the people’s needs, and of course had no language barrier. Their awareness of the production process as well as continuous communication and consultation with the whole chain of workers showed them that unless they helped each unit in the value chain equitably, the industry would not be able to sustain itself. And they made the best use of new opportunities the disaster presented for expansion and growth of the industry by linking the workers to new markets. 

Sewa Lanka had been quite resourceful in finding ways and means to help other tsunami victims too. Unlike so many NGOs and INGOs who worked independently and competitively as Janz and Vaux observe, this organization adopted an inclusive policy and built partnerships with several INGOs to boost their resources. It partnered with US Aid to rejuvenate the coir industry, with Red Cross and World Vision to provide drinking water to affected areas, and with Concern Organization on other relief and development activities. Sewa Lanka thereby increased their capacity to address the people’s needs far more effectively than had they worked on their own, and had a remarkable success story to present at the Workshop.

***

While the fisheries sector had received a glut of aid, the tourist sector, the other big industry in the south, had received hardly any. It was estimated that about 18,000 jobs in this sector were lost. But compared to the two industries above, after the buffer zone plan was defeated, the tourist sector received far less attention from aid givers. The reason, said the ILO representative at the Work Shop, was that the Tourist Board did not have a complete picture of the whole network of businesses and people sustaining the tourist industry. These include hotel, resort, and guesthouse employees, families in private homes who take in guests and even rented rooms on an hourly basis, food suppliers, those who produce and/or sell curios, jewelry, and other artifacts, entertainers and three wheel drivers, individuals who supply herbs for the huge Ayurvedic medical tourist industry that is so popular in the south, and various others.

Since the Tourist Board did not have a cohesive picture of the workforce, they and the ILO spent a good part of the year after the tsunami collecting data on the tourist industry. Their progress was slow, for even though some hotel operators belonged to local organizations, the industry as a whole had no umbrella organization that included the various groups. The lack of data not only complicated recovery work, it also made it problematic for the people to obtain special loans set up for tsunami victims that I describe below. So, while the Fisheries Sector received support from the Ministry of Fisheries who consistently worked with the FSCs, the Small Enterprises and Commerce Sector received support from The Federation of Commerce and the Industrial development Board, and the Agriculture Sector was assisted by the FAO, there was no formal institutional body helping the tourist sector. Let us now take a look at a few individuals who lost their livelihoods and whose voices we heard in previous chapters.

To help rebuild livelihoods the government set up two concessionary loan schemes specifically for micro, small, and medium scale entrepreneurs. By February of 2006, $19.4 million had been disbursed to 4,154 recipients under the Central Bank’s Suhasana loan scheme. This operated through participating financial institutions which included all licensed specialized banks, licensed commercial banks, registered leasing companies, and registered finance companies recognized by the Central Bank. 

The second scheme, the National Development Trust Fund (NDTF) Scheme, was aimed exclusively at micro entrepreneurs. Working with partner organizations island-wide, NDTF had disbursed $1.36 million to 37 partner organizations, of which $ 0.7 million had been provided to 2070 borrowers. But Amal, who lost his furniture business, had not yet succeeded in obtaining a loan. Before the buffer zone was relaxed, affected business men within the zone such as Amal, had found it difficult to obtain loans because banks were reluctant to relax their collateral requirements. Now Amal’s problem was personal: his beach front property was tied up in litigation and no bank would accept it as collateral. 

 But like Miyura and his business group, Amal and Suneetha had received help from other sources. They were now living in an old two-room building belonging to Suneetha’s brother. Using a tiny space at the back of one room as living space, the couple had set up shop in the rest of the building selling mattresses, plastic chairs, and plastic tables. They bought a part of the stock with private loans; the rest they obtained on a long-term payment scheme from companies with whom they did business before the tsunami. Their business should have thrived because many donors provided furniture to tsunami victims. But Amal’s new store, hidden about 150 meters inside the village, attracted none of these customers. He was convinced the only way to make the business viable was by moving the business back to the old location by the main road, but he could not get a bank loan. 

With house building in full swing on the other hand, the group of carpenters I wrote about in Chapter Four had been quite busy in the first year after the disaster. The demand in this area was so high that in 2006, the Ministry of Skills Development and Vocational and Technical Education announced the availability of a large number of trained masons, carpenters, plumbers and electricians for construction sites, and that special short-term training was being provided to many more people to fill the needs. [14]

Thus the post-tsunami housing boom provided job opportunities to many people, but the woman who quit work to take her children to school I met the previous year was still unemployed. On this follow-up research trip, a family in Cincinati gave me a donation to help tsunami victims and after interviewing the woman a second time with my land lady, I bought her a sewing machine with part of that money so she could start a home-based sewing business.

When I met Ananda who lost his organic farm soon after the tsunami, he had asked if I could obtain help from the US to rid his farm of the salination. I thought it would be easy because Ananda did not ask for monetary assistance. He requested only technological know-how to detoxify and desalinate the soil and was even willing to provide free board and lodging to anyone who would go to Sri Lanka and help him out. When I returned to the US I contacted several individuals and a couple of businesses engaged in organic farming. Everyone promised to help, but none came through. Finally, I called the International Programs of the University of California in Davis and was put in touch with Mark Bell, a Research Associate of the program. Dr. Bell, it turned out, had co-authored a document about the rebuilding of rice fields on the Sri Lanka site of the Knowledge Bank. He wrote to me that the desalination process involved flooding the fields through rainfall or irrigation, and then draining the salt contaminated water. 

I called Ananda that night and also emailed the link to Dr. Bell’s article. A few months later, he called back in relief. The monsoon rains had been quite heavy he said, and thought the rains and the culverts he dug must have reduced the salt substantially because a few plants that do not grow in salinated soil had sprouted on his farm. When I visited Ananda and his mother in 2007, the one hundred banana trees he had planted were doing well and he was looking forward to making his organic farm productive again.

We have seen in this chapter and the last that the Guiding Principles, through crafted with good intentions, had not yielded the desired results in the reconstruction of homes and livelihoods for a variety of reasons. Still, they provided a useful analytical framework to look at post-tsunami Sri Lanka at the macro level. But it is not possible to gain an understanding about how individuals are rebuilding their lives, about their attempts to recapture meaning and go on with their lives using the above Principles. Therefore, in Chapter Eight, I return to psychology and Buddhism as analytical tools to explore how several survivors who suffered some of the most heartbreaking losses have been coping with the trauma in the year after the disaster.

  1. “Tsunami-hit fishing families aim to rebuild a stronger fleet” in Financial Times. September 20, 2011.

  2. NHK Newsline. Aired on March 10, 2010.

  3. Financial Times. “Protect and revive.” August 5, 2011.

  4. “20% of disaster-hit farmland restored by spring.” http:/www.3.nhk.or.jp/daily/English/20111231_07.html Retrieved on December 31, 2011.

  5. Miyazawa, Hitoshi. “Land Use and Tsnami Damage in Pacific Coast Region of Tohoku District” in The 2011 East Japan Earthquake Bulletin of the Tohoku Geographical Association. Published May 25, 2011. Retrieved on September 25, 2011.

  6. NHK Road Ahead Program, aired on February 3, 2012. See also “Japanese way of doing business has much to be admired” by Mure Dickie in the Financial Times, March 14, 2012.

  7. NHK World/Today’s closeup/Nov. 10, 2011.

  8. Post Tsunami Recovery and Reconstruction. Joint Report of the Government of Sri Lanka and Development Partners, December 2005.

  9. Kusumarathna, K.L.S. and Sagara Chandrasekare. “Some Sociological Implications of Post Tsunami Housing Development” in Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka: Retrospects and Prospect. Social Policy Analysis and Research Centre, University of Colombo, in collaboration with Action Aid International, Sri Lanka.

  10. See “Pre and post tsunami issues affecting fishing communities and the challenges to be addressed if ‘build back better’ is to contribute towards sustainable livelihood development in the fisheries sector,” a paper presented by Steve Creech at Sri Lanka: Institute of Policy Studies, Working Paper Series No. 10.  November, 2005. 

  11. Jirasinghe, Ramya Chamalie. Rhythm of the Sea. Sri Lanka: Hambantota District Chamber of Commerce, 2007.

  12. “Debris hinders fishing in Batticaloa lagoon.” Sunday Observer, March 6, 2005.

  13. “Small boats, danger to fish and fisher community, warns FAO.”  Daily Mirror, March 12, 2005.

  14. Sunday Observer of March 27, 2005.

Chapter Eight: Searching for Peace

I mentioned in Chapter Three that Dr. Gaithrie Fernando, a Sri Lankan psychology professor teaching in UCLA, is one of the growing number of researchers who believe that the Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) measurements used in the West to assess the mental health of trauma victims do not yield a measurable understanding of trauma victims in cooperative or collectivist societies. [1] The reason is, PTSD measurements have been developed for the western individualistic cultural model, when, as she argues, “A definition of psychosocial functioning that takes social domains into account is particularly salient in collectivistic cultures (like Sinhala and Tamil cultures in Sri Lanka,) where behavior and experience are more dependent upon social networks, religious beliefs, cultural practices, and social roles.” [2]

This does not mean that Sri Lankans (and others in collectivist cultures) do not experience PTSD symptoms such as an inability to relax, recurring nightmares, intrusive memories or “reliving” of the event, being easily startled, numbness, hyper vigilance, the disruption of senses of reasonable mastery, and detachment from others. [3] Fernando says some PTSD symptoms appear to be universal, but that these symptoms alone do not fully capture the trauma experienced by people whose psychological wellbeing is dependent on a much wider set of functions and experiences as defined above. Therefore she developed a culturally grounded measure to capture more fully how rural Sinhala Buddhist individuals of the lower level economic strata experience and express trauma, a measure that generally illustrates how, in both Sinhala and Tamil cultures, mental health is conceptualized differently from the West. 

Two questions I set out to investigate in this study were to see if tsunami victims’ social statuses and economic conditions impacted their abilities to recover psychologically from the tragedy, and what role Buddhism plays in their recovery process. I provided some answers in Chapter Three. Here I explore the emotional well-being of several survivors a year after the disaster. They include narrators whose voices were heard in previous chapters as well as a doctor who lost twelve family members, and who I met only when I returned for follow-up research. I analyze the data drawing primarily on Fernando’s work; but also use the Western PTSD diagnostic framework when applicable. 

It should be noted that Fernando developed her model based on rural Sinhala people of the lower economic class. But it applies to urban middle class tsunami victims as well because as mentioned before, all Sri Lankan Buddhists belong to the Theravada Buddhist School, so share a common worldview. However, the ways in which people apply the philosophy is particular to each individual, depending on their particular needs and levels of understanding and comprehension. I begin the analysis with the voices of Suneetha and Amal, the couple who lost their home and furniture business. 

***

As we heard in Chapter Four, soon after the tsunami, Amal and Suneetha coped with their losses reflecting on the Buddhist concept of ‘anitya’ or impermanence. A year later, their lens had not changed, but their vision had widened for Suneetha told me, “These days we remind ourselves and each other about the Buddha’s teachings of the Ata Lo Dahama, [4] meaning the eight vicissitudes the Buddha said revolves around each and every one of us, wherever and whenever we may live. These are: gains and losses, good repute and ill repute, praise and censure, and pleasure and pain. 

As Maha Thera Piyadassi, one of Sri Lanka’s foremost scholar monks reminds us, if we can understand the nature of human life and its ups and downs, if we see how things come into being and pass away in their proper perspective, we can face the vicissitudes of life calmly. [5] Dr. Harishchandra also told me that the way in which individuals perceive and interpret life changing events play a significant role in how they respond to traumatic events. So, this couple found it helpful to reflect on the fact that gains and losses are a part of life. But as the Buddha also said, nothing, including our mental states, is permanent and Suneetha went on, “I am not saying it is easy to maintain this outlook because our minds play tricks. Suddenly our (previous) home appears in my mind and it is so real that I feel as if I am actually physically walking around there, doing the things I used to do….And when that happens it is unbearable, I cannot stop the tears.” Such moments of ‘re-living’ are symptomatic of PTSD. So is ‘hyper-vigilance’: she said both she and Amal are “always watching the sea when we go somewhere. We never did that before.” 

Suneetha also described other PTSD symptoms of impaired concentration and decreased self-efficacy, and spoke about experiencing numbness on the left side of her head. However, as Dr. Fernando notes, interpersonal networks and connections carry greater weight in expressions of psychological illness and wellness in Sri Lanka, and what seemed to worry Suneetha more than her physical wellbeing was that those symptoms were affecting her ability to care for her toddler (i.e. being a good mother) as well as her job performance (i.e. being a good employee.) “I really have to think about each and everything I do now, and I never did that before” she said, with a troubled look. 

Amal appeared depressed due to his inability to provide for the needs of his growing family (i.e. being a good husband/father/ provider.) Employed in low-level government jobs, upward mobility was impossible without their business-generated income, but he did not have the financial resources to relocate his furniture business on their property by the side of the main road, the ideal location to attract customers. Both the wife and husband also deeply mourned their descent into the lower class and the stressful situation had taken a toll on Amal’s health also. He was now taking medication for elevated blood pressure – a post-tsunami development. 

Still, their philosophical attitudes and attempts to view their predicament as part and parcel of the human experience had enabled them to cope with their traumatic experience without a negative impact on interpersonal relations. For instance, fighting with relatives and neighbors is indicative of poor psychosocial functioning says Fernando. I visited this couple at their home several times and met one or both at the temple on various occasions, and did not see or hear of such conflicts within their own relationship or with other relatives and neighbors. On the contrary, their social networks were very much intact. While Suneetha was at work, her mother-in-law watched their son, now a cheerful toddler, and the relations between the two women were warm. Suneetha also had friendly interactions with neighbors and was actively involved in temple activities. Nor did I see or hear evidence of tensions between their relations as husband and wife. Their story has a happy ending. With help from a number of people (including myself) and private loans, Amal built a small new shop on his beachfront property and when I visited him there in 2007, he said business was good.

*** 

When I returned for follow-up research I brought pirikara (donations) to give the monks attending the first year dana for tsunami victims and went to deliver them to the parents of the two young girls who died, and to Sisira, who lost his wife, all four children, and father-in-law. All three survivors had refused to speak to me during my first research trip, but they all accepted the pirikara gladly and invited me to the dana. I had to decline the invitation to the dana for the two little girls though because their mother had had a new born son, and they had postponed the dana to a later date, which would have been the eighth birthday of their older daughter. I was scheduled to return to the U.S. before that. But when I visited her, Harshi, the 25-year-old mother, talked to me about her tsunami experience. 

When she heard people shouting and saw a big wave, Harshi had fled with her two daughters, seven-year-old Kavindya Gayathri and three-year-old Shakya Devindi and the woman who helped her around the house. The two adults had taken hold of the children, but the sea over powered them. Harshi lost consciousness and when she came to, her daughter was gone and she was lodged among the branches of a young coconut tree. Two men rescued her and she reunited with her husband, brother, and the household help. But both her daughters were missing. It was not until the next morning that the two girls were found. “I was able to hold my older daughter and embrace her, but they wouldn’t even let me to see my younger daughter. She had been found under the rail road,” Harshi wept. 

With their home and her husband’s successful cottage industry – a timber mill – completely destroyed, Harshi and her husband were now living with his parents. We talked in their bedroom where Harshi’s newborn son, just six days old, lay fast asleep. Looking at him tenderly, she stroked his head of black hair. But this idyllic scene lasted only a moment; the tragedy intruded on every treasured moment in this young mother’s life. “Whenever I look at my son, I am reminded of my older daughter….He looks just like she did at birth,” she sighed. “I know I have to bear this somehow, but I always think how much better it would have been if I still had my two daughters also!” Her son whimpered and she picked him up. Her tears dripped down to the baby’s arm. Her words, “I know I have to bear this somehow” were indicative of “heaviness in the chest” that Fernando identifies as a sign of distress in trauma survivors she interacted with. 

Trying to think of a way to pacify Harshi I said gently, “Well, you have another baby now and you are still young. You can have another child or two”. But she looked at me with enormous pain in her eyes. “I can never forget my daughters, can I?” she asked me in a broken voice. “A mother can never forget her children,” she said again, this time more to herself. I felt terrible. I had hurt her deeply, even if unintentionally.  

After some hesitation, I asked Harshi about the upcoming dana. She said they would have it at the site where their home had stood. “There is nothing there, but we want to put up a tent and offer the dana. That is what most people who lost their homes did,” she said. Our conversation shifted to life and death, and I asked how she tries to come to terms with what happened. “The only way to come to terms with what happened is to realize that whatever karma they did is also (tied to) our karma,” she replied. As explained before, according to the Buddhist theory of samsara, people commit karmic actions individually or collectively. But collective karmic actions do not yield similar results for everyone involved because each individual’s intentions are different, which means that consequences would differ accordingly. The karmic theory prevented Harshi from blaming herself for not being able to save her daughters. 

After we had talked at length Harshi she told me that she usually avoids people who want to talk about her tsunami experience because it is too painful. I was taken aback by this admission for she had not hesitated when I asked for an interview. But now I realized I had not only invaded her privacy, but had also subjected her to the deepest pain. It was too late to undo the damage, so I suggested the only remedy I could think of. I offered to leave out her story from this book; although I did not want to do it. But she replied, “It is alright to include my story in your book because this did not happen to me only. This happened to so many of us.” And she gave me a photograph of her daughters with a request to include it in the book. I am deeply honored to include their photograph and all the others given to me by the loved ones of those who died in the tsunami. 

*** 

The dana for Sisira’s loved ones was held at his parents’ home, located deep inside the village, where he now lives. Sisira held up well throughout the ceremony, so when I took my leave from him I asked if he would speak with me at a later date. He agreed. But as soon as we started to talk, it was plain that he was still in too much pain to recount his experiences and I offered to leave. But he insisted, “No, no, madam, I will tell you what happened.” Then, screwing up his face a couple of times to fight back tears, he said hoarsely, “That morning I went to Ampitiya to do some work. About an hour later, the waves hit and took my four little ones, my wife, and her father.” His voice stalled. Then he looked at me pleadingly. “There’s nothing more to say,” he said and sat motionless, tears flowing down his face.  

Sisira’s mother, sister, and brother-in-law who were also present gave me glimpses into his life before the disaster. Sisira worked in a timber mill and also supplied fresh produce for his uncle’s stall in the Galle Market to earn extra money to provide for his family. He doted on his four children said his mother, and accompanied the older ones each morning to school. “Now he cannot bear to see children walking to school in the morning! But what can we do? This is the karma they brought with them, and they went leaving us to suffer” his mother sighed deeply. 

Since the tragedy, Sisira had not returned to the timber mill. “He spends the mornings with his friends drinking arrack on the beach, [6] and then comes back and just sleeps,” his mother said. ‘Not performing duties, poor self-care, and sleeping’ were themes that emerged in Fernando’s samples of psychosocial impairment. I asked Sisira why he did not return to his regular job. He said he lost his chain saw to the tsunami, and that he doesn’t have the physical or mental will to return to the timber mill. Fatigue, vocational impairment, alienation, and social withdrawal are symptomatic of traumatic stress both in Fernando’s analysis and in PTSD. 

It was easy to understand why life had lost its meaning for this grieving husband and father; but how could the path he had taken make it any better? So, I said, “Sisira, you say you can’t go back to work because you don’t have the physical and mental will. Isn’t arrack going to deteriorate your body and mind even more?” He looked at me wearily. “I drink because that helps me to sleep,” he replied. “That is the only way my mind can get some rest.” 

Experts know that attempts to blur the pain with alcohol or drugs is one of the strategies trauma victims employ, but his reply really aggravated his mother. “When he is awake, all he does is to sit in a corner and cry or stare into space,” she said angrily. Being ‘lost in thought’ is consistent with Fernando’s findings of psychosocial distress. His mother continued. “Then I scold him and tell him to go out because if he goes on like that, he will go crazy, won’t he?” Tears were streaming down her cheeks too, whether from anger, desperation, or grief, I did not know. All I knew was that a vicious cycle had emerged in this home: The more depressed Sisira became, the more irritable and angry his mother got. And the angrier she got, the more he drank. Fighting with relatives and neighbors – people’s normal network of support in a cooperative society – is another symptom of psychosocial distress, according to Fernando. How could the stressful, conflict ridden situation in this traumatized family, be resolved? Every member of this household was a trauma victim and needed the support of the others. How could their lives ever get better if Sisira continued to turn to the bottle for solace? 

I thought for a moment, and gently pointed out again to Sisira that if he didn’t stop drinking he would only grow mentally and physically weaker, and that the weaker he became the harder it would be to rebuild his life. He sat quietly, looking at his hands for a moment and then burst out angrily with a reply that really shocked me. 

“I didn’t drink like this before (the tsunami) but now I drink and smoke because I have not got any help from the government yet. Everyone is getting fifty thousand and hundred thousand rupees to rebuild their damaged homes or they are getting new houses. But I am yet to get anything!” 

I was completely taken aback both by his explanation and the vehemence in his voice. Here was all the evidence that his and his extended family’s socioeconomic situation severely impacted his psychosocial status. I asked if he did not get any aid from the government. “I got the funeral expenses of 15,000 rupees per person who died, and four installments of 2,500 rupees. But I lost everybody and everything that I ever owned, and nobody has yet done anything for me. That is why I drink. I drink with my buddies because they treat me well.” His buddies were fishermen and besides arrack, they always gave him a fish or two from the catch.

All this time, I thought Sisira drank because he was tormented by the memories of his wife and children and other losses. But now he said he drank because he was angry at the world at large. The tsunami destroyed his personal world, but neither the wider community nor the government cared. Nobody helped him with the seemingly endless struggles that had become his lot in life. Feeling utterly helpless, he took out his frustrations and anger on his family. 

Psychologists identify several dependent factors of traumatic stress levels - the degree of exposure to the traumatic event, previous exposure to similar events, personality traits, age, and health conditions. Sisira appeared to be in his mid-thirties, and if he had not talked about mental and physical exhaustion, I would have perceived him to be in good physical health. He was not exposed directly to the tsunami; technically he had had only tertiary exposure, meaning he had close ties with primary victims, but his world had revolved around them. Now, suddenly and cruelly bereft of those he had loved and everything that gave meaning to life, and abandoned by those in power who could help him, he had fallen into such deep depression that he had lost all interest and motivation to live a productive life. His reluctance to keep awake because that meant such torment, drove him to the bottle. His drinking alienated him from his mother and other members of his natal family, who, before the tsunami, had taken care of his children when Sisira and his wife went to work. His mother, aunt, and other close kin were themselves trying to adjust to the pain and emptiness of the changed circumstances and simply did not have the knowledge, skills, or the emotional strength to deal with his behavior. He rebelled by turning to the bottle.

Because ethnographers work within the communities, we naturally become entwined in the lives and events of those we study, and we have an obligation to engage in activist anthropology. I asked Sisira, “What sort of help are you looking for? Would it help you to get a chain saw?” But my question unexpectedly triggered more pain for him. “I didn’t lose just a chain saw,” he told me tearfully. “My wife worked in the garment factory. We had goods worth about Rs. 100,000 we bought jointly….I don’t think I have the physical prowess to return to the lumber mill now”.   

I was at a loss for a moment. But I persisted, not wanting to let go of this opportunity which offered a chance to steer his mind in a more constructive direction – if I handled it properly. “Well, what do you think you can do to earn a living?” I asked. 

“I’d like to open a small grocery store,” he replied without any hesitation, as if this had been a life-long ambition. “I am not talking of a shop on a grand scale, just a nice small one” he assured me. His response suggested he had not lost his motivation to work and that he was not seeking to avoid the larger society. But it turned out he had neither prior experience running a business, nor any idea of how much capital would be required for such a venture. All he knew was that he wanted to open a small grocery store right there on his parents’ tiny front yard. 

The problem really confounded me. I was leaving the country in a few days, and had no money left to help him. But how could I leave this man, one of the most helpless tsunami victims, now even more vulnerable because he was in danger of losing the support of his natal family too due to his alcoholism, without offering some concrete help? I thought quickly. I had developed close working relations with people who could help, such as the Divisional Secretary of Habaraduwa and the Chairperson of the DRMU. I promised Sisira that I would speak to these officials and see that he realizes his dream to open a grocery store. I was immediately rewarded. His eyes became a little brighter, and his face, which always looked so strained, softened a bit.

 This transformation gave me another opening for something else. “I will definitely speak to the officials about you, but to get help, you have to promise that you will stop drinking.” I told Sisira. To this he replied he doesn’t drink that much. I knew enough about alcoholism to realize that he was in a typical stage of denial and that unless he accepted that he had the problem, nothing I said was going to make any difference. So, I tried a new tactic. “How can you do meritorious actions for your wife and children if you drink? Your mind will only get dull and inactive, won’t it?” I asked Sisira.

He looked at me hard. “Madam, I could have got a bottle of poison and taken my life when this happened, but then who would do the merit making for them? That is what I live for now and I have already done a lot of meritorious deeds on behalf of my wife and children.” He said he had owned a piece of land in Meepe (a village further inland) on which had stood a small house. He had not moved his family there because it was too far from the children’s school. Following the tragedy, he had buried his loved ones on that land and then, as a meritorious act for them, he told a poor family to use the lumber from the house to renovate their terribly dilapidated home, and then donated the land to the people of Meepe because they did not have public cemetery. 

I was deeply touched by his story and felt close to tears as I thought how hard it must have been for him. Sisira went on. “I also used the money I got from the government and whatever money there was in the children’s savings books to construct a mal asana (a platform to offer flowers in the temple) for a new temple that is being built in a village about six miles from here. I am told it is the best in this area. I did that for merit for my wife and children. If you want, I can take you there” With his mother’s consent, Sisira, his young nephew, and I went to the temple. He introduced me to the monk there as the lady who brought the pirikara from America. 

There is no doubt Sisira found enormous solace and comfort from Buddhist teachings and practices. Performing them also showed that he was not in denial; he accepted the deaths of his loved ones. His desire to open a grocery store demonstrated he was ready to move on, but his family did not have the economic means to help him. 

The next morning I met the DS. He of course knew Sisira’s story; the deaths occurred in the Habaraduwa Division. But he did not know that the tragedy had plunged Sisira to the depths of despair. He listened carefully to the narrative and said he was expecting a German philanthropic friend soon, who built five houses for tsunami victims. “I am sure he will help Sisira to open a grocery store when he hears the story,” Samarasekera said. He also asked that Sisira meets him the following Monday. I went home and wrote a letter to the official summarizing our discussion, in Sinhala. Then I took it to Sisira and told him to read it. He promised to meet the official on Monday. 

A few weeks after I returned to California, I telephoned the DS. He said that Sisira met him as scheduled and that he submitted a cost estimate for the proposed business as well. However, when the philanthropist arrived, Sisira disappeared. Samarasekara sent the GN in search of him, and his distraught mother said her son had gone away and they did not know where to look for him. So, said Samarasekara, “My friend left and there was nothing I could do to help Sisira.” I could not believe it. “Well, we both did our best. I hope things will get better for him someday,” I said, trying to contain the disappointment and anger at Sisra, however unreasonable that may have been. 

But Sisra’s story too has a happy ending. After the buffer zone law was rescinded, many people who had asked for replacement homes returned to where they used to live, leaving an excess of new homes built by donors. Samarasekera had given one of these to Sisira and when I returned to my research site for two weeks in 2007, I went to meet him. But a neighbor said Sisira had gone to Colombo to obtain a passport, to go to the Middle East for work. Though I was sorry to have missed him, this was wonderful news; he was no longer angry and depressed, but looking forward to a new life.

*** 

In 2006, I also went to the home of Nihal and Latha, with the couple’s niece, Sreenika. The parents had offered a reward of two million rupees and immunity from legal proceedings for the safe return of their daughter, and with the police, the CID, and the Child Protective Services, followed up various leads they received in response to newspaper appeals, but without success. The police had also traced the fisherman who took the girl in the boat, but the man no longer knew where she was. 

“Had our daughter died, we would accept it and fulfill our obligations according to the Buddha’s dhamma, however difficult that would be. But when something like this happens how can we bear it? We searched for her so hard!” Nihal began crying. Latha sat beside her husband, without uttering a word. Tears streamed down her face too. 

The family lives far from the sea in a Colombo suburb and so they did not lose material wealth. Nihal was still securely employed. But like Sisira, this couple too was tormented by the most mundane of daily activities. Only their older daughter, Naduni, goes to school with Nihal in the morning. Latha has none to pick up at noon and take for extracurricular activities as she used to. She is a housewife, and time moved desperately slowly. “She must feel like a prisoner confined to the home. So, I tell her to at least go to the temple until Naduni and I get back. The temple is the only place that gives us some consolation now,” Nihal said. 

Nihal and Latha had also worried about the impact of the situation on Naduni because she was scheduled to sit a competitive public examination in 2005. But she passed it creditably.  “That gives us strength because it shows she has not fallen like us” said Nihal. But what he said next showed the depths to which he and his wife have fallen were impacting interpersonal relations in the family. “We don’t even utter 25 words between us at home anymore. Someone may be sleeping somewhere. My wife may be cooking. We just don’t laugh and talk as we used to.”  Sleeping and avoidance are typical signs of psychosocial distress. Contrast this with Nihal’s recollections of December 24, 2004. “We went shopping all day with the children. We bought new books and book bags for them and came home about 7.30 in the evening. I was so happy that day I even danced with my little girl….” My heart ached for this family. Talking about that night again he said, “That was the last night we experienced happiness. We can never feel the happiness we felt that night again unless we find her….” 

He also said both of them suffer from insomnia, a PTSD symptom. “It is impossible to get a restful night of sleep. Even if we go to bed at 12 midnight feeling exhausted, we may sleep for an hour or two, but then we wake up and after that there is no way we can get back to sleep” Nihal said. Fernando theorizes that Sri Lankans tend to somatize their psychological stress. Nihal said, “We have cried before and tears had flown out of our eyes. But now when we cry our eyes and the surrounding area burn; a burning heat comes with the tears”. 

Nihal said repeatedly he did not know how to adapt to the changed situation. Knowing their daughter was alive, he could not close the door to the past and move on to the future. Trapped in a liminal phase, there seemed to be no hope of regaining the orderly and predictable life he had known, or looking towards what we generally take for granted as a normal future. To make matters worse, like Suneetha, Nihal was experiencing intrusive and recurring visions of his little girl. “Sometimes, even when I am in the office, I see my daughter’s face – not just one but a thousand – all around me. When that happens it is impossible to erase that vision and I automatically fall down emotionally,” he confessed. Volkan and Zintl call such episodes ‘splitting of the mind.’ They explain this happens when attachments roam through trauma victims’ minds unconsciously because they cannot do the emotional work necessary to let lost persons go, or in Suneetha’s case, lost possessions go. [7] But with each re-living or intrusion, Nihal, like Suneetha, becomes more demoralized.

Although the tsunami haunts them continually, Latha said the event “has become a thing of the past for most of the public.” She said some people had even begun to negate the tragedy to such an extent they saw the couple’s Herculean efforts to find their daughter not as a logical and the only legitimate response to their situation, but more as a distortion of reality. “They don’t understand why we cannot just accept what happened because so many children were lost. When some people see the word ‘tsunami’ in the newspaper, they just turn the page over. It is only for us this ordeal continues” she said. Consequently, Nihal was now leaving out the word ‘tsunami’ from newspaper appeals for their lost daughter, so people will pay more attention. 

In the privacy of their homes, however, not only Nihal and Latha, but also Siritunga, who rescued Hiruni after the tsunami receded, continued their search with the firm belief that she will one day come back home. “Siritunga says that the most meritorious act he could do for his wife (who also died in the tsunami) is to find Hiruni. So, whenever he ever gets any leads about her he follows them up. He is certain she is alive.” Nihal said. 

Their conviction that Hiruni is alive and will be found has been strengthened by several fortune tellers. In Sri Lanka, like in other Buddhist countries, Buddhism co-exists in harmony with other religious traditions and folk traditions because the Buddha advocated tolerance for all religions and belief systems. So, even though the Buddha did not encourage fortune telling and other clairvoyant practices, and Nihal and Latha had not habitually gone to fortune tellers before the tsunami, the couple had visited several such people since. “Some of them tell us exactly what happened as if they are watching a movie!” Nihal said. He said one man handed him a piece of string and told him to cut through the pages of an old Ola Leaf book. Then, searching Nihal’s face intently but without asking any questions, he wrote something on a piece of paper. “Is this your story?” he asked, handing the paper to Nihal. “You are searching for a young child. She is alive and well” he had written. Then he told Nihal to open the Ola Leaf book at the page he marked with the string. The child is living and is in good health” it said. Not one of the fortune tellers said their daughter died. “Some even predicted a time period within which she will come back. Some of those dates are passed, but some are yet to come, so we live in hope,” Nihal said.   

The fact that the family could hope for a reunion with Hiruni of course made their situation vastly different from Sisira’s. Besides actively searching for Hiruni, they had also made significant behavioral changes to help their situation. For instance, the family stopped eating fish and meat, and Nihal, a social drinker, had become a teetotaler. “We live a very kusalakari jeevitayak (meritorious life) now and we believe that our kusal (merits) will help in our efforts to find our daughter” he said. 

Hiruni’s belongings remain just as she left them. In the bathroom, her toothbrush still stands in its holder. On a shelf in another room stand her books, two boxes of toys, and the new book bag they had purchased. Latha opened the bag and showed me the books that the little girl had packed herself, ready to go to school after the holidays. Picking up a bright red remote control car that they had given her for her seventh birthday, her mother said, “This is the type of thing she liked. She loved swimming, gymnastics, and things like that.” Nihal pulled a box from under a bed, in which were more toy belonging to Hiruni - cars and a bus, two soccer balls, a tambourine, and many other toys. Balancing a ball on his fingers, Nihal said, “She did not like to study, so during exam. time I bring her a toy every day for about five weeks, to encourage her to do well.” He was smiling for the first time that evening as he remembered those days. His smile reminded me of what Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru wrote while in prison: “Unaffected by the storms and upheavals of the present, it (the past) maintains its dignity and repose and tempts the troubled spirit and the tortured mind to seek shelter in its vaulted catacombs. There is peace there and security, and one may even sense a spiritual quality.” [8]

 But unlike for Pandit Nehru, who was writing in prison and thus found “The present hardly exists, for there is an absence of feeling and sensation which might separate if from the dead past,” Nihal’s memories were intricately bound with his tortuous present, and he could not find peace in that treasured past for long. The upheavals that dragged him back to the present so unmercifully broke his heart. “My little girl was very close to me. Even when Naduni did not want to go somewhere with me, she always came. She loved to sleep next to me. On our last night together too she fell asleep next to me and I carried her back and put her in her bed. Then he said almost to himself, “I am a good swimmer and I have saved three lives. Why, oh why, when I have saved others did I lose my own daughter?” He shook his head, unable to comprehend. Then again he lapsed into the past. “If only the train had gone forward two more minutes it would have reached the Hikkaduwa station and none of this would have happened. That station was intact….”  That afternoon Nihal also showed me an exercise book. In it Hiruni had drawn a picture of him and written underneath,  

Mage Thatha.  Mage Thatha ge name Nihal.  Thatha mata chocolate genath denawa.  Thathata mama adarey”.

(My daddy.  My daddy’s name is Nihal.  Daddy brings me chocolate.  I love Daddy).

Nihal had made many vows to the gods asking for help and said that every night, he prays to a particular god, shows him this page, and pleads for help.

Latha had not said much in the three hours I spent at their home. I asked if she wanted to say anything. After a long pause, she said, “The only thing to talk about is the loneliness and the loss.” Then she was lost in thought again. Nihal spoke for her. “I am now 48 years old, my wife is 45,” he said. “Although we do not realize it, when you have a young child at home, we are also like children. It is when you lose a child that you realize you have been also reliving your childhood with them. Now we realize that as we played with her, we too enjoyed life in an innocent, child like way. We have lost that now. Until you lose a child you do not realize what a fun-loving person you had been….Sometimes even when I am just walking on the street I discreetly put my hands together on my chest and worship, thinking of her. But when I am alone I just scream. I have to do that, there is no other way to bear this pain.....I pray that not even an insect ever experiences a tragedy like this, because it is impossible to bear. Now I feel it would have been better had I died.”  

Although Naduni and Sreenika were present in the room throughout, they did not speak at all. I asked how the tragedy affects them. Naduni said that she dreams of her little sister about once a month. “I never see her in the tsunami, only that we are playing or coming home from school and things like that. Then I wake up feeling terribly sad.” 

Sreenika said, “I used to have nightmares and wake up really frightened, but they didn’t keep me awake.” Bad dreams was a theme that appeared in Fernando’s findings. Like Latha and Nihal, Sreenika also talked of intrusive memories. “Over the year, the horror of all that happened has diminished, but there are moments when a vision of the tsunami suddenly appears in front of my eyes when I am awake.” She said such problems are getting less and that going to work helps, but that she is now unable to watch ghost stories on the television and hear tales about spirits. “I feel so afraid. That is something that I had never experienced before” she said. Fernando says traumatized females mention a fear of ghosts more often than males.

 Like other narrators, both Sreenika and Naduni came to terms with Hiruni’s loss with their understanding of the karmic theory. “All nine of us (who went on the trip) must have committed some terrible karma together to experience this,” Sreenika said. “Yes, and that is why we lost nangi (younger sister),” Naduni agreed. 

I asked this family if talking about the tragedy made things worse or better for them. Latha said it heightens the pain and makes her want to cry. But Nihal said it is helpful because he can then cry and expel the tightness and anguish inside. Naduni said the same. With so much pain and suffering in their lives, I did not want to worsen their situation by including their story in this book if they had any second thoughts – although it is such a valuable a contribution to this study. So I asked several times if it was alright to mention their experience and their real names. Every time Nihal gave me permission. “Now I am running out of options and places to look, so if this can be publicized in other ways that would be a tremendous help for us,” he said.

Hiruni disappeared when she was seven years old. In 2010, to help with their searching, I offered to have Hiruni’s picture progressed to her current age through Forensic Compositing, and the family accepted gladly. Latha asked that the progression depicts her daughter at 14-15 years of age. I contacted Phoejoe, a company in Michigan, and requested them to do two images, one with long hair and the other with short hair. They did such a good job that Nihal said that relatives who were shown the progressed picture believed Hiruni had been found. The family published the updated photos with appeals, but she still remains missing.

*** 

When I met Ciranthi a year after the tsunami she was supervising workmen remodeling her home. “The project was a direct result of the tsunami – it made me very aware anitya,” she said. “I reflect on that constantly and feel like I am running out of time. Now I have begun to do things I always planned to do. One was to settle the children in Australia for higher education (which she had done.) Another was to remodel this house. I inherited it from my parents and want to leave it for my children. They are very good people and once this remodeling is done I would feel I have made my contribution to them because they have a better place to return to.” She went on, “Coming face to face with death changes you to the core. It changes your personality, your attitude towards everything. It gives you a lot to think about.”

Besides driving her to stop procrastinating, she said that her tsunami experience also steered her towards Buddhism. She was familiar with Buddhist teachings before the tragedy, but had not been inclined to serious contemplation of the teachings. A typical product of a Westernized urban middle class family, Ciranthi’s life has been shaped more by the modern capitalist western culture that pervades the city than Buddhist cultural traditions, but now, she reads Buddhist philosophy and “Very much live on the words of the Buddha. His teachings give you a balanced perspective. He has given answers to the way this world works and the entire business of living. It’s very real to me now that you can be here, and gone the next minute, so why chase after things which are like a mirage? My attitude now is to take each day as it comes. I don’t make plans for the next 10 years; I don’t believe in that any more. Some people say this is not a good attitude, but I know from experience that you may have to leave everything with no planning and no warning. So I don’t make long term plans that can simply go down the drains.”

“How did you view life before all this happened?” I asked. 

Smiling, she recalled she wanted prestige, to become ‘somebody’ socially and professionally. She also wanted to enjoy herself and to be able to afford whatever she wanted, so she worked hard and saved as much as she could. “I wouldn’t say I was greedy for money, but it seems to me money rules your entire life. We know that in any society people formulate ideas about how things are or should be done. These are cultural conceptions. You think this is the way to grow up, that you must get the best job, get married, have children. There’s a set pattern, set boundaries, within which you act as a member of a group. They influence individual goals about what we want to achieve, where we are going, and so on. But now I realize I wanted money for the wrong reasons, like wanting to buy a better car when the one I had was perfectly fine. Now, the furthest thing in my mind is how far I can go in my career. I socialize because I work, but now I don’t enjoy that; I find it frivolous. I am not reaching out to indulge myself any more. If I have a comfortable life I will be happy. That is a big change in how I look at things.”

“In my quiet moments I reflect a lot on what happened, but not in a bitter way or a sad way. I am positive because there is a lot to live for. You must make something of your life, but that does not mean acquiring material things. Living in this consumer society, it is very difficult to find people who are not interested in material things. We get caught up in all the publicity and propaganda and advertising. It is pretty normal, but in actual fact they mean nothing. People should take the time to stop and think about what they are doing. Then they will realize that there is more to life than just eating and drinking and partying” she said.

 “Somebody who hears you talk, and who is not familiar with Buddhism, might say you feel like this because you are depressed,” I remarked.  

 “Not at all!” she disagreed, smiling broadly. “Depression can ruin you. I never went to that place called ‘Depression.’ I think you fall into that situation if you don’t have the capacity to understand that things like tsunami happen due to various natural conditions and to accept them. As the Buddha taught, that’s the way things are. You have to understand that these things are,” she emphasized again. She was referring to the Niyama Dharma (See Chapter 4.) “So, I am not going to ask why the tsunami happened, or why it happened to me and not someone else, or why it happened to Sri Lanka. I don’t have to clutter my brain with things I don’t need to know.” 

She had indeed discovered Buddhism. The Buddha said “One is one’s own refuge.” He said each woman or man has the power within themselves to find liberation from all dukkha (unsatisfactoriness that results from impermanence) through their own personal effort and intelligence. Without worrying about the causes for the catastrophe which was beyond her control, Ciranthi was focusing on what she can control – her own mind and actions – by living in the present moment, in the here and now, which is the crux of the Buddha’s teachings. She coped with the initial ‘survivor guilt’ that gripped her by helping other tsunami victims and by documenting her experience. Now she was fulfilling goals she always meant to but never did, thus ensuring her psychosocial wellbeing.  

“It so happens that my experience made me very reflective, and through that I became a much better person,” Ciranthi smiled. “I don’t think I was such a bad person before because when the tsunami happened I was not carrying any baggage; I was very ready to go. I was not afraid. I can’t explain that. I had my children, the most precious things in my life, next to me but what could I do? I couldn’t save them and they couldn’t save me. We were all doomed. It really hit me then that if you have to go, you go alone. No one could help you. That was the time I realized, ‘Come on, what are we doing here?’ The Buddha said you don’t have to go very far to find out. He said that everything is in this fathom long body; [9] so you look for it inside your own mind…. Everyone has flaws, and I am trying to correct my own. I think being a Buddhist actually makes life very simple. What you have to do is to develop a perception, a way to look at things. And once you have that mindset, everything falls into place.”

The Buddha’s teachings are centered on the Four Noble Truths. The first truth is that life is dukkha, meaning unsatisfactory. The second truth is dukkha arises because all component things change and are therefore impermanent. The third truth is that it is possible to eliminate dukkha, and the fourth teaches the way to do so – the Noble Eightfold Path, also known as the Middle Path. 

The Middle Path is a philosophy, a worldview. The first step in this path is “Right Understanding” – the understanding that all mind and matter is constantly changing and is therefore anitya, dukkha, and anatma. When one sees the world through this lens, one is able to cultivate right thoughts so that greed, anger, malice, and other such attachments do not defile one’s mind. As Gnanaweera Thero once observed, once someone cultivates the first step, the other seven attributes of the Eight Fold Path invariably follow. These are: Right Thought; Right Speech (speaking only the truth words that benefit others and only when necessary;) Right Action (abstaining from killing living beings, stealing, and sexual misconduct;) Right Livelihood (abstaining from selling livestock, weapons, meats, drugs, alcohol, and poisons;) Right Effort (consistently striving to cultivate and develop one’s mind so that good or meritorious thoughts and intentions are increased and negative ones are decreased and eliminated;) Right Mindfulness (constantly being aware of one’s bodily actions, perceptions, sensations, and mind;) Right Concentration (maintaining single-minded mental focus in meditation, so one achieves the calmness of mind that enables him or her to develop his or her intuitive abilities to penetrate the worldly life and see reality as it is.)   

The Buddha analyzed not only dukkha in its various manifestations, but also the various types of sukkha, meaning happiness, comfort, ease, contentment. But sukkha is also conditional and subject to change. Realizing that attachments to sense pleasures only increases dukkha because all pleasures are temporary, and by letting go of her materialistic desires, Ciranthi was finding sukkha. She was finding liberation from the mental stresses and strife come from cleaving, grasping, attachment. She was discovering that both dukkha and sukkha are ultimately mental conditions. Therefore, she said, she is now even glad she had the horrifying experience because “I am very content. I have no great desires for anything. It’s very strange, but this whole tsunami thing made me very, very free.”  

Ciranthi’s change of perspective and the accompanying actions were a continuous sequence that flowed from the disaster. But we do not always see such harmony between thought and action leading to sustained behavioral changes in a short time span; changes that reverse or significantly change someone’s mode of thinking and habits usually develop over a life time. She herself observed this when, talking about the response of the larger society soon after the disaster she said, “At the beginning, when people were helping those who lost everything, even those who were helping were desperate. They didn’t know how to handle their emotions because something of this magnitude had never happened to anybody before. So, everybody was willing to donate, to give, to be humanitarian. But now, it’s a whole different story! The way I see it, it is propaganda again, it is bureaucracy again; people have gone back to the way they used to be. I think even some people who got caught to the tsunami are again settling back to life as usual although I don’t think they have actually forgotten how desperate and ferocious the experience was. I don’t think you can forget a thing like that.”

“Why do you think they have gone back to life as usual then?” I asked. Her response revealed she too realized the privileges afforded by her middle class status and her economic self sufficiency contributed significantly to her sense of psychosocial wellbeing. “For poor people who lost everything, life was always a struggle” she said. “They have to worry about where the next meal comes from. I don’t think they have the time sit down and reflect about what happened, and make something better of themselves. I think they just carry on the way they always did because they have to. They have no other choice but to say, ‘Well these things happen,’ and go on as they always did. It is a sad situation because reflecting on what happened can make you a much better person.” 

I was curious to find out if her new insights about life and its vicissitudes, and her ability to detach herself from material pleasures, also enabled her to detach herself from her bonds with the children because the last time we met she said that after the disaster it became very important that she and the children stay in touch closely with one another. “No, staying in touch with them is still extremely important. I would eventually want to be with them and I think the feeling is mutual” she replied. “Everyday my daughter ‘texts’ me at least three times a day, and always before she goes to sleep, and I reply. Yesterday she forgot I was working and she wrote, ‘Ma, why are you silent, why haven’t you written?’ And both of them (the son and daughter) are also always on ‘SMS’ and ‘chat’ with each other. I think we miss each other a lot especially after this tsunami experience. We always want to know everything is alright with the other person. I am reading and trying to find out what the Buddha says about detachment, but the most difficult thing in his teachings is to be detached from those you love.” This is undoubtedly so, as told by Harshi, Sisira, and Nihal, Latha, and their families too. This is why, when I met Dr. Prabhath, who survived the tsunami while many family members died, I was truly astonished by the way he was coping with the tragedy.

***

I met Dr. Prabhath at the first year dana the Talpe monk organized in the memory of all those who died in the tsunami. The doctor is the nephew of one of Sri Lanka’s foremost monks, Ven. Weligama Gnanaratana Thero. I knew they lost many family members because when I visited him, the monk gave me a small booklet he had written. Dr. Prabhath had it printed and distributed freely as a meritorious act for their loved ones. It was entitled “The four natural laws that fall on humans.” These four laws, which the Buddha called ‘four boulders’ are: aging, infirmity, calamities, and death. Even though he had been hit so hard by calamity and death, the doctor was remarkably calm when I met him and intrigued by his demeanor, I asked for an interview. He bade me to come to the Karapitiya hospital in Galle where he works. There, we spoke for about two hours in a consulting room.  

I began by asking the doctor if it was possible for him to talk about what happened. “Yes, that was a public holiday, a poya day, and I was on leave,” he said with no visible or audible discomfort. “We lived in Hambantota then and my wife and I planned a trip to Kataragama and invited my parents, sisters, and other family members to go with us. After we finished breakfast everyone went outside. I was still inside looking for something when I heard them shouting and ran out. I can’t remember if I saw the waves, and didn’t see what happened to the others. All I remember is being swept by the water and getting hold of a bush, and someone helping me to go to the hospital.” 

At the hospital, his colleagues helped him to overcome the initial confusion and then took him to the home of some relatives. Later they all went to search for survivors and found one sister-in-law alive. Dr. Prabhath’s home was partially destroyed and many dead bodies lay inside and outside, but none were of his relatives. They found the bodies of his parents-in-law, but not those of his wife, parents, sisters, and other missing loved ones. “Altogether 12 family members died, but we found only two bodies. Our home was near the mosque, in front of the levaya (salt pan.) They probably got washed into it,” Dr. Prabhath said. He recounted all this without shedding a single tear or even a quiver in his voice. He was 35 years-old. His wife, a social worker, had been 33. They had fallen in love and had married a year and a half before. They had no children. There had been nothing left of his wife’s belongings. 

The doctor now lives in his parents’ home in Weligama, with an aunt and her daughter. He had donated some belongings of his parents to needy people, but even after a year, was still unable to bring himself to open the suitcases containing the belongings of his three sisters that their friends had brought. Two had been university students and the third, a medical student. 

Before the tragedy, Dr. Prabhath had worked at the Hambantota hospital. His request to move to Karapitiya hospital where we met had been approved before the tsunami, but the Hambantota hospital would not release him due to lack of staff. After the tragedy he reported for duty at Karapitiya on January 5, 2005. “With your wife, parents, and nine other family members dead, how did you find the strength to come to work nine days later?” I asked, shocked. Dr. Prabhath thought deeply. “The strength comes from my religion,” he replied. “My relations helped me tremendously by looking after me, and arranging the funerals of my parents-in-law and the seventh day dana, but I think the strength comes mainly from my religion.” 

As we talked, it became evident that although Dr. Prabhath is trained in western medicine, his southern roots and his close association with his uncle and other monks ensured that his upbringing was significantly influenced by Buddhism. Still, I could not understand how he could remain so calm as he recounted his story. Ciranthi had escaped PTSD but she did not lose loved ones and was economically secure. The doctor was also economically secure; but his wife, parents, three sisters, parents-in-law and other kin perished in such a horrendous manner! Mystified, I asked which specific parts of the teachings he found helpful.  

“(The concept of) Anitya,” the doctor replied. “There is no way for anything to remain forever. Whether it’s your mother or father or anyone else, all of them will ultimately leave you. And we know about the Ata Lo Dahama (see above,) so we must be prepared to face any situation in life without going to extremes. Whether we experience sadness or happiness, we have to get used to that condition,” he said, quietly. By now I was well versed in these concepts, but having seen the toll the tragedy had taken on other survivors who lost loved ones, I was not convinced Dr. Prabhath could have come to terms with this unimaginable tragedy through Dhamma alone. “Were you not depressed at all?” I asked.

He said he could not eat lunch on the 26th but that he had dinner at his relative’s home. “From then on, my appetite was not affected” he said. “Could it have been due to shock?” I persisted. “May be it was due to shock. When the stress is overwhelming you can’t feel emotions and you become numb. But even after some time had gone by I did not become depressed. After I came back to work I worked as I always did”.  

I wondered, was Dr. Prabhath so calm and confident because he works in the mental health ward? Was he a psychiatrist and did that help him to cope with the tragedy? But he said he had only recently chosen to specialize in that area of medicine and that he was studying for the first post-graduate examination in mental health. I wondered if receiving sufficient aid provided a partial explanation but he said he only claimed the 15,000 rupees per deceased person the government gave for funeral expenses. “I am quite able to manage financially and there are many others who needed that aid. I know some people who suffered much less damage than I did and still went after the aid. I didn’t because I stopped to think about the nature and meaning of life. Also, to take what I don’t need is against the Buddha’s teachings.” 

“So you mean to say that you did not fall mentally, doctor?” I asked again.  

“I did not fall mentally, and it was with the help of my religion and because others helped me” he said. 

“Do you have nightmares?” I asked.

“No, no!” he laughed.

I asked Dr. Prabhath if he ever dreams of those who died. He said he dreamt of his wife the first few months. “They were generally happy dreams in which we were doing things with other people. But I couldn’t stay with my wife, she always went away in all of them. I couldn’t even touch her.” Those dreams did not keep him awake, however, and he doesn’t dream of her these days. I asked if he cried a lot after the tragedy.  

“Not for a prolonged time. Even the psychiatrists at this hospital told me that it was alright to cry if I wanted to, but I did not need to,” he replied. 

According to psychoanalyst John Bowlby, adults who demonstrate prolonged absences of conscious grieving are generally self-sufficient, independent people, in control of themselves. They scorn sentiment, regard tears as a weakness, and take pride in appearing to cope well with grief. However, says Bowlby, others who know them well can sense signs of stress: they are tense, short tempered, and avoid talking about the deceased. O’Hara and Volkan note that particularly when loved ones die violently, survivors face added complications. Grief is often followed by anger; but expressing rage is too much an echo of the death itself.

Although the doctor did not avoid talking about the deaths, I wondered, did he not express grief because he might appear weak? But this was unlikely. Sri Lankan culture does not celebrate the stoic absence of grief reaction as happens in the U.S. On the contrary, in Sri Lanka failure to mourn and express grief is generally seen as a lack of love and caring for the deceased, and at one point he said, “I feel an immense sadness, how could you not?” So, why was he not consumed in grief? As we continued our conversation I realized the answer: he had shifted his attention from focusing on his own sense of loss and succumbing to grief, to looking at the process of life and death as explained by the Buddha. He focused on the nature of reality of this universe, on the principles of anitya, dukkha, and anatma, on rebirth – the Samsaric cycle – and on the universality of death.

“Death does not mean that our lives end there,” Dr. Prabhath said. “According to the Buddha’s dhamma, as we die, we gain another life. In other words, ‘living’ does not mean something that is static and confined to one lifetime, but something that is constantly changing, like a flowing river. When one life stops, we gain another bhavaya (form of existence). So, if we think that someone (who died) is not here, that is a fallacy. He or she exists somewhere else. The only difference is we don’t know where, and we have lost the connection we had to them.” This is what Mahathera Piyadassi meant when he said, “Life is not an identity, it is a becoming. It is a flux of psychological and physiological changes, a conflux of mind and body (nama-rupa.)”

The doctor continued. “My life is also anitya and when I die, the same thing will happen to me. In another 50 or 60 years most of us will be gone. When you look at the big picture, the only difference is that of time – we are around for a little longer than those who died. If we perceive life as a series of events that are constantly changing, constantly flowing, we realize that there is no point in feeling sad and depressed.” 

Now he was almost talking to himself. “All these years I thought my wife and I will always be together. But life is not like that, is it?  It flows on constantly and if we are born we have to die some day.” He looked at me again. “According to Buddhism, we may have been connected to those who are around us today in previous lives, but because we cannot look backwards (at previous lives) we don’t know who our mothers, fathers, wives, husbands, friends, were. We don’t know who we will meet in our next life either. My wife may have been my wife before, and I may meet her again in a future life. Or, we may have been together with different people in our past lives. So, there is little point in worrying or feeling sad about what happened, is there? The less attached we are the better, isn’t it?” he asked. I nodded. “The most important thing is to control your own mind. If you can do that, you will be healthy and you can go on with your life without descending into gloom”.   

Volkan and Zintl say that it is only when one is able to tolerate the idea of losing that one can mourn effectively. “Loss,” whether from death or due to changing circumstances, is fundamental to Buddhist thought and his internalization of the Dhamma had enabled Dr. Prabhath to take an objective dispassionate view of all life, including his own. By constantly reflecting on this truth, the doctor avoided the psychosocial stresses and PTSD trauma victims usually suffer.

I was of course familiar with much of what he said but had never stopped to apply them to life. I was both fascinated and humbled by the power and wisdom of the Buddha’s teachings and the doctor’s emotional strength. Never before had I encountered anybody who had made the teachings so integral to his or her life that it enabled him to cope with such severe trauma without falling victim to it. I also thought that perhaps his profession itself made it easier for Dr. Prabhath to constantly reflect on death; treating patients who are infirm, aging, and dying, he confronts anitya, dukkha, and anatma as a matter of course. When we conceive of this world as impermanent, ‘loss’ is the reality of life. I could see all this now, but to make sure that somebody could actually experience this type of emotional balance after such a terrible catastrophe, I discussed the doctor’s response to the deaths of his loved ones with the two monks I consulted throughout this study, Suthadhara Thero and Santa Thero.  

Santa Thero said, “When one meets sadness with the right understanding about the reality of existence, that all experiences are conditioned and that all things are impermanent, one is able to let go of his or her attachments and maintain a balanced perspective. The Buddha called this outlook pahan sanvegaya. The term is perhaps best translated as “experiencing sorrow in a balanced way, without excessive grief.”

Suthadhara Thero said, “If someone regularly meditates on impermanence, and particularly on death, he or she will develop the calmness and equilibrium and overcome emotions with dignity and peace.” There are 40 meditation topics in Buddhism, and meditating on the topic of death, known as maranasmruthi bhavana (mindful reflection on the impermanence of all component things) is one of them. The monk also reminded me that as we gain mastery over our feelings, consciousness, perceptions, and so on through constant mindfulness of our thought processes, bodily actions, and speech, we will not be controlled by emotional responses to the Ata Lo Dahama.

I asked the doctor about his future plans and his replies again indicated he had worked through his grief, but there was no doubt his perspective of life had changed significantly as a result of the tragedy. Echoing Ciranthi, he said he has only short-term plans now, the most immediate being to pass the first examination in psychiatry. Before the tragedy, he had planned to build a big house in Weligama and to start a general practice there. “I even put up a building for that purpose and was waiting for my transfer to Karapitiya. Now I will use that building for a garage!” he laughed heartily. I asked if he will marry again. He replied people have brought proposals of marriage, but that he was yet to go to see potential partners. “I will think of other things only when my examination is over.” 

“If you were to get married, what sort of a person would you want?” 

“Someone who would be close to my wife in age and personality. She was a social worker and she was very understanding. She had very good qualities. She always supported me in any undertaking and we did almost everything together.”

His answer made it easier to understand how he had managed to move on with his life also. Volkan and Zintl note that when people had happy and mature relationships that were complementary rather than dependent or ambivalent, it is easier to let go of attachments and to grieve more fully. I believe this is because there is little regret or a feeling of abandonment for the one left behind because mutual obligations were more or less fulfilled. 

If this is so, Dr. Prabhath’s relationships with his parents and other family members also must have been healthy and fulfilling. In Kalama Sutta the Buddha advised a young man named Kalama on the mutual obligations between parents and children, husband and wife, teachers and students, employers and workers. Perhaps the doctor had fulfilled his obligations to his parents and other family members and thus does not experience the despondence that results from unfinished tasks. Amal too said that because he and Suneetha fulfilled their obligations to the family, religion, and society, it was easier to bear their losses. 

In the words of the Buddha, ‘loss’ connotes another meaning in relation to how we normally live and perceive life. We are all lost in the vast and unknowable sea of samsara – lost in and among the entrapments of materialism; in our desires and craving to satisfy our senses; in our love and attachment for, or dislike and hatred towards, various people, circumstances, things, and even ideologies. And forgetting that everything is subject to change, we strive to satisfy our  desires and attachments by any means, sometimes even if it means stealing, warring, killing, and coercing. But even after achieving them, we want more of this and or more of that, and lost in our desires we subject ourselves to more losses and more grief. We will stop this process only when we realize this truth and develop and cultivate our minds so we appreciate and enjoy the present moment without cleaving and attachments. In the doctrine of Dependant arising or causal conditioning (paticca-samuppada,) the Buddha shows how mental formations arise and how they cease. [10] Treading this middle path helps us to develop a balanced outlook on life.

I often think that one advantage to growing older is that it allows us the opportunity to review our lives; that we get a second chance to steer ourselves towards a higher mental development so we become better people. But as I listened to the doctor, I did not think that at 35 years of age Dr. Prabhath had yet reached that stage. And as if he read my thoughts he said, “I can’t help thinking that this strength, this mind set, is one that I have been cultivating through many life times. Because when I look back, even I am surprised that I possess such strength. Even my sleep was not affected due to this”. As mentioned before, according to the Buddha, it is not a soul, but the stream of consciousness we have been cultivating through our lives that we carry forward to future births. 

“I started to think more deeply after this tragedy. It showed me how important it is to think about how I have been living my life,” the doctor said, again echoing Ciranthi. “If we look at our normal lives, what do we do? We go to school, then start working, get married, and have children. How many of us make the time to stop and reflect on what we are doing, what we are thinking? The way we live these days doesn’t leave room for such reflections. But if more people stop even for a bit and lean towards the Buddha’s teachings and start to reflect about the way they live, they will improve their standard of living and we can improve as a nation too.” 

***

Since I did not conduct ethnographic research in Japan, I can only provide a very brief account, based on an NHK program aired on March 10, 2012, of how Japanese tsunami survivors are doing a year after the disaster. As mentioned in Chapter Four, mourners go through different stages of grief. It appears that in Minamisanriku, where 274 people are still considered missing, about 50 per cent survivors were yet to accept the deaths of their loved ones even after a year of the disaster; they had not applied for death certificates that the Japanese government started issuing three months after the disaster so survivors can receive insurance payments. But as the first anniversary approached, some came to terms with the fact that their loved ones may have died and performed funeral rituals.

As mentioned in Chapter Four, the presence of the body is very important in Japanese funerals, and a father in Minamisanriku who lost his son, a town official who died when the tsunami engulfed the Disaster Control Center, expressed the ambivalence that all survivors of the missing must feel even as they perform the final rites. “How depressing! To honor my son, I have to hold a funeral without his ashes. But if I don’t, I feel my son cannot rest in peace,” he said. At the funeral, soil (presumably from the son’s home) and letters written to him by his children were brought in place of the ashes. So, the father said good bye to his son, but he is still waiting for closure. Police are still searching for the missing, and 458 bodies are waiting to be identified through DNA testing. The father said, “I am hoping DNA tests identify my son soon. I am expecting that will happen. I can’t bear to think of my son’s body lying somewhere, unattended.” 

Another parent, a mother who lost her son, a volunteer fire fighter in Fukushima Prefecture who was swept away while helping residents to evacuate, had not even be able to search for his body: their home stood in the 20 kilometer exclusion zone around the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear power plant and the public is prohibited from entering it. But two days before the anniversary, she was allowed access to the location where her son was last seen alive, behind their home. She knelt down there sobbing, and apologized to her son for not being able to search for him. But feeling her son would want her to move on, she too finally accepted his death and held a funeral service for him. 

The public too paid their respects to those who died in various ways. On the first anniversary of the disaster, a steady stream of visitors came to Okawa primary school where many children died. It had become an informal shrine. The president of a company producing parts for power generators brought a bus load employees to the spot from the port of Kobe in eastern Japan because he said, “It tears my heart….If you don’t come here, you can’t understand how bad things were.”

While rituals contribute significantly to the welfare of survivors, a government survey revealed that about 20 percent of survivors have difficulties sleeping, and that the percentage who says they are depressed is higher than the national average. While the loss of loved ones is no doubt a major factor, the loss of their homes, the way of life, and the disintegration of the closely knit families and communities as more and more survivors migrate to other areas are heightening the sense of grief and hopelessness, particularly among the elderly, whom doctors and psychiatrists report they are seeing more and more. 

Recognizing this, some survivors are trying to help them and their efforts enable us to see just how terrible life has become for them. The efforts of a woman in Ofunato, who, with a group of helpers, has been delivering packaged meals to those in need three times a week brings us a look at the plight of the elderly in the Tohoku region. 

The average age of people this group delivers food to is 75, and most people live alone. One woman they serve is almost blind, and unable to bathe without someone’s help. She lost many family members to the tsunami and passes most days inside her home, without speaking to anyone. “Sometimes, I feel I am about to go crazy. Why is it that I have to live like this? I am really sad!” this old lady has told the volunteer.

But it is not only females who seem to have lost the will to live. A volunteer says men are even more vulnerable to falling victims to depression because many have trouble making new friends or expressing their feelings, and are too proud to ask for help. “They have lost confidence in themselves after losing their jobs. So, they shut themselves in their homes ….Some people say that the tsunami took out the heart of the community....” With more and more of their families, friends, and neighbors migrating to other areas, the elderly seems to be giving up. In the year past, five elderly people had died in their temporary shelters, perhaps alone, because a volunteer says they are determined not to let them die alone. 

A fisherman, also in Ogatsu, who lost his home, car, and a boat to the tsunami, but has started the recovery process – he has formed a company with other fishermen to accelerate the recovery of their trade cultivating scallops, oysters, and other seafood – understands exactly how the elderly feels. He tells the reporter, “I suppose my ancestors also had hard times and suffered tsunamis, but they kept living here,” he said. “I don’t feel as if I would be able to face them if I was to just give up and run away.”

***

Before the nuclear accident, about a third of the country’s electricity needs were supplied by nuclear power. But as the first anniversary of the disaster approached, 52 of the country’s 54 plants were closed for safety checks and the remaining two were due to be closed soon. The questions, if they should be reopened, and if the country should continue its dependence on nuclear power to meet its energy needs, are now polarizing the country. On the first anniversary of the disaster, NHK reported that tens of thousands of people participated in organized protests in Tokyo and other large cities against the use of nuclear power.

The reconstruction plans of the devastated region calls for transforming it into an area for the development of renewable energy, and for the redirection of investment, research, and innovation towards wind, solar, and biomass. But developing these industries will take years. In the meantime, the energy needs of the country must be met, and it seems to me that Japan has only two options: to import other energy sources which might result in higher utility prices for consumers, or cut back considerably on electricity supply. Both will make life harder for the people of this high-tech country who rely on modern machines and gadgets to fulfill their daily need, and also hugely impact manufacturing, with serious consequences for the economic well being of the country. Therefore, as mentioned, the Japanese government is not about to shut down the nuclear energy industry, though Prime Minister Noda announced at a UN meeting that efforts will be made to develop new strategies for cleaner energy.  

In looking at lessons learned from the disaster a year later, NHK reported that in February of 2012, the government’s Nuclear and Industrial Safety Agency came up with 30 proposals to improve safety at nuclear power plants, with a major focus on securing adequate back-up power; maintaining cooling functions; and preventing hydrogen explosions. The national broadcaster reported it conducted a survey on power companies’ adaptation to meet the requirements of the 12 most important proposals, and found that the companies have taken adequate measures to ensure that cooling functions would be maintained when external power is lost, and that they have diversified back-up power systems at all nuclear plants by locating mobile generator units. However, they were yet to meet the goal of enhancing the capacity of the emergency back-up battery systems, a requirement specially emphasized by the government. [11]

NHK also reported that the 30 proposals will likely serve as the basis for standards when municipalities decide whether or not to allow the restart of idled plants. But because the agency failed to specify when or how the proposals must be implemented, NHK said that one observer speculated that they will only confuse power companies and local municipalities. “The government must at least clarify the criteria necessary to judge the capacity of important facilities and then advice municipalities on ways to assess whether or not adequate safety measures have been implemented,” he said.

Following the Three Mile Island nuclear accident in 1979 and the Chernobyl disaster in 1986, the nuclear industry had suffered a considerable global set back, but with climate policies demanding reliable low-carbon power, governments had come to accept the need for nuclear power as part of their energy mix. By 2011, there were 324 proposed new reactors around the world, with Asia at the fore front of the revival. China would be home to 27 of some 62 being built, and the US and Europe had also begun constructing new plants. Italy, Sweden, and Finland, and several eastern European countries were considering doing so as well and any delays, as in the US, had resulted from economic rather than safety concerns. [12] 

 But after the Fukushima accident, Germany banned using nuclear power in favor of other types of renewable energy. While the US did not issue a ban, the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission ordered stricter safety measures for nuclear power plants, requiring plants to upgrade equipment to make it possible to deal with any loss of power, and to install instruments to monitor water levels in pools of spent fuel rods. Operators with the same or similar reactors to the Fukushima plant are required to improve venting systems to properly reduce pressure in reactor containment vessels. 

In Japan, even if power companies implement the recommendations successfully, and the government promises to investigate scrupulously what kind of nuclear industry it should have,  whether they can win public’s acceptance for the projects is doubtful. As British journalists, David Pilling and Mure Dickie point out, the Japanese government’s mishandling of the accident from the beginning; revelations of inadequate monitoring of the industry by government regulators; confusion over evacuation areas; discovery that produce, ranging from spinach and lettuce to beef from hundreds of cattle contaminated with levels of radioactive cesium far above the official limit had been distributed to shops nation-wide;  the plight of the tens of thousands of nuclear IDPs; problems of safe disposal of nuclear debris; the continuing fragility of the stricken plants and TEPCO’s inability to contain the crisis, all eroded confidence in the government and its abilities to protect the population from radiation exposure. 

Recent revelations that the Japanese government downplayed the full danger of the accident in the days after the disaster and that it secretly considered evacuating Tokyo’s metropolitan area, have only deepened the mistrust and underscore lessons the Japanese government needs to learn, says Funabashi. [13] These are: the critical need to accept the concept of risks in the nuclear energy business, and learning to prepare for the unthinkable and unanticipated by being constantly vigilant regarding the safety and security of nuclear plants, as well as practices of nuclear waste disposal; and accepting the need for a regulatory body independent of the industry, bureaucrats, and academics working to promote nuclear energy. 

Funabashi also says that Japan should look back upon the crisis with an appropriate sense of vulnerability and humility, recognizing and never forgetting the uncontrollably destructive power of the nuclear monster once unleashed. What he says next shows just how crucial this point is not just for Japan, but all nuclear powered countries: “But for the direction of the wind – towards the Pacific, not inland, in the four days after the earthquake; but for the manner in which the gate separating the reactor-well and the spent-fuel pool in Unit 4 broke – presumably facilitating the transfusion of water into the pool – the imagined “worst case scenario” would have occurred.” So, the crucial question that all countries depending on nuclear power must ask, and answer honestly is, can humans ever make nuclear power plants absolutely fail-proof?

Exactly thirteen months after the Japanese disaster, on April 11, 2012 an 8.6 magnitude earthquake off the Western coast of Sumatra brought tsunami warnings to many countries, including Sri Lanka. Although no tsunami arose, the quake and the warning were harsh reminders of Sri Lanka’s new reality – its extreme vulnerability to the powers of nature. Unlike in 2004 however, the country now has a Ministry of Disaster Management and a Disaster Management Center, and the region has a new Indian Ocean Tsunami Warning System, installed in June 2006.  

But what use are these when, with the end of the civil war in Sri Lanka, local and global entrepreneurs have been allowed to uproot thousands of acres of salt marshes and mangrove forests in the name of ‘development’ – to build tourist hotels, resorts, salt production plants, and prawn farms among other ventures – in the coastal areas of the former war zones? How serious is the problem? In 2012, the Environmental Conservation Trust claimed that the mangrove forest cover in Sri Lanka which was 11500 hectares in 1994, has dropped to a figure between 6,000 to 7,000 hectares. [14]

While Japan appears to be focusing on preventing future tragedies to communities from tsunamis by relocating them on higher ground, the Japanese government does not seem to be moving away from nuclear power. Therefore, it seems to me the best way to conclude this study is by reminding the two countries a line from a Buddhist hymn sung by a women’s choir in Ogatsu, Japan, at a memorial service held for tsunami victims: 

The power of nature is beyond all human understanding [15] 

Failing to keep this truth in mind and returning to the viewing nature purely through a utilitarian lens and continuing the culture of corruption, environmental devastation and degradation, and the negligence of sustainable development in coastal areas will surely ensure that sea-born complex disasters will again and again inflict severe punishments on societies of any country. 

  1.  “Assessing Mental Health and Psychosocial Status in Communities Exposed to Traumatic Events: Sri Lanka as an Example”. Gaithri A. Fernando, Ph.D. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry. Vol. 78, No. 2, 229-239.

  2. Fernando credits H.C. Triandis for this definition.

  3. Flannery, Raymond B. Jr. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder: The Victim’s Guide to Healing and Recovery. New York: The Crossroad Publishing Company, 1994. See also “The Language of Disasters: A Brief Terminology of Disaster Management and Humanitarian Action” by S.W.A. Gunn, M.D. in Basics of International Humanitarian Missions. Kevin M. Cahill, M.D., ed. New York: Fordham University Press and The Center for International health and Cooperation. 2003.

  4. The Pali term is atthaloka dhamma

  5. Mahathera Piyadassi. The Spectrum of Buddhism: Writings of Piyadassi. Sri Lanka: Karunaratne & Sons Ltd.,1991.

  6. A coconut-based alcohol.

  7. Volkan Vamik D., M.D. and Elizabeth Zintl. Life After Loss: The Lessons of Grief. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1993.

  8. Nehru, Jawarlal. The Discovery of India . London: Asia Publishing House, 1956.

  9. A ‘fathom’ equals two yards.

  10. See Walpola Rahula’s What The Buddha Taught.

  11. NHK. “Lessons Learned” program, aired on March 11, 2012.

  12. “Global industry faces ‘decisive moment,’ warns Merkel. Financial Times, March 14, 2011.

  13. Funabashi, Yoichi. “My findings in the existential fallout from Fukushima.” Financial Times, March 10/11 2012.

  14. “Mangroves destroyed to make way for concrete” in Daily Mirror, September 8, 2012.

  15. “Stricken nation reflects on the fragility of life.” Financial Times. March 12, 2012.